User login
2021 Update on female sexual health
The approach to diagnosis and treatment of female sexual function continues to be a challenge for women’s health professionals. The search for a female “little blue pill” remains elusive as researchers struggle to understand the mechanisms that underlie the complex aspects of female sexual health. This Update will review the recent literature on the use of fractional CO2 laser for treatment of female sexual dysfunction and vulvovaginal symptoms. Bottom line: While the quality of the studies is poor overall, fractional CO2 laser treatment seems to temporarily improve symptoms of genitourinary syndrome of menopause (GSM). The duration of response, cost, and the overall long-term impact on sexual health remain in question.
A retrospective look at CO2 laser and postmenopausal GSM
Filippini M, Luvero D, Salvatore S, et al. Efficacy of fractional CO2 laser treatment in postmenopausal women with genitourinary syndrome: a multicenter study. Menopause. 2019;27:43-49. doi: 10.1097/GME. 0000000000001428.
Researchers conducted a retrospective, multicenter study of postmenopausal women with at least one symptom of GSM, including itching, burning, dyspareunia with penetration, and dryness.
Study details
A total of 171 of the 645 women (26.5%) were oncology patients. Women were excluded from analysis if they used any form of topical therapy within 15 days; had prolapse stage 2 or greater; or had any infection, abscess, or anatomical deformity precluding treatment with the laser.
Patients underwent gynecologic examination and were given a questionnaire to assess vulvovaginal symptoms. Exams occurred monthly during treatment (average, 6.5 months), at 6- and 12-months posttreatment, and then annually. No topical therapy was advised during or after treatment.
Patients received either 3 or 4 fractional CO2 laser treatments to the vulva and/or vagina depending on symptom location and type. Higher power settings of the same laser were used to treat vaginal symptoms (40W; 1,000 microseconds) versus vulvar symptoms (25W; 500 microseconds). Treatment sessions were 5 to 6 minutes. The study authors used a visual analog rating scale (VAS) for “atrophy and related symptoms,” tested vaginal pH, and completed the Vaginal Health Index Score. VAS scores were obtained from the patients prior to the initial laser intervention and 1 month after the final treatment.
Results
There were statistically significant improvements in dryness, vaginal orifice pain, dyspareunia, itching, and burning for both the 3-treatment and 4-treatment cohorts. The delta of improvement was then compared for the 2 subgroups; curiously, there was greater improvement of symptoms such as dryness (65% vs 61%), itching (78% vs 72%), burning (72% vs 67%), and vaginal orifice pain (67% vs 60%) in the group that received 3 cycles than in the group that received 4 cycles.
With regard to vaginal pH improvement, the 4-cycle group performed better than the 3-cycle group (1% improvement in the 4-cycle group vs 6% in the 3-cycle group). Although vaginal pH reduction was somewhat better in the group that received 4 treatments, and the pre versus posttreatment percentages were statistically significantly different, the clinical significance of a pH difference between 5.72 and 5.53 is questionable, especially since there was a greater difference in baseline pH between the two cohorts (6.08 in the 4-cycle group vs 5.59 in the 3-cycle group).
There were no reported adverse events related to the fractional laser treatments, and 6% of the patients underwent additional laser treatments during the followup timeframe of 8 to 20 months.
This was a retrospective study with no control or comparison group and short-term follow-up. The VAS scores were obtained 1 month after the final treatment. Failure to request additional treatment at 8 to 20 months cannot be used to infer that the therapeutic improvements recorded at 1 month were enduring. In addition, although the large number of patients in this study may lead to statistical significance, clinical significance is still questionable. Given the lack of a comparison group and the very short follow-up, it is hard to draw any scientifically valid conclusions from this study.
Continue to: Randomized data on CO2 laser vs Kegels for sexual dysfunction...
Randomized data on CO2 laser vs Kegels for sexual dysfunction
Lou W, Chen F, Xu T, et al. A randomized controlled study of vaginal fractional CO2 laser therapy for female sexual dysfunction. Lasers Med Sci. March 15, 2021. doi: 10.1007/s10103-021-03260-x.
In a small randomized controlled trial (RCT) conducted in China, Lou and colleagues identified premenopausal women at “high risk” for sexual dysfunction as determined by the Chinese version of the Female Sexual Function Index (CFSFI).
Details of the study
A total of 84 women (mean age, 36.5 years) were included in the study. All the participants were heterosexual and married or with a long-term partner. The domain of sexual dysfunction was not considered. Women were excluded if they had no current heterosexual partner; had genital malformation, urinary incontinence, or prolapse stage 2 or higher; a history of pelvic floor mesh treatment; current gynecologic malignancy; abnormal cervical cytology; or were currently pregnant or postpartum. In addition, women were excluded if they had been treated previously for sexual dysfunction or mental “disease.” The cohort was randomized to receive fractional CO2 laser treatments (three 15-minute treatments 1 month apart at 60W, 1,000 microseconds) or coached Kegel exercises (10 exercises repeated twice daily at least 3 times/week and monitored by physical therapists at biweekly clinic visits). Sexual distress was evaluated by using the Female Sexual Distress Scale-Revised (FSDSR). Outcomes measured were pelvic floor muscle strength and scores on the CFSFI and FSDSR. Data were obtained at 3, 6, 9, and 12 months after initiation of therapy.
Both groups showed improvement
The laser cohort showed slightly more improvement in scale scores at 6 and 12 months. Specifically, the laser group had better scores on lubrication and overall satisfaction, with moderate effect size; neither group had improvements in arousal, desire, or orgasm. The Kegel group showed a significant improvement in pelvic floor strength and orgasm at 12 months, an improvement not seen in the laser cohort. Both groups showed gradual improvement in the FSDSR, with the laser group reporting a lower score (10.0) at 12 months posttreatment relative to the Kegel group (11.1). Again, these were modest effects as baseline scores for both cohorts were around 12.5. There were minimal safety signals in the laser group, with 22.5% of women reporting scant bloody discharge posttreatment and 72.5% describing mild discomfort (1 on a 1–10 VAS scale) during the procedure.
This study is problematic in several areas. Although it was a prospective, randomized trial, it was not blinded, and the therapeutic interventions were markedly different in nature and requirement for individual patient motivation. The experiences of sexual dysfunction among the participants were not stratified by type—arousal, desire, lubrication, orgasm, or pain. All patients had regular cyclic menses; however, the authors do not report on contraceptive methods, hormonal therapy, or other comorbid conditions that could impact sexual health. The cohorts may or may not have been similar in baseline types of sexual dissatisfaction.
CO2 laser for lichen sclerosus: Is it effective?
Pagano T, Conforti A, Buonfantino C, et al. Effect of rescue fractional microablative CO2 laser on symptoms and sexual dysfunction in women affected by vulvar lichen sclerosus resistant to long-term use of topic corticosteroid: a prospective longitudinal study. Menopause. 2020;27:418-422. doi: 10.1097 /GME.0000000000001482.
Burkett LS, Siddique M, Zeymo A, et al. Clobetasol compared with fractionated carbon dioxide laser for lichen sclerosus: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol. 2021;137:968-978. doi: 10.1097 /AOG.0000000000004332.
Mitchell L, Goldstein AT, Heller D, et al. Fractionated carbon dioxide laser for the treatment of vulvar lichen sclerosus: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol. 2021;137:979-987. doi: 10.1097 /AOG.0000000000004409.
High potency corticosteroid ointment is the current standard treatment for lichen sclerosus. Alternative options for disease that is refractory to steroids are limited. Three studies published in the past year explored the CO2 laser’s ability to treat lichen sclerosus symptoms and resultant sexual dysfunction—Pagano and colleagues conducted a small prospective study and Burkett and colleagues and Mitchell et al conducted small RCTs.
Details of the Pagano study
Three premenopausal and 37 postmenopausal women with refractory lichen sclerosus (defined as no improvement after 4 cycles of ultra-high potency steroids) were included in the study. Lichen sclerosus was uniformly biopsy confirmed. Women using topical or systemic hormones were excluded. VAS was administered prior to initial treatment and after each of 2 fractional CO2 treatments (25–30 W; 1,000 microseconds) 30 to 40 days apart to determine severity of vulvar itching, dyspareunia with penetration, vulvar dryness, sexual dysfunction, and procedure discomfort. Follow-up was conducted at 1 month after the final treatment. VAS score for the primary outcome of vulvar itching declined from 8 pretreatment to 6 after the first treatment and to 3 after the second. There was no significant treatment-related pain reported.
The authors acknowledged the limitations of their study; it was a relatively small sample size, nonrandomized and had short-term follow-up of a mixed patient population and no sham or control group. The short-term improvements reported in the study patients may not be sustained without ongoing treatment for a lifelong chronic disease, and the long-term potential for development of squamous cell carcinoma may or may not be ameliorated.
Continue to: Burkett et al: RCT study 1...
Burkett et al: RCT study 1
A total of 52 postmenopausal patients with biopsy-proven lichen sclerosus were randomly assigned to clobetasol or CO2 laser; 51 women completed 6-month follow-up. The outcomes were stratified by prior high-potency steroid use. The steroid cohort used clobetasol 0.05% nightly for 1 month, 3 times per week for 2 months, then as needed. The laser cohort received 3 treatments (26 W; 800 microseconds) 4 to 6 weeks apart. Overall adherence was only 75% in the clobetasol group, compared with 96% in the laser group. The authors found treatment efficacy of CO2 laser therapy only in the group of patients who had prior treatment with high potency topical corticosteroids. They conclude that, …“Despite previously optimistic results in well designed clinical trials of fractionated CO2 for genitourinary syndrome of menopause, and in noncontrolled case series for vulvar lichen sclerosus, our study failed to show any significant benefit of monotherapy of fractionated CO2 for vulvar lichen sclerosus. There may be a role for fractionated CO2 as an adjuvant therapy along with topical ultrapotent corticosteroids in vulvar lichen sclerosus.”
Mitchell et al: RCT study 2
This was a double blind, placebo-controlled, and histologically validated study of fractional CO2 for treatment of lichen sclerosus in 35 women; 17 in the treatment arm and 18 in the sham laser encounters. At least a 4-week no treatment period of topical steroids was required before monotherapy with CO2 laser was initiated.
The authors found no difference in their primary outcome—histopathology scale scores—after 5 treatments over 24 weeks. Secondary endpoints were changes in the CSS (Clinical Scoring System for Vulvar Lichen Sclerosus), a validated instrument that includes both a clinician’s examination of the severity of disease and a patient’s report of the severity of her symptoms. The patient score is the total of 4 domains: itching, soreness, burning, and dyspareunia. The clinician objective examination documents fissures, erosions, hyperkeratosis, agglutination, stenosis, and atrophy. At the conclusion of treatment there were no significant differences in the patient reported symptoms or the clinical findings between the active treatment and sham groups.
As a monotherapy, CO2 laser therapy is not effective in treating lichen sclerosus, although it may help improve symptoms as an adjunct to high potency steroid therapy when topical treatment alone has failed to provide adequate response.
Conclusion
The quality of evidence to support the use of the CO2 laser for improvement in sexual dysfunction is poor. Although patient satisfaction scores improved overall, and most specifically for symptoms related to GSM, the lack of blinding; inappropriate or no control groups; the very short-term outcomes; and for one of the studies, the lack of a clear definition of sexual dysfunction, make it difficult to draw meaningful conclusions for clinical care.
For GSM, we know that topical estrogen therapy works—and with little to no systemic absorption. The CO2 laser should be studied in comparison to this gold standard, with consideration of costs and potential long-term harms in addition to patient satisfaction and short-term measures of improvement. In addition, and very importantly, it is our professional responsibility to present the evidence for safety of topical estrogens to our professional colleagues as well as to our patients with estrogen-dependent cancers so that they understand the value of estrogen as a safe and appropriate alternative to expensive and potentially short-term interventions such as CO2 laser treatment. ●
Cheryl Iglesia, MD
Dr. Iglesia is Director, Section of Female Pelvic Medicine and Reconstructive Surgery, MedStar Washington Hospital Center, and Professor, Departments of ObGyn and Urology, Georgetown University School of Medicine, Washington, DC. She is a member of the OBG Management Board of Editors.
Barbara Levy, MD: Cheryl, you have more experience with use of the energy-based cosmetic laser than most ObGyns, and I thought that speaking with you about this technology would be of benefit, not only to me in learning more about the hands-on experience of a lead researcher and practitioner but also readers who are hearing more and more about the growth of cosmetic gynecology in general. Thank you for taking the time today.
Cheryl Iglesia, MD: I’m happy to speak about this with you, Barbara.
Dr. Levy: Specifically, I would like to talk about use of these technologies for sexual dysfunction. In the last few years some of the available data have been on the CO2 laser versus physical therapy, which is not an appropriate comparison.1
Dr. Iglesia: There have been limited data, and less randomized, controlled data, on laser and radiofrequency energies for cosmetic gynecology, and in fact these devices remain unapproved for any gynecologic indication. In 2018 the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) issued a Safety Communication about the use of energy-based devices to perform vaginal rejuvenation or cosmetic procedures. The International Urogynecological Association (IUGA) issued a consensus statement echoing concerns about the devices, and an International Continence Society/International Society for the Study of Vulvovaginal Disease Best Practice Consensus Statement did not recommend the laser for “routine treatment of vaginal atrophy or urinary incontinence unless treatment is part of a well-designed trial or with special arrangements for clinical governance, consent, and audit.”2
In May 2020, as evidence remains limited (although 522 studies are ongoing in coordination with the FDA), the American Urogynecologic Society (AUGS) published a clinical consensus statement from a panel of experts in female pelvic medicine and reconstructive surgery. The panel had about 90% consensus that there is short-term efficacy for the laser with GSM and dyspareunia. But we only have outcomes data that lasts a maximum of 1 year.2
A problem with our VeLVET trial,3 which was published in Menopause, and the Cruz and colleagues’ trial from South America,4 both of which compared the CO2 laser to estrogen and had randomized groups, was that they were limited by the outcome measures used, none of which were consistently validated. But these studies also had small numbers of participants and short-term follow-up. So I don’t think there are much existing data that are promising for supporting energy-based treatment for GSM.
We also have just-published data on the laser for lichen sclerosus.5 For the AUGS panel, there was about 80% consensus for energy-based-device use and lichen sclerosus.2 According to Mitchell et al, who conducted a small, randomized, sham-controlled trial, CO2 laser resulted in no significant difference in histopathology scale score between active and sham arms.5
Future trials may want to assess laser as a mechanism for improved local drug delivery (eg, use of combined laser plus local estrogen for GSM or combined laser plus topical steroid for lichen sclerosus). I am also aware that properly designed laser versus sham studies are underway.
Dr. Levy: What about for stress urinary incontinence (SUI)? I don’t think these technologies are going to work.
Dr. Iglesia: For the AUGS panel, there was only about 70% consensus for energy-based-device use and SUI,2 and I’m one of the naysayers. The pathophysiology of SUI is so multifactorial that it’s hard to believe that laser or radiofrequency wand therapy could have sustained improvements, especially since prior radiofrequency therapy from the last decade (for instance, Renessa, Novasys Medical) did not show long-term efficacy.
Understanding lasers and coordinating care
Dr. Levy: We don’t know what the long-term outcomes are for the CO2 laser and GSM.
Dr. Iglesia: I agree with you, and I think there needs to be an understanding of the mechanism of how lasers work, whether it be erbium (Er:YAG), which is the most common, or CO2. Erbium and CO2 lasers, which are on the far-infrared spectrum, target the chromophore, water. My feeling is that, when you look at results from the Cruz trial,4 or even our trial that compared vaginal estrogen with laser,3 when there is severe GSM and high pH with virtually no water present in the tissues, that laser is not going to properly function. But I don’t think we know exactly what optimal pretreatment is necessary, and that is one of the problems. Furthermore, when intravaginal lasers are done and no adequate speculum exam is conducted prior to introducing the laser, there could be discharge or old creams present that block the mirrors necessary to adequately fire the fractionated laser beams.
Unfortunately, oftentimes these devices are marketed to women with breast cancer, who may be taking aromatase inhibitors, which cause the no-water problem; they dry out everything. They are effective for preventing breast cancer recurrence, but they cause severe atrophy (perhaps worse than many of the other selective estrogen-receptor modulators), with a resultant high vaginal pH. If we can bring that pH level down, closer to the normal 4.5 range so that we could have some level of moisture, and add estrogen first, the overall treatment approach will probably be more effective. We still do not know what happens after 1 year, though, and how often touch-ups need to be performed.
In fact, when working with a patient with breast cancer, I will speak with her oncologist; I will collaborate to put in place a treatment plan that may include initial pretreatment with low-dose vaginal estrogen followed by laser treatment for vaginal atrophy. But I will make sure I use the lowest dose. Sometimes when the patient comes back, the estrogen’s worked so well she’ll say, “Oh, I’m happy, so I don’t need the laser anymore.” A balanced conversation is necessary, especially with cancer survivors.
Informing patients and colleagues
Dr. Levy: I completely agree, and I think one of the key points here is that our purpose is to serve our patients. The data demonstrate that low doses of vaginal estrogen are not harmful for women who are being treated for or who have recovered from breast cancer. It is our ethical obligation to convince these women and their oncologists that ongoing treatment with vaginal estrogen not only will help their GSM but also their overactive bladder and their risk of urinary tract infections and other things. We could be exploiting patients who are really fearful of using any estrogen because of a perceived cancer risk. We could actually be validating their fear by telling them we have an alternative treatment for which they have to pay cash.
Treatment access
Dr. Iglesia: Yes, these are not cosmetic conditions that we are treating. So my goal when evaluating treatment for refractory GSM or lichen sclerosus is to find optimal energy-based therapies with the hope that one day these will be approved gynecologic conditions by the US FDA for laser and wand therapies and that they will ultimately not be out-of-pocket expenses but rather therapies covered by insurance.
Dr. Levy: Great. I understand that AUGS/IUGA have been working on a terminology algorithm to help distinguish between procedures being performed to resolve a medical problem such as prolapse or incontinence versus those designed to be cosmetic.
Dr. Iglesia: Yes, there is a big document from experts in both societies out for public comment right now. It will hopefully be published soon.
Outstanding questions remain
Dr. Levy: Really, we as ObGyns shouldn’t be quick to incorporate these things into our practices without high-quality studies demonstrating value. I have a major concern about these devices in the long term. When you look at fractional CO2 use on the face, for instance, which is a much different type of skin than the vagina, the laser builds collagen—but we don’t have long-term outcome results. The vagina is supposed to be an elastic tissue, so what is the risk of long-term scarring there? Yes, the laser builds collagen in the vaginal epithelium, but what does it do to scarring in the rest of the tissue? We don’t have answers to that.
Dr. Iglesia: And that is the question—how does histology equate with function? Well, I would go with what the patients are reporting.
Dr. Levy: Absolutely. But the thing about vaginal low-dose estrogen is that it is something that the oncologists or the ObGyns could be implementing with patients while they are undergoing cancer therapy, while in their menopausal transition, to preserve vulvovaginal function as opposed to trying to regain it.
Dr. Iglesia: Certainly, although it still needs to be determined when that type of approach would actually be contraindicated.
Dr. Levy: Thank you, Cheryl, for your valuable insights.
Dr. Iglesia: Of course. Thank you. ●
References
1. Lou W, Chen F, Xu T, et al. A randomized controlled study of vaginal fractional CO2 laser therapy for female sexual dysfunction. Lasers Med Sci. March 15, 2021. doi: 10.1007/s10103-021-03260-x.
2. Alshiek J, Garcia B, Minassian V, et al. Vaginal energy-based devices. Female Pelvic Med Reconstr Surg. 2020;26:287-298. doi: 10.1097 /SPV.0000000000000872.
3. Paraiso MF, Ferrando CA, et al. A randomized clinical trial comparing vaginal laser therapy to vaginal estrogen therapy in women with genitourinary syndrome of menopause: the VeLVET Trial. Menopause. 2020;27:50-56. doi: 10.1097/GME.0000000000001416.
4. Cruz VL, Steiner ML, et al. Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial for evaluating the efficacy of fractional CO2 laser compared with topical estriol in the treatment of vaginal atrophy in postmenopausal women. Menopause. 2018;25:21-28. doi: 10.1097 /GME.0000000000000955.
5. Mitchell L, Goldstein A, Heller D, et al. Fractionated carbon dioxide laser for the treatment of vulvar lichen sclerosus: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol. 2021;137:979-987. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000004409.
The approach to diagnosis and treatment of female sexual function continues to be a challenge for women’s health professionals. The search for a female “little blue pill” remains elusive as researchers struggle to understand the mechanisms that underlie the complex aspects of female sexual health. This Update will review the recent literature on the use of fractional CO2 laser for treatment of female sexual dysfunction and vulvovaginal symptoms. Bottom line: While the quality of the studies is poor overall, fractional CO2 laser treatment seems to temporarily improve symptoms of genitourinary syndrome of menopause (GSM). The duration of response, cost, and the overall long-term impact on sexual health remain in question.
A retrospective look at CO2 laser and postmenopausal GSM
Filippini M, Luvero D, Salvatore S, et al. Efficacy of fractional CO2 laser treatment in postmenopausal women with genitourinary syndrome: a multicenter study. Menopause. 2019;27:43-49. doi: 10.1097/GME. 0000000000001428.
Researchers conducted a retrospective, multicenter study of postmenopausal women with at least one symptom of GSM, including itching, burning, dyspareunia with penetration, and dryness.
Study details
A total of 171 of the 645 women (26.5%) were oncology patients. Women were excluded from analysis if they used any form of topical therapy within 15 days; had prolapse stage 2 or greater; or had any infection, abscess, or anatomical deformity precluding treatment with the laser.
Patients underwent gynecologic examination and were given a questionnaire to assess vulvovaginal symptoms. Exams occurred monthly during treatment (average, 6.5 months), at 6- and 12-months posttreatment, and then annually. No topical therapy was advised during or after treatment.
Patients received either 3 or 4 fractional CO2 laser treatments to the vulva and/or vagina depending on symptom location and type. Higher power settings of the same laser were used to treat vaginal symptoms (40W; 1,000 microseconds) versus vulvar symptoms (25W; 500 microseconds). Treatment sessions were 5 to 6 minutes. The study authors used a visual analog rating scale (VAS) for “atrophy and related symptoms,” tested vaginal pH, and completed the Vaginal Health Index Score. VAS scores were obtained from the patients prior to the initial laser intervention and 1 month after the final treatment.
Results
There were statistically significant improvements in dryness, vaginal orifice pain, dyspareunia, itching, and burning for both the 3-treatment and 4-treatment cohorts. The delta of improvement was then compared for the 2 subgroups; curiously, there was greater improvement of symptoms such as dryness (65% vs 61%), itching (78% vs 72%), burning (72% vs 67%), and vaginal orifice pain (67% vs 60%) in the group that received 3 cycles than in the group that received 4 cycles.
With regard to vaginal pH improvement, the 4-cycle group performed better than the 3-cycle group (1% improvement in the 4-cycle group vs 6% in the 3-cycle group). Although vaginal pH reduction was somewhat better in the group that received 4 treatments, and the pre versus posttreatment percentages were statistically significantly different, the clinical significance of a pH difference between 5.72 and 5.53 is questionable, especially since there was a greater difference in baseline pH between the two cohorts (6.08 in the 4-cycle group vs 5.59 in the 3-cycle group).
There were no reported adverse events related to the fractional laser treatments, and 6% of the patients underwent additional laser treatments during the followup timeframe of 8 to 20 months.
This was a retrospective study with no control or comparison group and short-term follow-up. The VAS scores were obtained 1 month after the final treatment. Failure to request additional treatment at 8 to 20 months cannot be used to infer that the therapeutic improvements recorded at 1 month were enduring. In addition, although the large number of patients in this study may lead to statistical significance, clinical significance is still questionable. Given the lack of a comparison group and the very short follow-up, it is hard to draw any scientifically valid conclusions from this study.
Continue to: Randomized data on CO2 laser vs Kegels for sexual dysfunction...
Randomized data on CO2 laser vs Kegels for sexual dysfunction
Lou W, Chen F, Xu T, et al. A randomized controlled study of vaginal fractional CO2 laser therapy for female sexual dysfunction. Lasers Med Sci. March 15, 2021. doi: 10.1007/s10103-021-03260-x.
In a small randomized controlled trial (RCT) conducted in China, Lou and colleagues identified premenopausal women at “high risk” for sexual dysfunction as determined by the Chinese version of the Female Sexual Function Index (CFSFI).
Details of the study
A total of 84 women (mean age, 36.5 years) were included in the study. All the participants were heterosexual and married or with a long-term partner. The domain of sexual dysfunction was not considered. Women were excluded if they had no current heterosexual partner; had genital malformation, urinary incontinence, or prolapse stage 2 or higher; a history of pelvic floor mesh treatment; current gynecologic malignancy; abnormal cervical cytology; or were currently pregnant or postpartum. In addition, women were excluded if they had been treated previously for sexual dysfunction or mental “disease.” The cohort was randomized to receive fractional CO2 laser treatments (three 15-minute treatments 1 month apart at 60W, 1,000 microseconds) or coached Kegel exercises (10 exercises repeated twice daily at least 3 times/week and monitored by physical therapists at biweekly clinic visits). Sexual distress was evaluated by using the Female Sexual Distress Scale-Revised (FSDSR). Outcomes measured were pelvic floor muscle strength and scores on the CFSFI and FSDSR. Data were obtained at 3, 6, 9, and 12 months after initiation of therapy.
Both groups showed improvement
The laser cohort showed slightly more improvement in scale scores at 6 and 12 months. Specifically, the laser group had better scores on lubrication and overall satisfaction, with moderate effect size; neither group had improvements in arousal, desire, or orgasm. The Kegel group showed a significant improvement in pelvic floor strength and orgasm at 12 months, an improvement not seen in the laser cohort. Both groups showed gradual improvement in the FSDSR, with the laser group reporting a lower score (10.0) at 12 months posttreatment relative to the Kegel group (11.1). Again, these were modest effects as baseline scores for both cohorts were around 12.5. There were minimal safety signals in the laser group, with 22.5% of women reporting scant bloody discharge posttreatment and 72.5% describing mild discomfort (1 on a 1–10 VAS scale) during the procedure.
This study is problematic in several areas. Although it was a prospective, randomized trial, it was not blinded, and the therapeutic interventions were markedly different in nature and requirement for individual patient motivation. The experiences of sexual dysfunction among the participants were not stratified by type—arousal, desire, lubrication, orgasm, or pain. All patients had regular cyclic menses; however, the authors do not report on contraceptive methods, hormonal therapy, or other comorbid conditions that could impact sexual health. The cohorts may or may not have been similar in baseline types of sexual dissatisfaction.
CO2 laser for lichen sclerosus: Is it effective?
Pagano T, Conforti A, Buonfantino C, et al. Effect of rescue fractional microablative CO2 laser on symptoms and sexual dysfunction in women affected by vulvar lichen sclerosus resistant to long-term use of topic corticosteroid: a prospective longitudinal study. Menopause. 2020;27:418-422. doi: 10.1097 /GME.0000000000001482.
Burkett LS, Siddique M, Zeymo A, et al. Clobetasol compared with fractionated carbon dioxide laser for lichen sclerosus: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol. 2021;137:968-978. doi: 10.1097 /AOG.0000000000004332.
Mitchell L, Goldstein AT, Heller D, et al. Fractionated carbon dioxide laser for the treatment of vulvar lichen sclerosus: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol. 2021;137:979-987. doi: 10.1097 /AOG.0000000000004409.
High potency corticosteroid ointment is the current standard treatment for lichen sclerosus. Alternative options for disease that is refractory to steroids are limited. Three studies published in the past year explored the CO2 laser’s ability to treat lichen sclerosus symptoms and resultant sexual dysfunction—Pagano and colleagues conducted a small prospective study and Burkett and colleagues and Mitchell et al conducted small RCTs.
Details of the Pagano study
Three premenopausal and 37 postmenopausal women with refractory lichen sclerosus (defined as no improvement after 4 cycles of ultra-high potency steroids) were included in the study. Lichen sclerosus was uniformly biopsy confirmed. Women using topical or systemic hormones were excluded. VAS was administered prior to initial treatment and after each of 2 fractional CO2 treatments (25–30 W; 1,000 microseconds) 30 to 40 days apart to determine severity of vulvar itching, dyspareunia with penetration, vulvar dryness, sexual dysfunction, and procedure discomfort. Follow-up was conducted at 1 month after the final treatment. VAS score for the primary outcome of vulvar itching declined from 8 pretreatment to 6 after the first treatment and to 3 after the second. There was no significant treatment-related pain reported.
The authors acknowledged the limitations of their study; it was a relatively small sample size, nonrandomized and had short-term follow-up of a mixed patient population and no sham or control group. The short-term improvements reported in the study patients may not be sustained without ongoing treatment for a lifelong chronic disease, and the long-term potential for development of squamous cell carcinoma may or may not be ameliorated.
Continue to: Burkett et al: RCT study 1...
Burkett et al: RCT study 1
A total of 52 postmenopausal patients with biopsy-proven lichen sclerosus were randomly assigned to clobetasol or CO2 laser; 51 women completed 6-month follow-up. The outcomes were stratified by prior high-potency steroid use. The steroid cohort used clobetasol 0.05% nightly for 1 month, 3 times per week for 2 months, then as needed. The laser cohort received 3 treatments (26 W; 800 microseconds) 4 to 6 weeks apart. Overall adherence was only 75% in the clobetasol group, compared with 96% in the laser group. The authors found treatment efficacy of CO2 laser therapy only in the group of patients who had prior treatment with high potency topical corticosteroids. They conclude that, …“Despite previously optimistic results in well designed clinical trials of fractionated CO2 for genitourinary syndrome of menopause, and in noncontrolled case series for vulvar lichen sclerosus, our study failed to show any significant benefit of monotherapy of fractionated CO2 for vulvar lichen sclerosus. There may be a role for fractionated CO2 as an adjuvant therapy along with topical ultrapotent corticosteroids in vulvar lichen sclerosus.”
Mitchell et al: RCT study 2
This was a double blind, placebo-controlled, and histologically validated study of fractional CO2 for treatment of lichen sclerosus in 35 women; 17 in the treatment arm and 18 in the sham laser encounters. At least a 4-week no treatment period of topical steroids was required before monotherapy with CO2 laser was initiated.
The authors found no difference in their primary outcome—histopathology scale scores—after 5 treatments over 24 weeks. Secondary endpoints were changes in the CSS (Clinical Scoring System for Vulvar Lichen Sclerosus), a validated instrument that includes both a clinician’s examination of the severity of disease and a patient’s report of the severity of her symptoms. The patient score is the total of 4 domains: itching, soreness, burning, and dyspareunia. The clinician objective examination documents fissures, erosions, hyperkeratosis, agglutination, stenosis, and atrophy. At the conclusion of treatment there were no significant differences in the patient reported symptoms or the clinical findings between the active treatment and sham groups.
As a monotherapy, CO2 laser therapy is not effective in treating lichen sclerosus, although it may help improve symptoms as an adjunct to high potency steroid therapy when topical treatment alone has failed to provide adequate response.
Conclusion
The quality of evidence to support the use of the CO2 laser for improvement in sexual dysfunction is poor. Although patient satisfaction scores improved overall, and most specifically for symptoms related to GSM, the lack of blinding; inappropriate or no control groups; the very short-term outcomes; and for one of the studies, the lack of a clear definition of sexual dysfunction, make it difficult to draw meaningful conclusions for clinical care.
For GSM, we know that topical estrogen therapy works—and with little to no systemic absorption. The CO2 laser should be studied in comparison to this gold standard, with consideration of costs and potential long-term harms in addition to patient satisfaction and short-term measures of improvement. In addition, and very importantly, it is our professional responsibility to present the evidence for safety of topical estrogens to our professional colleagues as well as to our patients with estrogen-dependent cancers so that they understand the value of estrogen as a safe and appropriate alternative to expensive and potentially short-term interventions such as CO2 laser treatment. ●
Cheryl Iglesia, MD
Dr. Iglesia is Director, Section of Female Pelvic Medicine and Reconstructive Surgery, MedStar Washington Hospital Center, and Professor, Departments of ObGyn and Urology, Georgetown University School of Medicine, Washington, DC. She is a member of the OBG Management Board of Editors.
Barbara Levy, MD: Cheryl, you have more experience with use of the energy-based cosmetic laser than most ObGyns, and I thought that speaking with you about this technology would be of benefit, not only to me in learning more about the hands-on experience of a lead researcher and practitioner but also readers who are hearing more and more about the growth of cosmetic gynecology in general. Thank you for taking the time today.
Cheryl Iglesia, MD: I’m happy to speak about this with you, Barbara.
Dr. Levy: Specifically, I would like to talk about use of these technologies for sexual dysfunction. In the last few years some of the available data have been on the CO2 laser versus physical therapy, which is not an appropriate comparison.1
Dr. Iglesia: There have been limited data, and less randomized, controlled data, on laser and radiofrequency energies for cosmetic gynecology, and in fact these devices remain unapproved for any gynecologic indication. In 2018 the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) issued a Safety Communication about the use of energy-based devices to perform vaginal rejuvenation or cosmetic procedures. The International Urogynecological Association (IUGA) issued a consensus statement echoing concerns about the devices, and an International Continence Society/International Society for the Study of Vulvovaginal Disease Best Practice Consensus Statement did not recommend the laser for “routine treatment of vaginal atrophy or urinary incontinence unless treatment is part of a well-designed trial or with special arrangements for clinical governance, consent, and audit.”2
In May 2020, as evidence remains limited (although 522 studies are ongoing in coordination with the FDA), the American Urogynecologic Society (AUGS) published a clinical consensus statement from a panel of experts in female pelvic medicine and reconstructive surgery. The panel had about 90% consensus that there is short-term efficacy for the laser with GSM and dyspareunia. But we only have outcomes data that lasts a maximum of 1 year.2
A problem with our VeLVET trial,3 which was published in Menopause, and the Cruz and colleagues’ trial from South America,4 both of which compared the CO2 laser to estrogen and had randomized groups, was that they were limited by the outcome measures used, none of which were consistently validated. But these studies also had small numbers of participants and short-term follow-up. So I don’t think there are much existing data that are promising for supporting energy-based treatment for GSM.
We also have just-published data on the laser for lichen sclerosus.5 For the AUGS panel, there was about 80% consensus for energy-based-device use and lichen sclerosus.2 According to Mitchell et al, who conducted a small, randomized, sham-controlled trial, CO2 laser resulted in no significant difference in histopathology scale score between active and sham arms.5
Future trials may want to assess laser as a mechanism for improved local drug delivery (eg, use of combined laser plus local estrogen for GSM or combined laser plus topical steroid for lichen sclerosus). I am also aware that properly designed laser versus sham studies are underway.
Dr. Levy: What about for stress urinary incontinence (SUI)? I don’t think these technologies are going to work.
Dr. Iglesia: For the AUGS panel, there was only about 70% consensus for energy-based-device use and SUI,2 and I’m one of the naysayers. The pathophysiology of SUI is so multifactorial that it’s hard to believe that laser or radiofrequency wand therapy could have sustained improvements, especially since prior radiofrequency therapy from the last decade (for instance, Renessa, Novasys Medical) did not show long-term efficacy.
Understanding lasers and coordinating care
Dr. Levy: We don’t know what the long-term outcomes are for the CO2 laser and GSM.
Dr. Iglesia: I agree with you, and I think there needs to be an understanding of the mechanism of how lasers work, whether it be erbium (Er:YAG), which is the most common, or CO2. Erbium and CO2 lasers, which are on the far-infrared spectrum, target the chromophore, water. My feeling is that, when you look at results from the Cruz trial,4 or even our trial that compared vaginal estrogen with laser,3 when there is severe GSM and high pH with virtually no water present in the tissues, that laser is not going to properly function. But I don’t think we know exactly what optimal pretreatment is necessary, and that is one of the problems. Furthermore, when intravaginal lasers are done and no adequate speculum exam is conducted prior to introducing the laser, there could be discharge or old creams present that block the mirrors necessary to adequately fire the fractionated laser beams.
Unfortunately, oftentimes these devices are marketed to women with breast cancer, who may be taking aromatase inhibitors, which cause the no-water problem; they dry out everything. They are effective for preventing breast cancer recurrence, but they cause severe atrophy (perhaps worse than many of the other selective estrogen-receptor modulators), with a resultant high vaginal pH. If we can bring that pH level down, closer to the normal 4.5 range so that we could have some level of moisture, and add estrogen first, the overall treatment approach will probably be more effective. We still do not know what happens after 1 year, though, and how often touch-ups need to be performed.
In fact, when working with a patient with breast cancer, I will speak with her oncologist; I will collaborate to put in place a treatment plan that may include initial pretreatment with low-dose vaginal estrogen followed by laser treatment for vaginal atrophy. But I will make sure I use the lowest dose. Sometimes when the patient comes back, the estrogen’s worked so well she’ll say, “Oh, I’m happy, so I don’t need the laser anymore.” A balanced conversation is necessary, especially with cancer survivors.
Informing patients and colleagues
Dr. Levy: I completely agree, and I think one of the key points here is that our purpose is to serve our patients. The data demonstrate that low doses of vaginal estrogen are not harmful for women who are being treated for or who have recovered from breast cancer. It is our ethical obligation to convince these women and their oncologists that ongoing treatment with vaginal estrogen not only will help their GSM but also their overactive bladder and their risk of urinary tract infections and other things. We could be exploiting patients who are really fearful of using any estrogen because of a perceived cancer risk. We could actually be validating their fear by telling them we have an alternative treatment for which they have to pay cash.
Treatment access
Dr. Iglesia: Yes, these are not cosmetic conditions that we are treating. So my goal when evaluating treatment for refractory GSM or lichen sclerosus is to find optimal energy-based therapies with the hope that one day these will be approved gynecologic conditions by the US FDA for laser and wand therapies and that they will ultimately not be out-of-pocket expenses but rather therapies covered by insurance.
Dr. Levy: Great. I understand that AUGS/IUGA have been working on a terminology algorithm to help distinguish between procedures being performed to resolve a medical problem such as prolapse or incontinence versus those designed to be cosmetic.
Dr. Iglesia: Yes, there is a big document from experts in both societies out for public comment right now. It will hopefully be published soon.
Outstanding questions remain
Dr. Levy: Really, we as ObGyns shouldn’t be quick to incorporate these things into our practices without high-quality studies demonstrating value. I have a major concern about these devices in the long term. When you look at fractional CO2 use on the face, for instance, which is a much different type of skin than the vagina, the laser builds collagen—but we don’t have long-term outcome results. The vagina is supposed to be an elastic tissue, so what is the risk of long-term scarring there? Yes, the laser builds collagen in the vaginal epithelium, but what does it do to scarring in the rest of the tissue? We don’t have answers to that.
Dr. Iglesia: And that is the question—how does histology equate with function? Well, I would go with what the patients are reporting.
Dr. Levy: Absolutely. But the thing about vaginal low-dose estrogen is that it is something that the oncologists or the ObGyns could be implementing with patients while they are undergoing cancer therapy, while in their menopausal transition, to preserve vulvovaginal function as opposed to trying to regain it.
Dr. Iglesia: Certainly, although it still needs to be determined when that type of approach would actually be contraindicated.
Dr. Levy: Thank you, Cheryl, for your valuable insights.
Dr. Iglesia: Of course. Thank you. ●
References
1. Lou W, Chen F, Xu T, et al. A randomized controlled study of vaginal fractional CO2 laser therapy for female sexual dysfunction. Lasers Med Sci. March 15, 2021. doi: 10.1007/s10103-021-03260-x.
2. Alshiek J, Garcia B, Minassian V, et al. Vaginal energy-based devices. Female Pelvic Med Reconstr Surg. 2020;26:287-298. doi: 10.1097 /SPV.0000000000000872.
3. Paraiso MF, Ferrando CA, et al. A randomized clinical trial comparing vaginal laser therapy to vaginal estrogen therapy in women with genitourinary syndrome of menopause: the VeLVET Trial. Menopause. 2020;27:50-56. doi: 10.1097/GME.0000000000001416.
4. Cruz VL, Steiner ML, et al. Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial for evaluating the efficacy of fractional CO2 laser compared with topical estriol in the treatment of vaginal atrophy in postmenopausal women. Menopause. 2018;25:21-28. doi: 10.1097 /GME.0000000000000955.
5. Mitchell L, Goldstein A, Heller D, et al. Fractionated carbon dioxide laser for the treatment of vulvar lichen sclerosus: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol. 2021;137:979-987. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000004409.
The approach to diagnosis and treatment of female sexual function continues to be a challenge for women’s health professionals. The search for a female “little blue pill” remains elusive as researchers struggle to understand the mechanisms that underlie the complex aspects of female sexual health. This Update will review the recent literature on the use of fractional CO2 laser for treatment of female sexual dysfunction and vulvovaginal symptoms. Bottom line: While the quality of the studies is poor overall, fractional CO2 laser treatment seems to temporarily improve symptoms of genitourinary syndrome of menopause (GSM). The duration of response, cost, and the overall long-term impact on sexual health remain in question.
A retrospective look at CO2 laser and postmenopausal GSM
Filippini M, Luvero D, Salvatore S, et al. Efficacy of fractional CO2 laser treatment in postmenopausal women with genitourinary syndrome: a multicenter study. Menopause. 2019;27:43-49. doi: 10.1097/GME. 0000000000001428.
Researchers conducted a retrospective, multicenter study of postmenopausal women with at least one symptom of GSM, including itching, burning, dyspareunia with penetration, and dryness.
Study details
A total of 171 of the 645 women (26.5%) were oncology patients. Women were excluded from analysis if they used any form of topical therapy within 15 days; had prolapse stage 2 or greater; or had any infection, abscess, or anatomical deformity precluding treatment with the laser.
Patients underwent gynecologic examination and were given a questionnaire to assess vulvovaginal symptoms. Exams occurred monthly during treatment (average, 6.5 months), at 6- and 12-months posttreatment, and then annually. No topical therapy was advised during or after treatment.
Patients received either 3 or 4 fractional CO2 laser treatments to the vulva and/or vagina depending on symptom location and type. Higher power settings of the same laser were used to treat vaginal symptoms (40W; 1,000 microseconds) versus vulvar symptoms (25W; 500 microseconds). Treatment sessions were 5 to 6 minutes. The study authors used a visual analog rating scale (VAS) for “atrophy and related symptoms,” tested vaginal pH, and completed the Vaginal Health Index Score. VAS scores were obtained from the patients prior to the initial laser intervention and 1 month after the final treatment.
Results
There were statistically significant improvements in dryness, vaginal orifice pain, dyspareunia, itching, and burning for both the 3-treatment and 4-treatment cohorts. The delta of improvement was then compared for the 2 subgroups; curiously, there was greater improvement of symptoms such as dryness (65% vs 61%), itching (78% vs 72%), burning (72% vs 67%), and vaginal orifice pain (67% vs 60%) in the group that received 3 cycles than in the group that received 4 cycles.
With regard to vaginal pH improvement, the 4-cycle group performed better than the 3-cycle group (1% improvement in the 4-cycle group vs 6% in the 3-cycle group). Although vaginal pH reduction was somewhat better in the group that received 4 treatments, and the pre versus posttreatment percentages were statistically significantly different, the clinical significance of a pH difference between 5.72 and 5.53 is questionable, especially since there was a greater difference in baseline pH between the two cohorts (6.08 in the 4-cycle group vs 5.59 in the 3-cycle group).
There were no reported adverse events related to the fractional laser treatments, and 6% of the patients underwent additional laser treatments during the followup timeframe of 8 to 20 months.
This was a retrospective study with no control or comparison group and short-term follow-up. The VAS scores were obtained 1 month after the final treatment. Failure to request additional treatment at 8 to 20 months cannot be used to infer that the therapeutic improvements recorded at 1 month were enduring. In addition, although the large number of patients in this study may lead to statistical significance, clinical significance is still questionable. Given the lack of a comparison group and the very short follow-up, it is hard to draw any scientifically valid conclusions from this study.
Continue to: Randomized data on CO2 laser vs Kegels for sexual dysfunction...
Randomized data on CO2 laser vs Kegels for sexual dysfunction
Lou W, Chen F, Xu T, et al. A randomized controlled study of vaginal fractional CO2 laser therapy for female sexual dysfunction. Lasers Med Sci. March 15, 2021. doi: 10.1007/s10103-021-03260-x.
In a small randomized controlled trial (RCT) conducted in China, Lou and colleagues identified premenopausal women at “high risk” for sexual dysfunction as determined by the Chinese version of the Female Sexual Function Index (CFSFI).
Details of the study
A total of 84 women (mean age, 36.5 years) were included in the study. All the participants were heterosexual and married or with a long-term partner. The domain of sexual dysfunction was not considered. Women were excluded if they had no current heterosexual partner; had genital malformation, urinary incontinence, or prolapse stage 2 or higher; a history of pelvic floor mesh treatment; current gynecologic malignancy; abnormal cervical cytology; or were currently pregnant or postpartum. In addition, women were excluded if they had been treated previously for sexual dysfunction or mental “disease.” The cohort was randomized to receive fractional CO2 laser treatments (three 15-minute treatments 1 month apart at 60W, 1,000 microseconds) or coached Kegel exercises (10 exercises repeated twice daily at least 3 times/week and monitored by physical therapists at biweekly clinic visits). Sexual distress was evaluated by using the Female Sexual Distress Scale-Revised (FSDSR). Outcomes measured were pelvic floor muscle strength and scores on the CFSFI and FSDSR. Data were obtained at 3, 6, 9, and 12 months after initiation of therapy.
Both groups showed improvement
The laser cohort showed slightly more improvement in scale scores at 6 and 12 months. Specifically, the laser group had better scores on lubrication and overall satisfaction, with moderate effect size; neither group had improvements in arousal, desire, or orgasm. The Kegel group showed a significant improvement in pelvic floor strength and orgasm at 12 months, an improvement not seen in the laser cohort. Both groups showed gradual improvement in the FSDSR, with the laser group reporting a lower score (10.0) at 12 months posttreatment relative to the Kegel group (11.1). Again, these were modest effects as baseline scores for both cohorts were around 12.5. There were minimal safety signals in the laser group, with 22.5% of women reporting scant bloody discharge posttreatment and 72.5% describing mild discomfort (1 on a 1–10 VAS scale) during the procedure.
This study is problematic in several areas. Although it was a prospective, randomized trial, it was not blinded, and the therapeutic interventions were markedly different in nature and requirement for individual patient motivation. The experiences of sexual dysfunction among the participants were not stratified by type—arousal, desire, lubrication, orgasm, or pain. All patients had regular cyclic menses; however, the authors do not report on contraceptive methods, hormonal therapy, or other comorbid conditions that could impact sexual health. The cohorts may or may not have been similar in baseline types of sexual dissatisfaction.
CO2 laser for lichen sclerosus: Is it effective?
Pagano T, Conforti A, Buonfantino C, et al. Effect of rescue fractional microablative CO2 laser on symptoms and sexual dysfunction in women affected by vulvar lichen sclerosus resistant to long-term use of topic corticosteroid: a prospective longitudinal study. Menopause. 2020;27:418-422. doi: 10.1097 /GME.0000000000001482.
Burkett LS, Siddique M, Zeymo A, et al. Clobetasol compared with fractionated carbon dioxide laser for lichen sclerosus: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol. 2021;137:968-978. doi: 10.1097 /AOG.0000000000004332.
Mitchell L, Goldstein AT, Heller D, et al. Fractionated carbon dioxide laser for the treatment of vulvar lichen sclerosus: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol. 2021;137:979-987. doi: 10.1097 /AOG.0000000000004409.
High potency corticosteroid ointment is the current standard treatment for lichen sclerosus. Alternative options for disease that is refractory to steroids are limited. Three studies published in the past year explored the CO2 laser’s ability to treat lichen sclerosus symptoms and resultant sexual dysfunction—Pagano and colleagues conducted a small prospective study and Burkett and colleagues and Mitchell et al conducted small RCTs.
Details of the Pagano study
Three premenopausal and 37 postmenopausal women with refractory lichen sclerosus (defined as no improvement after 4 cycles of ultra-high potency steroids) were included in the study. Lichen sclerosus was uniformly biopsy confirmed. Women using topical or systemic hormones were excluded. VAS was administered prior to initial treatment and after each of 2 fractional CO2 treatments (25–30 W; 1,000 microseconds) 30 to 40 days apart to determine severity of vulvar itching, dyspareunia with penetration, vulvar dryness, sexual dysfunction, and procedure discomfort. Follow-up was conducted at 1 month after the final treatment. VAS score for the primary outcome of vulvar itching declined from 8 pretreatment to 6 after the first treatment and to 3 after the second. There was no significant treatment-related pain reported.
The authors acknowledged the limitations of their study; it was a relatively small sample size, nonrandomized and had short-term follow-up of a mixed patient population and no sham or control group. The short-term improvements reported in the study patients may not be sustained without ongoing treatment for a lifelong chronic disease, and the long-term potential for development of squamous cell carcinoma may or may not be ameliorated.
Continue to: Burkett et al: RCT study 1...
Burkett et al: RCT study 1
A total of 52 postmenopausal patients with biopsy-proven lichen sclerosus were randomly assigned to clobetasol or CO2 laser; 51 women completed 6-month follow-up. The outcomes were stratified by prior high-potency steroid use. The steroid cohort used clobetasol 0.05% nightly for 1 month, 3 times per week for 2 months, then as needed. The laser cohort received 3 treatments (26 W; 800 microseconds) 4 to 6 weeks apart. Overall adherence was only 75% in the clobetasol group, compared with 96% in the laser group. The authors found treatment efficacy of CO2 laser therapy only in the group of patients who had prior treatment with high potency topical corticosteroids. They conclude that, …“Despite previously optimistic results in well designed clinical trials of fractionated CO2 for genitourinary syndrome of menopause, and in noncontrolled case series for vulvar lichen sclerosus, our study failed to show any significant benefit of monotherapy of fractionated CO2 for vulvar lichen sclerosus. There may be a role for fractionated CO2 as an adjuvant therapy along with topical ultrapotent corticosteroids in vulvar lichen sclerosus.”
Mitchell et al: RCT study 2
This was a double blind, placebo-controlled, and histologically validated study of fractional CO2 for treatment of lichen sclerosus in 35 women; 17 in the treatment arm and 18 in the sham laser encounters. At least a 4-week no treatment period of topical steroids was required before monotherapy with CO2 laser was initiated.
The authors found no difference in their primary outcome—histopathology scale scores—after 5 treatments over 24 weeks. Secondary endpoints were changes in the CSS (Clinical Scoring System for Vulvar Lichen Sclerosus), a validated instrument that includes both a clinician’s examination of the severity of disease and a patient’s report of the severity of her symptoms. The patient score is the total of 4 domains: itching, soreness, burning, and dyspareunia. The clinician objective examination documents fissures, erosions, hyperkeratosis, agglutination, stenosis, and atrophy. At the conclusion of treatment there were no significant differences in the patient reported symptoms or the clinical findings between the active treatment and sham groups.
As a monotherapy, CO2 laser therapy is not effective in treating lichen sclerosus, although it may help improve symptoms as an adjunct to high potency steroid therapy when topical treatment alone has failed to provide adequate response.
Conclusion
The quality of evidence to support the use of the CO2 laser for improvement in sexual dysfunction is poor. Although patient satisfaction scores improved overall, and most specifically for symptoms related to GSM, the lack of blinding; inappropriate or no control groups; the very short-term outcomes; and for one of the studies, the lack of a clear definition of sexual dysfunction, make it difficult to draw meaningful conclusions for clinical care.
For GSM, we know that topical estrogen therapy works—and with little to no systemic absorption. The CO2 laser should be studied in comparison to this gold standard, with consideration of costs and potential long-term harms in addition to patient satisfaction and short-term measures of improvement. In addition, and very importantly, it is our professional responsibility to present the evidence for safety of topical estrogens to our professional colleagues as well as to our patients with estrogen-dependent cancers so that they understand the value of estrogen as a safe and appropriate alternative to expensive and potentially short-term interventions such as CO2 laser treatment. ●
Cheryl Iglesia, MD
Dr. Iglesia is Director, Section of Female Pelvic Medicine and Reconstructive Surgery, MedStar Washington Hospital Center, and Professor, Departments of ObGyn and Urology, Georgetown University School of Medicine, Washington, DC. She is a member of the OBG Management Board of Editors.
Barbara Levy, MD: Cheryl, you have more experience with use of the energy-based cosmetic laser than most ObGyns, and I thought that speaking with you about this technology would be of benefit, not only to me in learning more about the hands-on experience of a lead researcher and practitioner but also readers who are hearing more and more about the growth of cosmetic gynecology in general. Thank you for taking the time today.
Cheryl Iglesia, MD: I’m happy to speak about this with you, Barbara.
Dr. Levy: Specifically, I would like to talk about use of these technologies for sexual dysfunction. In the last few years some of the available data have been on the CO2 laser versus physical therapy, which is not an appropriate comparison.1
Dr. Iglesia: There have been limited data, and less randomized, controlled data, on laser and radiofrequency energies for cosmetic gynecology, and in fact these devices remain unapproved for any gynecologic indication. In 2018 the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) issued a Safety Communication about the use of energy-based devices to perform vaginal rejuvenation or cosmetic procedures. The International Urogynecological Association (IUGA) issued a consensus statement echoing concerns about the devices, and an International Continence Society/International Society for the Study of Vulvovaginal Disease Best Practice Consensus Statement did not recommend the laser for “routine treatment of vaginal atrophy or urinary incontinence unless treatment is part of a well-designed trial or with special arrangements for clinical governance, consent, and audit.”2
In May 2020, as evidence remains limited (although 522 studies are ongoing in coordination with the FDA), the American Urogynecologic Society (AUGS) published a clinical consensus statement from a panel of experts in female pelvic medicine and reconstructive surgery. The panel had about 90% consensus that there is short-term efficacy for the laser with GSM and dyspareunia. But we only have outcomes data that lasts a maximum of 1 year.2
A problem with our VeLVET trial,3 which was published in Menopause, and the Cruz and colleagues’ trial from South America,4 both of which compared the CO2 laser to estrogen and had randomized groups, was that they were limited by the outcome measures used, none of which were consistently validated. But these studies also had small numbers of participants and short-term follow-up. So I don’t think there are much existing data that are promising for supporting energy-based treatment for GSM.
We also have just-published data on the laser for lichen sclerosus.5 For the AUGS panel, there was about 80% consensus for energy-based-device use and lichen sclerosus.2 According to Mitchell et al, who conducted a small, randomized, sham-controlled trial, CO2 laser resulted in no significant difference in histopathology scale score between active and sham arms.5
Future trials may want to assess laser as a mechanism for improved local drug delivery (eg, use of combined laser plus local estrogen for GSM or combined laser plus topical steroid for lichen sclerosus). I am also aware that properly designed laser versus sham studies are underway.
Dr. Levy: What about for stress urinary incontinence (SUI)? I don’t think these technologies are going to work.
Dr. Iglesia: For the AUGS panel, there was only about 70% consensus for energy-based-device use and SUI,2 and I’m one of the naysayers. The pathophysiology of SUI is so multifactorial that it’s hard to believe that laser or radiofrequency wand therapy could have sustained improvements, especially since prior radiofrequency therapy from the last decade (for instance, Renessa, Novasys Medical) did not show long-term efficacy.
Understanding lasers and coordinating care
Dr. Levy: We don’t know what the long-term outcomes are for the CO2 laser and GSM.
Dr. Iglesia: I agree with you, and I think there needs to be an understanding of the mechanism of how lasers work, whether it be erbium (Er:YAG), which is the most common, or CO2. Erbium and CO2 lasers, which are on the far-infrared spectrum, target the chromophore, water. My feeling is that, when you look at results from the Cruz trial,4 or even our trial that compared vaginal estrogen with laser,3 when there is severe GSM and high pH with virtually no water present in the tissues, that laser is not going to properly function. But I don’t think we know exactly what optimal pretreatment is necessary, and that is one of the problems. Furthermore, when intravaginal lasers are done and no adequate speculum exam is conducted prior to introducing the laser, there could be discharge or old creams present that block the mirrors necessary to adequately fire the fractionated laser beams.
Unfortunately, oftentimes these devices are marketed to women with breast cancer, who may be taking aromatase inhibitors, which cause the no-water problem; they dry out everything. They are effective for preventing breast cancer recurrence, but they cause severe atrophy (perhaps worse than many of the other selective estrogen-receptor modulators), with a resultant high vaginal pH. If we can bring that pH level down, closer to the normal 4.5 range so that we could have some level of moisture, and add estrogen first, the overall treatment approach will probably be more effective. We still do not know what happens after 1 year, though, and how often touch-ups need to be performed.
In fact, when working with a patient with breast cancer, I will speak with her oncologist; I will collaborate to put in place a treatment plan that may include initial pretreatment with low-dose vaginal estrogen followed by laser treatment for vaginal atrophy. But I will make sure I use the lowest dose. Sometimes when the patient comes back, the estrogen’s worked so well she’ll say, “Oh, I’m happy, so I don’t need the laser anymore.” A balanced conversation is necessary, especially with cancer survivors.
Informing patients and colleagues
Dr. Levy: I completely agree, and I think one of the key points here is that our purpose is to serve our patients. The data demonstrate that low doses of vaginal estrogen are not harmful for women who are being treated for or who have recovered from breast cancer. It is our ethical obligation to convince these women and their oncologists that ongoing treatment with vaginal estrogen not only will help their GSM but also their overactive bladder and their risk of urinary tract infections and other things. We could be exploiting patients who are really fearful of using any estrogen because of a perceived cancer risk. We could actually be validating their fear by telling them we have an alternative treatment for which they have to pay cash.
Treatment access
Dr. Iglesia: Yes, these are not cosmetic conditions that we are treating. So my goal when evaluating treatment for refractory GSM or lichen sclerosus is to find optimal energy-based therapies with the hope that one day these will be approved gynecologic conditions by the US FDA for laser and wand therapies and that they will ultimately not be out-of-pocket expenses but rather therapies covered by insurance.
Dr. Levy: Great. I understand that AUGS/IUGA have been working on a terminology algorithm to help distinguish between procedures being performed to resolve a medical problem such as prolapse or incontinence versus those designed to be cosmetic.
Dr. Iglesia: Yes, there is a big document from experts in both societies out for public comment right now. It will hopefully be published soon.
Outstanding questions remain
Dr. Levy: Really, we as ObGyns shouldn’t be quick to incorporate these things into our practices without high-quality studies demonstrating value. I have a major concern about these devices in the long term. When you look at fractional CO2 use on the face, for instance, which is a much different type of skin than the vagina, the laser builds collagen—but we don’t have long-term outcome results. The vagina is supposed to be an elastic tissue, so what is the risk of long-term scarring there? Yes, the laser builds collagen in the vaginal epithelium, but what does it do to scarring in the rest of the tissue? We don’t have answers to that.
Dr. Iglesia: And that is the question—how does histology equate with function? Well, I would go with what the patients are reporting.
Dr. Levy: Absolutely. But the thing about vaginal low-dose estrogen is that it is something that the oncologists or the ObGyns could be implementing with patients while they are undergoing cancer therapy, while in their menopausal transition, to preserve vulvovaginal function as opposed to trying to regain it.
Dr. Iglesia: Certainly, although it still needs to be determined when that type of approach would actually be contraindicated.
Dr. Levy: Thank you, Cheryl, for your valuable insights.
Dr. Iglesia: Of course. Thank you. ●
References
1. Lou W, Chen F, Xu T, et al. A randomized controlled study of vaginal fractional CO2 laser therapy for female sexual dysfunction. Lasers Med Sci. March 15, 2021. doi: 10.1007/s10103-021-03260-x.
2. Alshiek J, Garcia B, Minassian V, et al. Vaginal energy-based devices. Female Pelvic Med Reconstr Surg. 2020;26:287-298. doi: 10.1097 /SPV.0000000000000872.
3. Paraiso MF, Ferrando CA, et al. A randomized clinical trial comparing vaginal laser therapy to vaginal estrogen therapy in women with genitourinary syndrome of menopause: the VeLVET Trial. Menopause. 2020;27:50-56. doi: 10.1097/GME.0000000000001416.
4. Cruz VL, Steiner ML, et al. Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial for evaluating the efficacy of fractional CO2 laser compared with topical estriol in the treatment of vaginal atrophy in postmenopausal women. Menopause. 2018;25:21-28. doi: 10.1097 /GME.0000000000000955.
5. Mitchell L, Goldstein A, Heller D, et al. Fractionated carbon dioxide laser for the treatment of vulvar lichen sclerosus: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol. 2021;137:979-987. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000004409.
Dismantling racism in your personal and professional spheres
On May 25, 2020, George Floyd was murdered by a White police officer who held his knee on Floyd’s neck for nine and a half minutes. Nine and a half minutes. George Floyd was not the first Black person killed by law enforcement. He has not been the last. Much has been written about why Floyd’s murder sparked unprecedented worldwide outrage despite being far from unprecedented itself. We cannot be so naive as to think what happened was new, and we should not ignore the tireless work that so many have been doing to fight racism up to this point. But for many who have been stirred to do something for the first time, especially White people, the question has been,
“What do I do?” The answer is, do the work.
This article is centered on anti-Black racism with a focus on medicine. We recognize that there is racism against other minoritized groups. Each group deserves attention and to have their stories told. We recognize intersectionality and that an individual has multiple identities and that these may compound the marginalization they experience. This too deserves attention.
However, we cannot satisfactorily explore any of these concepts within the confines of a single article. Our intention is to use this forum to promote further conversation, specifically about anti-Black racism in medicine. We hope it compels you to begin learning to recognize and dismantle racism in yourself and your surroundings, both at home and at work.
Being a health care provider requires lifelong learning. If we practiced only what we learned in training, our patients could suffer. So we continually seek out updated research and guidelines to best treat our patients. Understanding how racism impacts your patients, colleagues, family, and friends is your responsibility as much as understanding guidelines for standards of care. We must resist the urge to feel this is someone else’s duty. It is the job of each and every one of us. We must do the work.
Race is real but it’s not biologic
It is imperative to understand that race is not a biologic category. Phenotypic differences between humans do not reliably map to racial categories. Racial categories themselves have morphed over the centuries, and interpretation of race has been litigated in this country since its founding.1 People who identify as a given race do not have inherent biology that is different from those who identify as another race. It may then be tempting to try to erase race from our thinking, and, indeed, the idea of being “color blind” was long worn as a badge of honor signifying a commitment to equality. So this is the tension: if race exists, it must be a biologic trait and with it must go other inherent traits. But if race is not a biologic entity, perhaps it is not real and, therefore, should be ignored. In fact, neither is true. Race is not based on genetic or biologic inheritance, but it is a social and political categorization that is real and has very real ramifications. As we will discuss further, race does have a biologic impact on individuals. The mechanism by which that happens is racism.
Continue to: What is racism, and who is racist?...
What is racism, and who is racist?
Various definitions of racism have been offered:
- prejudice, discrimination, or antagonism directed against a person or people on the basis of their membership in a particular racial or ethnic group, typically one that is minoritized or marginalized2
- a belief that race is a fundamental determinant of human traits and capacities and that racial differences produce an inherent superiority of a particular race3
- the systemic oppression of a racial group to the social, economic, and political advantage of another; a political or social system founded on racism and designed to execute its principles.3
The common themes in these definitions are power, hierarchy, and oppression. Racism is a fabricated system to justify and reinforce power for some and disenfranchisement for others based on race. The system is pervasive and beneficial to the group that it serves.
Ibram X. Kendi posits that all racism is structural racism: “‘Institutional racism’ and ‘structural racism’ and ‘systemic racism’ are redundant. Racism itself is institutional, structural, and systemic.”4 This is not saying that individuals don’t enact racism, but it emphasizes that racism is not the action of a “few bad apples.” Furthermore, it underscores that race was created to bolster power structures ensuring White dominance. The racism that has followed, in all of its forms, is both because these ideas were created in the first place and to perpetuate that ongoing power structure.4
Dorothy Roberts, JD, writes in her book Fatal Invention that, while grouping people and creating hierarchy has always happened amongst humans, there is a specific history in our country of using race to create and perpetuate the dominance of White people and the subjugation of Black people.
Kendi also asserts that there is no neutrality with regard to racism—there is racist and antiracist: “A racist: one who is supporting a racist policy through their actions or inaction or expressing a racist idea. An antiracist: one who is supporting an antiracist policy through their actions or expressing an antiracist idea.”4 He describes all people as moving in and out of being racist and antiracist, and states “being an antiracist requires persistent self-awareness, constant self-criticism, and regular self-examination.”4 In thinking about race and racism in this way, we all must grapple with our own racism, but in so doing are taking a step toward antiracism.
History is important
Among the most important things one can do in a journey to dismantle racism is learn the history of racism.
The infrastructure and institutions of our nation were created on a foundation of slavery, including the origins of American medicine and gynecology. Physicians in the antebellum South performed inspections of enslaved people’s bodies to certify them for sale.5 The ability to assign market value to a Black person’s body was published as an essential physician competency.5
Gynecology has a particularly painful history with regard to slavery. By 1808, transatlantic slave trade was banned in the United States and, as Dr. Cooper Owens describes in her book Medical Bondage: Race, Gender, and the Origins of American Gynecology, this made reproduction of enslaved people within the United States a priority for slave owners and those invested in an economy that depended on slavery.6 Gynecologists were permitted unrestricted access to enslaved women for experiments to optimize reproduction. Many of these physicians became prominent voices adding to the canon of racialized medicine. Medical journals themselves gained reverence because of heightened interest in keeping enslaved people alive and just well enough to work and reproduce.6 Today, we hold sacred the relationship between a patient and their physician. We must understand that there was no such relationship between a doctor and an enslaved person. The relationship was between the doctor and slave owner.6,7 Slavery does not allow for the autonomy of the enslaved. This is the context in which we must understand the discoveries of gynecologists during that time.
Despite the abolition of slavery with the passage of the 13th amendment, racist policies remained ubiquitous in the United States. Segregation of Black people was codified not only in the Jim Crow South but also in the North. Interracial marriage was outlawed by all but 9 states.
While there are numerous federal policies that led to cumulative and egregious disadvantage for Black Americans, one powerful example is redlining. In 1934 the Federal Housing Administration was created, and by insuring private mortgages, the FHA made it easier for eligible home buyers to obtain financing. The FHA used a system of maps that graded neighborhoods. Racial composition of neighborhoods was overtly used as a component of grading, and the presence of Black people led a neighborhood to be downgraded or redlined.8,9 This meant Black people were largely ineligible for FHA-backed loans. In The Color of Law, Richard Rothstein writes, “Today’s residential segregation in the North, South, Midwest, and West is not the unintended consequence of individual choices and of otherwise well-meaning law or regulation but of unhidden public policy that explicitly segregated every metropolitan area in the United States.The policy was so systematic and forceful that its effects endure to the present time.”9
Though these specific policies are no longer in place, many correlations have been found between historically redlined neighborhoods and higher rates of diseases today, including diabetes, hypertension, asthma, and preterm deliveries.10 These policies also have played a role in creating the wealth gap—directly by limiting the opportunity for home ownership, which translates to intergenerational wealth, and indirectly by the disinvestment in neighborhoods where Black people live, leading to reduced access to quality education, decreased employment opportunities, and increased environmental hazards.8,11
Continue to: Health disparities...
Health disparities
The numerous health disparities, more accurately termed health inequities, suffered by racial minority groups is well documented.12
COVID-19 death and vaccination-rate inequities. Early in the COVID-19 pandemic, data emerged that racial minorities were being disparately affected.13 In December 2020, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) reported that Hispanic or Latino, non-Hispanic Black, and non-Hispanic American Indian or Alaska Native people had all died at higher rates than White Americans.14 These racial groups had higher hospitalization rates across age groups and, after adjusting for age, rates of hospitalization were 2.8 to 3.4 times higher.15 We are continuing to learn what factors contribute to these inequities, but it has highlighted how racist policies have led to disparate access to health care, or even clean air, clean water, and nutritious food, and left communities of color more vulnerable to severe illness and death from COVID-19. With the advent of vaccines for COVID-19, we continue to see racial disparities as Black Americans have the lowest rates of vaccination.16 All of these inequities have to be understood in the context of the racist structures that exist in our society. As medical providers, we must understand and help to dismantle these structures.
Pregnancy-related mortality (PRM) inequities. A powerful example of a persistent health inequity in our field is the well-known disparity in pregnancy-related mortality when examining this outcome by race. Per CDC analysis of data on PRM from 2007–2016, Black women died at a rate 3.2 times higher than White women. This disparity was even greater in patients older than 30 years of age. When they compared rates while controlling for the highest level of education, the disparity is even more pronounced: PRM rate for those with a college degree or higher was 5.2 times greater for Black people compared with White people.16The CDC also reported that, in 2018, the infant mortality for non-Hispanic Black infants was 10.8 per 1,000 live births, compared with 4.6 per 1,000 live births for White infants. This is a rate 2.4-times higher for Black infants.17 Dr. Cooper Owens and Dr. Fett note in their article, “Black maternal and infant health: Historical legacies of slavery,” that in 1850 this rate was 1.6-times higher for Black infants, which means the inequity was worse in 2018 America than in the antebellum South.5
The role of patient experience
As discussed, governmental policies have created persistent inequities in wealth, access to health care, and exposure to environmental toxins, among many other disparities. However, the data finding that highly educated Black pregnant patients suffer markedly increased risk of maternal death, indicate that inequities cannot be attributed only to education or lack of access to health care. This is where some will once again lean on the idea that there is something inherently different about Black people. But if we know that race was created and is not an empiric category, we must consider the social variables impacting Black patients’ experience.
As Linda Blount, President and CEO of the Black Women’s Health Imperative, put it, “Race is not a risk factor. It is the lived experience of being a Black woman in this society that is the risk factor.”18 So how much of these inequities can be accounted for by differential treatment of Black patients? There is, for example, data on the disproportionately lower rates of Black renal transplant recipients and inordinately higher rates of amputations among Black patients.19,20 None of us wants to think we are treating our Black patients differently, but the data demand that we ask ourselves if we are. Some of this is built into the system. For example, in their article “Hidden in plain sight—Reconsidering the use of race correction in clinical algorithms,” Vyas and colleagues outline a list of calculators and algorithms that include race.21 This means we may be using these calculators and changing outcomes for our patients based on their race. This is only one example of racism hidden within guidelines and standards of care.
The existence of racism on an interpersonal level also cannot be denied. This could lead to differential care specifically, but also can manifest by way of the toll it takes on a patient generally. This is the concept of allostatic load or weathering: the chronic stress of experiencing racism creates detrimental physiologic change. There is ongoing research into epigenetic modifications from stress that could be impacting health outcomes in Black populations.
Continue to: What is the work we need to do?...
What is the work we need to do?
Become educated. We have discussed taking the initiative to learn about the history of racism, including the legacies of slavery and the ongoing impact of racism on health. This knowledge is foundational and sometimes transformative. It allows us to see opportunities for antiracism and gives us the knowledge to begin meaningful conversations.
Take action. We must take inventory within our lives. What are our spheres of influence? What are our resources? Where can we make an impact? Right now, you can take out a pen and paper and write down all the roles you play. Look for opportunities in personal interactions and daily routines. Unfortunately, there will be many opportunities to speak up against racism—although this is rarely easy. Find articles, podcasts, and workshops on upstander training. One framework to respond to microaggressions has been proposed by faculty at Boston University Medical Center using the acronym LIFT (Lights on, Impact vs Intent, Full stop, Teach).22 It advises highlighting, clarifying, and directly addressing problematic comments with such statements as “I heard you say…” or “What did you mean by that comment?”, or a more direct “Statements like that are not OK with me,” or a teaching statement of “I read an article that made me think differently about comments like the one you made...”22 How and when to employ these strategies takes deliberate practice and will be uncomfortable. But we must do the work.
Practice empathetic listening. In a podcast discussion with Brené Brown on creating transformative cultures, Aiko Bethea, a leader in diversity and equity innovation, implores listeners to believe people of color.23,24 Draw on the history you’ve learned and understand the context in which Black people live in our society. Don’t brush off your Black friend who is upset about being stopped by security. That wasn’t the first time she was in that situation. Take seriously your patient’s concern that they are not being treated appropriately because of being Black. At the same time, do not think of Black people as a monolith or a stereotype. Respect people’s individuality.
Teach our kids all of this. We must also find ways to make change on a larger scale—within our practices, hospitals, medical schools, places of worship, town councils, school boards, state legislatures, and so on. If you are in a faculty position, you can reach out to leadership to scrutinize the curriculum while also ensuring that what and how you are teaching aligns with your antiracist principles. Question the theories, calculators, and algorithms being used and taught. Inquire about policies around recruitment of trainees and faculty as well as promotion, and implement strategies to make this inclusive and equitable. If you run a practice, you can ensure hiring and compensation policies are equitable. Examine patient access and barriers that your minoritized patients are facing, and address those barriers. Share resources and tools that you find helpful and develop a community of colleagues to develop with and hold one another accountable.
In her June 2020 article, An Open Letter to Corporate America, Philanthropy, Academia, etc: What now?, Bethea lays out an extensive framework for approaching antiracism at a high level.25 Among the principles she emphasizes is that the work of diversity, equity, and inclusion should not be siloed and cannot continue to be undervalued. It must be viewed as leadership and engaged in by leadership. The work of diversity, equity, and inclusion for any given institution must be explicit, intentional, measured, and transparent. Within that work, antiracism deserves individual attention. This work must center the people of color for whom you are pursuing equity. White people must resist the urge to make this about them.25
Drs. Esther Choo and J. Nwando Olayiwola present their proposals for combating racism in two 2020 Lancet articles.26,27 They discuss anticipating failure and backlash and learning from them but not being derailed by them. They emphasize the need for ongoing, serious financial investment and transformation in leadership. They also point out the need for data, discouraging more research on well-established inequities while recommending investigating interventions.26,27 If you are in leadership positions, read these articles and many more. Enact these principles. Make the investment. If you are not in such a position, find ways to hold your organization’s leadership accountable. Find ways to get a seat at the table and steer the conversation. In medicine, we have to make change at every level of our organizations. That will include the very difficult work of changing climate and culture. In addition, we have to look not only within our organizations but also to the communities we serve. Those voices must be valued in this conversation.
Will this take time? Yes. Will this be hard? Yes. Can you do everything? No. Can you do your part? Yes! Do the work.
- Roberts D. Fatal Invention: How Science, Politics and Big Business Re-create Race in the Twenty-First Century. The New Press: New York, New York; 2012.
- Definition of racism in English. Lexico web site. https://www.lexico. com/en/definition/racism. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Definition of racism. Merriam-Webster web site. https://www .merriam-webster.com/dictionary/racism. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Kendi IX. How To Be an Antiracist. One World: New York, NY; 2019.
- Cooper Owens D, Fett SM. Black maternal and infant health: historical legacies of slavery. Am J Public Health. 2019;109:1342-1345. doi: 10.2105/AJPH.2019.305243.
- Cooper Owens D. Medical Bondage: Race, Gender, and the Origins of American Gynecology. University of Georgia Press: Athens, GA; 2017.
- Washington H. Medical Apartheid: The Dark History of Medical Experimentation on Black Americans from Colonial Times to the Present. Anchor Books: New York, NY; 2006.
- Coates T. The case for reparations. The Atlantic. 2014;313.5:54-71.
- Rothstein R. The Color of the Law: A Forgotten History of How our Government Segregated America. Liveright Publishing Corporation: New York, NY; 2017.
- Nelson RK, Ayers EL; The Digital Scholarship Lab and the National Community Reinvestment Coalition. American Panorama, ed. Not Even Past: Social Vulnerability and the Legacy of Redlining. https://dsl.richmond.edu/socialvulnerability. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Williams DR, Lawrence JA, Davis BA. Racism and health: evidence and needed research. Annu Rev Public Health. 2019;40:105-125. doi: 10.1146 /annurev-publhealth-040218-043750.
- Institute of Medicine (US) Committee on Understanding and Eliminating Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Health Care. Smedley BD, Stith AY, Nelson AR, eds. Unequal Treatment: Confronting Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Health Care. National Academies Press: Washington, DC; 2003.
- Artiga S, Corallo B, Pham O. Racial disparities in COVID-19: key findings from available data and analysis. KFF web site. August 17, 2020. https://www.kff.org/racial-equity-and-health-policy/issue-brief /racial-disparities-covid-19-key-findings-available-data-analysis/. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Disparities in deaths from COVID-19. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention web site. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov /community/health-equity/racial-ethnic-disparities/disparities -deaths.html. Updated December 10, 2020. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Disparities in COVID-19 hospitalizations. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention web site. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019 -ncov/community/health-equity/racial-ethnic-disparities/disparities -hospitalization.html. Updated July 28, 2021. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- COVID data tracker. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention web site. https://covid.cdc.gov/covid-data-tracker/#vaccination -demographics-trends. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Infant mortality. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention web site. https://www.cdc.gov/reproductivehealth/maternalinfanthealth /infantmortality.htm. Last reviewed September 2020. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Roeder A. America is failing its Black mothers. Harvard Public Health. Winter 2019. https://www.hsph.harvard.edu/magazine/magazine _article/america-is-failing-its-black-mothers/. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Ku E, Lee BK, McCulloch CE, et al. Racial and ethnic disparities in kidney transplant access within a theoretical context of medical eligibility. Transplantation. 2020;104:1437-1444. doi: 10.1097/TP .0000000000002962.
- Arya S, Binney Z, Khakharia A, et al. Race and socioeconomic status independently affect risk of major amputation in peripheral artery disease. J Am Heart Assoc. 2018;7:e007425. doi: 10.1161 /JAHA.117.007425.
- Vyas DA, Eisenstein LG, Jones DS, et al. Hidden in plain sight— reconsidering the use of race correction in clinical algorithms. N Engl J Med. 2020;383:874-882. doi: 10.1056/NEJMms2004740.
- A Curriculum to Increase Faculty Engagement in the CLER Program. Boston University Medical Center web site. https://www.bumc .bu.edu/facdev-medicine/files/2020/05/Bystander-Training-for -Microaggressions-Executive-Summary.pdf. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Brenè with Aiko Bethea on inclusivity at work: the heart of hard conversations. Spotify web site. https://open.spotify.com/episod e/3IODQ37EurkFf0zMNhazqI?si=wJIZgzpWTDCF1QVhwAdhiw. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Brenè with Aiko Bethea on creating transformative cultures. Spotify web site. https://open.spotify.com/episode/7K47gQF5Ruc7MAXxEN q6jI?si=X0pzd2NnRAGwMD-bkyg-VQ. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Bethea A. An open letter to corporate America, philanthropy, academia, etc.: What now? June 1, 2020. https://aikobethea.medium. com/an-open-letter-to-corporate-america-philanthropy-academiaetc-what-now-8b2d3a310f22. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Choo E. Seven things organisations should be doing to combat racism. Lancet. 2020;396:157. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(20)31565-8.
- Olayiwola JN, Choo E. Seven more things organisations should be doing to combat racism. Lancet. 2020;396:593. doi: 10.1016/S0140 -6736(20)31718-9.
On May 25, 2020, George Floyd was murdered by a White police officer who held his knee on Floyd’s neck for nine and a half minutes. Nine and a half minutes. George Floyd was not the first Black person killed by law enforcement. He has not been the last. Much has been written about why Floyd’s murder sparked unprecedented worldwide outrage despite being far from unprecedented itself. We cannot be so naive as to think what happened was new, and we should not ignore the tireless work that so many have been doing to fight racism up to this point. But for many who have been stirred to do something for the first time, especially White people, the question has been,
“What do I do?” The answer is, do the work.
This article is centered on anti-Black racism with a focus on medicine. We recognize that there is racism against other minoritized groups. Each group deserves attention and to have their stories told. We recognize intersectionality and that an individual has multiple identities and that these may compound the marginalization they experience. This too deserves attention.
However, we cannot satisfactorily explore any of these concepts within the confines of a single article. Our intention is to use this forum to promote further conversation, specifically about anti-Black racism in medicine. We hope it compels you to begin learning to recognize and dismantle racism in yourself and your surroundings, both at home and at work.
Being a health care provider requires lifelong learning. If we practiced only what we learned in training, our patients could suffer. So we continually seek out updated research and guidelines to best treat our patients. Understanding how racism impacts your patients, colleagues, family, and friends is your responsibility as much as understanding guidelines for standards of care. We must resist the urge to feel this is someone else’s duty. It is the job of each and every one of us. We must do the work.
Race is real but it’s not biologic
It is imperative to understand that race is not a biologic category. Phenotypic differences between humans do not reliably map to racial categories. Racial categories themselves have morphed over the centuries, and interpretation of race has been litigated in this country since its founding.1 People who identify as a given race do not have inherent biology that is different from those who identify as another race. It may then be tempting to try to erase race from our thinking, and, indeed, the idea of being “color blind” was long worn as a badge of honor signifying a commitment to equality. So this is the tension: if race exists, it must be a biologic trait and with it must go other inherent traits. But if race is not a biologic entity, perhaps it is not real and, therefore, should be ignored. In fact, neither is true. Race is not based on genetic or biologic inheritance, but it is a social and political categorization that is real and has very real ramifications. As we will discuss further, race does have a biologic impact on individuals. The mechanism by which that happens is racism.
Continue to: What is racism, and who is racist?...
What is racism, and who is racist?
Various definitions of racism have been offered:
- prejudice, discrimination, or antagonism directed against a person or people on the basis of their membership in a particular racial or ethnic group, typically one that is minoritized or marginalized2
- a belief that race is a fundamental determinant of human traits and capacities and that racial differences produce an inherent superiority of a particular race3
- the systemic oppression of a racial group to the social, economic, and political advantage of another; a political or social system founded on racism and designed to execute its principles.3
The common themes in these definitions are power, hierarchy, and oppression. Racism is a fabricated system to justify and reinforce power for some and disenfranchisement for others based on race. The system is pervasive and beneficial to the group that it serves.
Ibram X. Kendi posits that all racism is structural racism: “‘Institutional racism’ and ‘structural racism’ and ‘systemic racism’ are redundant. Racism itself is institutional, structural, and systemic.”4 This is not saying that individuals don’t enact racism, but it emphasizes that racism is not the action of a “few bad apples.” Furthermore, it underscores that race was created to bolster power structures ensuring White dominance. The racism that has followed, in all of its forms, is both because these ideas were created in the first place and to perpetuate that ongoing power structure.4
Dorothy Roberts, JD, writes in her book Fatal Invention that, while grouping people and creating hierarchy has always happened amongst humans, there is a specific history in our country of using race to create and perpetuate the dominance of White people and the subjugation of Black people.
Kendi also asserts that there is no neutrality with regard to racism—there is racist and antiracist: “A racist: one who is supporting a racist policy through their actions or inaction or expressing a racist idea. An antiracist: one who is supporting an antiracist policy through their actions or expressing an antiracist idea.”4 He describes all people as moving in and out of being racist and antiracist, and states “being an antiracist requires persistent self-awareness, constant self-criticism, and regular self-examination.”4 In thinking about race and racism in this way, we all must grapple with our own racism, but in so doing are taking a step toward antiracism.
History is important
Among the most important things one can do in a journey to dismantle racism is learn the history of racism.
The infrastructure and institutions of our nation were created on a foundation of slavery, including the origins of American medicine and gynecology. Physicians in the antebellum South performed inspections of enslaved people’s bodies to certify them for sale.5 The ability to assign market value to a Black person’s body was published as an essential physician competency.5
Gynecology has a particularly painful history with regard to slavery. By 1808, transatlantic slave trade was banned in the United States and, as Dr. Cooper Owens describes in her book Medical Bondage: Race, Gender, and the Origins of American Gynecology, this made reproduction of enslaved people within the United States a priority for slave owners and those invested in an economy that depended on slavery.6 Gynecologists were permitted unrestricted access to enslaved women for experiments to optimize reproduction. Many of these physicians became prominent voices adding to the canon of racialized medicine. Medical journals themselves gained reverence because of heightened interest in keeping enslaved people alive and just well enough to work and reproduce.6 Today, we hold sacred the relationship between a patient and their physician. We must understand that there was no such relationship between a doctor and an enslaved person. The relationship was between the doctor and slave owner.6,7 Slavery does not allow for the autonomy of the enslaved. This is the context in which we must understand the discoveries of gynecologists during that time.
Despite the abolition of slavery with the passage of the 13th amendment, racist policies remained ubiquitous in the United States. Segregation of Black people was codified not only in the Jim Crow South but also in the North. Interracial marriage was outlawed by all but 9 states.
While there are numerous federal policies that led to cumulative and egregious disadvantage for Black Americans, one powerful example is redlining. In 1934 the Federal Housing Administration was created, and by insuring private mortgages, the FHA made it easier for eligible home buyers to obtain financing. The FHA used a system of maps that graded neighborhoods. Racial composition of neighborhoods was overtly used as a component of grading, and the presence of Black people led a neighborhood to be downgraded or redlined.8,9 This meant Black people were largely ineligible for FHA-backed loans. In The Color of Law, Richard Rothstein writes, “Today’s residential segregation in the North, South, Midwest, and West is not the unintended consequence of individual choices and of otherwise well-meaning law or regulation but of unhidden public policy that explicitly segregated every metropolitan area in the United States.The policy was so systematic and forceful that its effects endure to the present time.”9
Though these specific policies are no longer in place, many correlations have been found between historically redlined neighborhoods and higher rates of diseases today, including diabetes, hypertension, asthma, and preterm deliveries.10 These policies also have played a role in creating the wealth gap—directly by limiting the opportunity for home ownership, which translates to intergenerational wealth, and indirectly by the disinvestment in neighborhoods where Black people live, leading to reduced access to quality education, decreased employment opportunities, and increased environmental hazards.8,11
Continue to: Health disparities...
Health disparities
The numerous health disparities, more accurately termed health inequities, suffered by racial minority groups is well documented.12
COVID-19 death and vaccination-rate inequities. Early in the COVID-19 pandemic, data emerged that racial minorities were being disparately affected.13 In December 2020, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) reported that Hispanic or Latino, non-Hispanic Black, and non-Hispanic American Indian or Alaska Native people had all died at higher rates than White Americans.14 These racial groups had higher hospitalization rates across age groups and, after adjusting for age, rates of hospitalization were 2.8 to 3.4 times higher.15 We are continuing to learn what factors contribute to these inequities, but it has highlighted how racist policies have led to disparate access to health care, or even clean air, clean water, and nutritious food, and left communities of color more vulnerable to severe illness and death from COVID-19. With the advent of vaccines for COVID-19, we continue to see racial disparities as Black Americans have the lowest rates of vaccination.16 All of these inequities have to be understood in the context of the racist structures that exist in our society. As medical providers, we must understand and help to dismantle these structures.
Pregnancy-related mortality (PRM) inequities. A powerful example of a persistent health inequity in our field is the well-known disparity in pregnancy-related mortality when examining this outcome by race. Per CDC analysis of data on PRM from 2007–2016, Black women died at a rate 3.2 times higher than White women. This disparity was even greater in patients older than 30 years of age. When they compared rates while controlling for the highest level of education, the disparity is even more pronounced: PRM rate for those with a college degree or higher was 5.2 times greater for Black people compared with White people.16The CDC also reported that, in 2018, the infant mortality for non-Hispanic Black infants was 10.8 per 1,000 live births, compared with 4.6 per 1,000 live births for White infants. This is a rate 2.4-times higher for Black infants.17 Dr. Cooper Owens and Dr. Fett note in their article, “Black maternal and infant health: Historical legacies of slavery,” that in 1850 this rate was 1.6-times higher for Black infants, which means the inequity was worse in 2018 America than in the antebellum South.5
The role of patient experience
As discussed, governmental policies have created persistent inequities in wealth, access to health care, and exposure to environmental toxins, among many other disparities. However, the data finding that highly educated Black pregnant patients suffer markedly increased risk of maternal death, indicate that inequities cannot be attributed only to education or lack of access to health care. This is where some will once again lean on the idea that there is something inherently different about Black people. But if we know that race was created and is not an empiric category, we must consider the social variables impacting Black patients’ experience.
As Linda Blount, President and CEO of the Black Women’s Health Imperative, put it, “Race is not a risk factor. It is the lived experience of being a Black woman in this society that is the risk factor.”18 So how much of these inequities can be accounted for by differential treatment of Black patients? There is, for example, data on the disproportionately lower rates of Black renal transplant recipients and inordinately higher rates of amputations among Black patients.19,20 None of us wants to think we are treating our Black patients differently, but the data demand that we ask ourselves if we are. Some of this is built into the system. For example, in their article “Hidden in plain sight—Reconsidering the use of race correction in clinical algorithms,” Vyas and colleagues outline a list of calculators and algorithms that include race.21 This means we may be using these calculators and changing outcomes for our patients based on their race. This is only one example of racism hidden within guidelines and standards of care.
The existence of racism on an interpersonal level also cannot be denied. This could lead to differential care specifically, but also can manifest by way of the toll it takes on a patient generally. This is the concept of allostatic load or weathering: the chronic stress of experiencing racism creates detrimental physiologic change. There is ongoing research into epigenetic modifications from stress that could be impacting health outcomes in Black populations.
Continue to: What is the work we need to do?...
What is the work we need to do?
Become educated. We have discussed taking the initiative to learn about the history of racism, including the legacies of slavery and the ongoing impact of racism on health. This knowledge is foundational and sometimes transformative. It allows us to see opportunities for antiracism and gives us the knowledge to begin meaningful conversations.
Take action. We must take inventory within our lives. What are our spheres of influence? What are our resources? Where can we make an impact? Right now, you can take out a pen and paper and write down all the roles you play. Look for opportunities in personal interactions and daily routines. Unfortunately, there will be many opportunities to speak up against racism—although this is rarely easy. Find articles, podcasts, and workshops on upstander training. One framework to respond to microaggressions has been proposed by faculty at Boston University Medical Center using the acronym LIFT (Lights on, Impact vs Intent, Full stop, Teach).22 It advises highlighting, clarifying, and directly addressing problematic comments with such statements as “I heard you say…” or “What did you mean by that comment?”, or a more direct “Statements like that are not OK with me,” or a teaching statement of “I read an article that made me think differently about comments like the one you made...”22 How and when to employ these strategies takes deliberate practice and will be uncomfortable. But we must do the work.
Practice empathetic listening. In a podcast discussion with Brené Brown on creating transformative cultures, Aiko Bethea, a leader in diversity and equity innovation, implores listeners to believe people of color.23,24 Draw on the history you’ve learned and understand the context in which Black people live in our society. Don’t brush off your Black friend who is upset about being stopped by security. That wasn’t the first time she was in that situation. Take seriously your patient’s concern that they are not being treated appropriately because of being Black. At the same time, do not think of Black people as a monolith or a stereotype. Respect people’s individuality.
Teach our kids all of this. We must also find ways to make change on a larger scale—within our practices, hospitals, medical schools, places of worship, town councils, school boards, state legislatures, and so on. If you are in a faculty position, you can reach out to leadership to scrutinize the curriculum while also ensuring that what and how you are teaching aligns with your antiracist principles. Question the theories, calculators, and algorithms being used and taught. Inquire about policies around recruitment of trainees and faculty as well as promotion, and implement strategies to make this inclusive and equitable. If you run a practice, you can ensure hiring and compensation policies are equitable. Examine patient access and barriers that your minoritized patients are facing, and address those barriers. Share resources and tools that you find helpful and develop a community of colleagues to develop with and hold one another accountable.
In her June 2020 article, An Open Letter to Corporate America, Philanthropy, Academia, etc: What now?, Bethea lays out an extensive framework for approaching antiracism at a high level.25 Among the principles she emphasizes is that the work of diversity, equity, and inclusion should not be siloed and cannot continue to be undervalued. It must be viewed as leadership and engaged in by leadership. The work of diversity, equity, and inclusion for any given institution must be explicit, intentional, measured, and transparent. Within that work, antiracism deserves individual attention. This work must center the people of color for whom you are pursuing equity. White people must resist the urge to make this about them.25
Drs. Esther Choo and J. Nwando Olayiwola present their proposals for combating racism in two 2020 Lancet articles.26,27 They discuss anticipating failure and backlash and learning from them but not being derailed by them. They emphasize the need for ongoing, serious financial investment and transformation in leadership. They also point out the need for data, discouraging more research on well-established inequities while recommending investigating interventions.26,27 If you are in leadership positions, read these articles and many more. Enact these principles. Make the investment. If you are not in such a position, find ways to hold your organization’s leadership accountable. Find ways to get a seat at the table and steer the conversation. In medicine, we have to make change at every level of our organizations. That will include the very difficult work of changing climate and culture. In addition, we have to look not only within our organizations but also to the communities we serve. Those voices must be valued in this conversation.
Will this take time? Yes. Will this be hard? Yes. Can you do everything? No. Can you do your part? Yes! Do the work.
On May 25, 2020, George Floyd was murdered by a White police officer who held his knee on Floyd’s neck for nine and a half minutes. Nine and a half minutes. George Floyd was not the first Black person killed by law enforcement. He has not been the last. Much has been written about why Floyd’s murder sparked unprecedented worldwide outrage despite being far from unprecedented itself. We cannot be so naive as to think what happened was new, and we should not ignore the tireless work that so many have been doing to fight racism up to this point. But for many who have been stirred to do something for the first time, especially White people, the question has been,
“What do I do?” The answer is, do the work.
This article is centered on anti-Black racism with a focus on medicine. We recognize that there is racism against other minoritized groups. Each group deserves attention and to have their stories told. We recognize intersectionality and that an individual has multiple identities and that these may compound the marginalization they experience. This too deserves attention.
However, we cannot satisfactorily explore any of these concepts within the confines of a single article. Our intention is to use this forum to promote further conversation, specifically about anti-Black racism in medicine. We hope it compels you to begin learning to recognize and dismantle racism in yourself and your surroundings, both at home and at work.
Being a health care provider requires lifelong learning. If we practiced only what we learned in training, our patients could suffer. So we continually seek out updated research and guidelines to best treat our patients. Understanding how racism impacts your patients, colleagues, family, and friends is your responsibility as much as understanding guidelines for standards of care. We must resist the urge to feel this is someone else’s duty. It is the job of each and every one of us. We must do the work.
Race is real but it’s not biologic
It is imperative to understand that race is not a biologic category. Phenotypic differences between humans do not reliably map to racial categories. Racial categories themselves have morphed over the centuries, and interpretation of race has been litigated in this country since its founding.1 People who identify as a given race do not have inherent biology that is different from those who identify as another race. It may then be tempting to try to erase race from our thinking, and, indeed, the idea of being “color blind” was long worn as a badge of honor signifying a commitment to equality. So this is the tension: if race exists, it must be a biologic trait and with it must go other inherent traits. But if race is not a biologic entity, perhaps it is not real and, therefore, should be ignored. In fact, neither is true. Race is not based on genetic or biologic inheritance, but it is a social and political categorization that is real and has very real ramifications. As we will discuss further, race does have a biologic impact on individuals. The mechanism by which that happens is racism.
Continue to: What is racism, and who is racist?...
What is racism, and who is racist?
Various definitions of racism have been offered:
- prejudice, discrimination, or antagonism directed against a person or people on the basis of their membership in a particular racial or ethnic group, typically one that is minoritized or marginalized2
- a belief that race is a fundamental determinant of human traits and capacities and that racial differences produce an inherent superiority of a particular race3
- the systemic oppression of a racial group to the social, economic, and political advantage of another; a political or social system founded on racism and designed to execute its principles.3
The common themes in these definitions are power, hierarchy, and oppression. Racism is a fabricated system to justify and reinforce power for some and disenfranchisement for others based on race. The system is pervasive and beneficial to the group that it serves.
Ibram X. Kendi posits that all racism is structural racism: “‘Institutional racism’ and ‘structural racism’ and ‘systemic racism’ are redundant. Racism itself is institutional, structural, and systemic.”4 This is not saying that individuals don’t enact racism, but it emphasizes that racism is not the action of a “few bad apples.” Furthermore, it underscores that race was created to bolster power structures ensuring White dominance. The racism that has followed, in all of its forms, is both because these ideas were created in the first place and to perpetuate that ongoing power structure.4
Dorothy Roberts, JD, writes in her book Fatal Invention that, while grouping people and creating hierarchy has always happened amongst humans, there is a specific history in our country of using race to create and perpetuate the dominance of White people and the subjugation of Black people.
Kendi also asserts that there is no neutrality with regard to racism—there is racist and antiracist: “A racist: one who is supporting a racist policy through their actions or inaction or expressing a racist idea. An antiracist: one who is supporting an antiracist policy through their actions or expressing an antiracist idea.”4 He describes all people as moving in and out of being racist and antiracist, and states “being an antiracist requires persistent self-awareness, constant self-criticism, and regular self-examination.”4 In thinking about race and racism in this way, we all must grapple with our own racism, but in so doing are taking a step toward antiracism.
History is important
Among the most important things one can do in a journey to dismantle racism is learn the history of racism.
The infrastructure and institutions of our nation were created on a foundation of slavery, including the origins of American medicine and gynecology. Physicians in the antebellum South performed inspections of enslaved people’s bodies to certify them for sale.5 The ability to assign market value to a Black person’s body was published as an essential physician competency.5
Gynecology has a particularly painful history with regard to slavery. By 1808, transatlantic slave trade was banned in the United States and, as Dr. Cooper Owens describes in her book Medical Bondage: Race, Gender, and the Origins of American Gynecology, this made reproduction of enslaved people within the United States a priority for slave owners and those invested in an economy that depended on slavery.6 Gynecologists were permitted unrestricted access to enslaved women for experiments to optimize reproduction. Many of these physicians became prominent voices adding to the canon of racialized medicine. Medical journals themselves gained reverence because of heightened interest in keeping enslaved people alive and just well enough to work and reproduce.6 Today, we hold sacred the relationship between a patient and their physician. We must understand that there was no such relationship between a doctor and an enslaved person. The relationship was between the doctor and slave owner.6,7 Slavery does not allow for the autonomy of the enslaved. This is the context in which we must understand the discoveries of gynecologists during that time.
Despite the abolition of slavery with the passage of the 13th amendment, racist policies remained ubiquitous in the United States. Segregation of Black people was codified not only in the Jim Crow South but also in the North. Interracial marriage was outlawed by all but 9 states.
While there are numerous federal policies that led to cumulative and egregious disadvantage for Black Americans, one powerful example is redlining. In 1934 the Federal Housing Administration was created, and by insuring private mortgages, the FHA made it easier for eligible home buyers to obtain financing. The FHA used a system of maps that graded neighborhoods. Racial composition of neighborhoods was overtly used as a component of grading, and the presence of Black people led a neighborhood to be downgraded or redlined.8,9 This meant Black people were largely ineligible for FHA-backed loans. In The Color of Law, Richard Rothstein writes, “Today’s residential segregation in the North, South, Midwest, and West is not the unintended consequence of individual choices and of otherwise well-meaning law or regulation but of unhidden public policy that explicitly segregated every metropolitan area in the United States.The policy was so systematic and forceful that its effects endure to the present time.”9
Though these specific policies are no longer in place, many correlations have been found between historically redlined neighborhoods and higher rates of diseases today, including diabetes, hypertension, asthma, and preterm deliveries.10 These policies also have played a role in creating the wealth gap—directly by limiting the opportunity for home ownership, which translates to intergenerational wealth, and indirectly by the disinvestment in neighborhoods where Black people live, leading to reduced access to quality education, decreased employment opportunities, and increased environmental hazards.8,11
Continue to: Health disparities...
Health disparities
The numerous health disparities, more accurately termed health inequities, suffered by racial minority groups is well documented.12
COVID-19 death and vaccination-rate inequities. Early in the COVID-19 pandemic, data emerged that racial minorities were being disparately affected.13 In December 2020, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) reported that Hispanic or Latino, non-Hispanic Black, and non-Hispanic American Indian or Alaska Native people had all died at higher rates than White Americans.14 These racial groups had higher hospitalization rates across age groups and, after adjusting for age, rates of hospitalization were 2.8 to 3.4 times higher.15 We are continuing to learn what factors contribute to these inequities, but it has highlighted how racist policies have led to disparate access to health care, or even clean air, clean water, and nutritious food, and left communities of color more vulnerable to severe illness and death from COVID-19. With the advent of vaccines for COVID-19, we continue to see racial disparities as Black Americans have the lowest rates of vaccination.16 All of these inequities have to be understood in the context of the racist structures that exist in our society. As medical providers, we must understand and help to dismantle these structures.
Pregnancy-related mortality (PRM) inequities. A powerful example of a persistent health inequity in our field is the well-known disparity in pregnancy-related mortality when examining this outcome by race. Per CDC analysis of data on PRM from 2007–2016, Black women died at a rate 3.2 times higher than White women. This disparity was even greater in patients older than 30 years of age. When they compared rates while controlling for the highest level of education, the disparity is even more pronounced: PRM rate for those with a college degree or higher was 5.2 times greater for Black people compared with White people.16The CDC also reported that, in 2018, the infant mortality for non-Hispanic Black infants was 10.8 per 1,000 live births, compared with 4.6 per 1,000 live births for White infants. This is a rate 2.4-times higher for Black infants.17 Dr. Cooper Owens and Dr. Fett note in their article, “Black maternal and infant health: Historical legacies of slavery,” that in 1850 this rate was 1.6-times higher for Black infants, which means the inequity was worse in 2018 America than in the antebellum South.5
The role of patient experience
As discussed, governmental policies have created persistent inequities in wealth, access to health care, and exposure to environmental toxins, among many other disparities. However, the data finding that highly educated Black pregnant patients suffer markedly increased risk of maternal death, indicate that inequities cannot be attributed only to education or lack of access to health care. This is where some will once again lean on the idea that there is something inherently different about Black people. But if we know that race was created and is not an empiric category, we must consider the social variables impacting Black patients’ experience.
As Linda Blount, President and CEO of the Black Women’s Health Imperative, put it, “Race is not a risk factor. It is the lived experience of being a Black woman in this society that is the risk factor.”18 So how much of these inequities can be accounted for by differential treatment of Black patients? There is, for example, data on the disproportionately lower rates of Black renal transplant recipients and inordinately higher rates of amputations among Black patients.19,20 None of us wants to think we are treating our Black patients differently, but the data demand that we ask ourselves if we are. Some of this is built into the system. For example, in their article “Hidden in plain sight—Reconsidering the use of race correction in clinical algorithms,” Vyas and colleagues outline a list of calculators and algorithms that include race.21 This means we may be using these calculators and changing outcomes for our patients based on their race. This is only one example of racism hidden within guidelines and standards of care.
The existence of racism on an interpersonal level also cannot be denied. This could lead to differential care specifically, but also can manifest by way of the toll it takes on a patient generally. This is the concept of allostatic load or weathering: the chronic stress of experiencing racism creates detrimental physiologic change. There is ongoing research into epigenetic modifications from stress that could be impacting health outcomes in Black populations.
Continue to: What is the work we need to do?...
What is the work we need to do?
Become educated. We have discussed taking the initiative to learn about the history of racism, including the legacies of slavery and the ongoing impact of racism on health. This knowledge is foundational and sometimes transformative. It allows us to see opportunities for antiracism and gives us the knowledge to begin meaningful conversations.
Take action. We must take inventory within our lives. What are our spheres of influence? What are our resources? Where can we make an impact? Right now, you can take out a pen and paper and write down all the roles you play. Look for opportunities in personal interactions and daily routines. Unfortunately, there will be many opportunities to speak up against racism—although this is rarely easy. Find articles, podcasts, and workshops on upstander training. One framework to respond to microaggressions has been proposed by faculty at Boston University Medical Center using the acronym LIFT (Lights on, Impact vs Intent, Full stop, Teach).22 It advises highlighting, clarifying, and directly addressing problematic comments with such statements as “I heard you say…” or “What did you mean by that comment?”, or a more direct “Statements like that are not OK with me,” or a teaching statement of “I read an article that made me think differently about comments like the one you made...”22 How and when to employ these strategies takes deliberate practice and will be uncomfortable. But we must do the work.
Practice empathetic listening. In a podcast discussion with Brené Brown on creating transformative cultures, Aiko Bethea, a leader in diversity and equity innovation, implores listeners to believe people of color.23,24 Draw on the history you’ve learned and understand the context in which Black people live in our society. Don’t brush off your Black friend who is upset about being stopped by security. That wasn’t the first time she was in that situation. Take seriously your patient’s concern that they are not being treated appropriately because of being Black. At the same time, do not think of Black people as a monolith or a stereotype. Respect people’s individuality.
Teach our kids all of this. We must also find ways to make change on a larger scale—within our practices, hospitals, medical schools, places of worship, town councils, school boards, state legislatures, and so on. If you are in a faculty position, you can reach out to leadership to scrutinize the curriculum while also ensuring that what and how you are teaching aligns with your antiracist principles. Question the theories, calculators, and algorithms being used and taught. Inquire about policies around recruitment of trainees and faculty as well as promotion, and implement strategies to make this inclusive and equitable. If you run a practice, you can ensure hiring and compensation policies are equitable. Examine patient access and barriers that your minoritized patients are facing, and address those barriers. Share resources and tools that you find helpful and develop a community of colleagues to develop with and hold one another accountable.
In her June 2020 article, An Open Letter to Corporate America, Philanthropy, Academia, etc: What now?, Bethea lays out an extensive framework for approaching antiracism at a high level.25 Among the principles she emphasizes is that the work of diversity, equity, and inclusion should not be siloed and cannot continue to be undervalued. It must be viewed as leadership and engaged in by leadership. The work of diversity, equity, and inclusion for any given institution must be explicit, intentional, measured, and transparent. Within that work, antiracism deserves individual attention. This work must center the people of color for whom you are pursuing equity. White people must resist the urge to make this about them.25
Drs. Esther Choo and J. Nwando Olayiwola present their proposals for combating racism in two 2020 Lancet articles.26,27 They discuss anticipating failure and backlash and learning from them but not being derailed by them. They emphasize the need for ongoing, serious financial investment and transformation in leadership. They also point out the need for data, discouraging more research on well-established inequities while recommending investigating interventions.26,27 If you are in leadership positions, read these articles and many more. Enact these principles. Make the investment. If you are not in such a position, find ways to hold your organization’s leadership accountable. Find ways to get a seat at the table and steer the conversation. In medicine, we have to make change at every level of our organizations. That will include the very difficult work of changing climate and culture. In addition, we have to look not only within our organizations but also to the communities we serve. Those voices must be valued in this conversation.
Will this take time? Yes. Will this be hard? Yes. Can you do everything? No. Can you do your part? Yes! Do the work.
- Roberts D. Fatal Invention: How Science, Politics and Big Business Re-create Race in the Twenty-First Century. The New Press: New York, New York; 2012.
- Definition of racism in English. Lexico web site. https://www.lexico. com/en/definition/racism. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Definition of racism. Merriam-Webster web site. https://www .merriam-webster.com/dictionary/racism. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Kendi IX. How To Be an Antiracist. One World: New York, NY; 2019.
- Cooper Owens D, Fett SM. Black maternal and infant health: historical legacies of slavery. Am J Public Health. 2019;109:1342-1345. doi: 10.2105/AJPH.2019.305243.
- Cooper Owens D. Medical Bondage: Race, Gender, and the Origins of American Gynecology. University of Georgia Press: Athens, GA; 2017.
- Washington H. Medical Apartheid: The Dark History of Medical Experimentation on Black Americans from Colonial Times to the Present. Anchor Books: New York, NY; 2006.
- Coates T. The case for reparations. The Atlantic. 2014;313.5:54-71.
- Rothstein R. The Color of the Law: A Forgotten History of How our Government Segregated America. Liveright Publishing Corporation: New York, NY; 2017.
- Nelson RK, Ayers EL; The Digital Scholarship Lab and the National Community Reinvestment Coalition. American Panorama, ed. Not Even Past: Social Vulnerability and the Legacy of Redlining. https://dsl.richmond.edu/socialvulnerability. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Williams DR, Lawrence JA, Davis BA. Racism and health: evidence and needed research. Annu Rev Public Health. 2019;40:105-125. doi: 10.1146 /annurev-publhealth-040218-043750.
- Institute of Medicine (US) Committee on Understanding and Eliminating Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Health Care. Smedley BD, Stith AY, Nelson AR, eds. Unequal Treatment: Confronting Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Health Care. National Academies Press: Washington, DC; 2003.
- Artiga S, Corallo B, Pham O. Racial disparities in COVID-19: key findings from available data and analysis. KFF web site. August 17, 2020. https://www.kff.org/racial-equity-and-health-policy/issue-brief /racial-disparities-covid-19-key-findings-available-data-analysis/. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Disparities in deaths from COVID-19. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention web site. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov /community/health-equity/racial-ethnic-disparities/disparities -deaths.html. Updated December 10, 2020. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Disparities in COVID-19 hospitalizations. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention web site. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019 -ncov/community/health-equity/racial-ethnic-disparities/disparities -hospitalization.html. Updated July 28, 2021. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- COVID data tracker. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention web site. https://covid.cdc.gov/covid-data-tracker/#vaccination -demographics-trends. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Infant mortality. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention web site. https://www.cdc.gov/reproductivehealth/maternalinfanthealth /infantmortality.htm. Last reviewed September 2020. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Roeder A. America is failing its Black mothers. Harvard Public Health. Winter 2019. https://www.hsph.harvard.edu/magazine/magazine _article/america-is-failing-its-black-mothers/. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Ku E, Lee BK, McCulloch CE, et al. Racial and ethnic disparities in kidney transplant access within a theoretical context of medical eligibility. Transplantation. 2020;104:1437-1444. doi: 10.1097/TP .0000000000002962.
- Arya S, Binney Z, Khakharia A, et al. Race and socioeconomic status independently affect risk of major amputation in peripheral artery disease. J Am Heart Assoc. 2018;7:e007425. doi: 10.1161 /JAHA.117.007425.
- Vyas DA, Eisenstein LG, Jones DS, et al. Hidden in plain sight— reconsidering the use of race correction in clinical algorithms. N Engl J Med. 2020;383:874-882. doi: 10.1056/NEJMms2004740.
- A Curriculum to Increase Faculty Engagement in the CLER Program. Boston University Medical Center web site. https://www.bumc .bu.edu/facdev-medicine/files/2020/05/Bystander-Training-for -Microaggressions-Executive-Summary.pdf. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Brenè with Aiko Bethea on inclusivity at work: the heart of hard conversations. Spotify web site. https://open.spotify.com/episod e/3IODQ37EurkFf0zMNhazqI?si=wJIZgzpWTDCF1QVhwAdhiw. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Brenè with Aiko Bethea on creating transformative cultures. Spotify web site. https://open.spotify.com/episode/7K47gQF5Ruc7MAXxEN q6jI?si=X0pzd2NnRAGwMD-bkyg-VQ. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Bethea A. An open letter to corporate America, philanthropy, academia, etc.: What now? June 1, 2020. https://aikobethea.medium. com/an-open-letter-to-corporate-america-philanthropy-academiaetc-what-now-8b2d3a310f22. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Choo E. Seven things organisations should be doing to combat racism. Lancet. 2020;396:157. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(20)31565-8.
- Olayiwola JN, Choo E. Seven more things organisations should be doing to combat racism. Lancet. 2020;396:593. doi: 10.1016/S0140 -6736(20)31718-9.
- Roberts D. Fatal Invention: How Science, Politics and Big Business Re-create Race in the Twenty-First Century. The New Press: New York, New York; 2012.
- Definition of racism in English. Lexico web site. https://www.lexico. com/en/definition/racism. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Definition of racism. Merriam-Webster web site. https://www .merriam-webster.com/dictionary/racism. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Kendi IX. How To Be an Antiracist. One World: New York, NY; 2019.
- Cooper Owens D, Fett SM. Black maternal and infant health: historical legacies of slavery. Am J Public Health. 2019;109:1342-1345. doi: 10.2105/AJPH.2019.305243.
- Cooper Owens D. Medical Bondage: Race, Gender, and the Origins of American Gynecology. University of Georgia Press: Athens, GA; 2017.
- Washington H. Medical Apartheid: The Dark History of Medical Experimentation on Black Americans from Colonial Times to the Present. Anchor Books: New York, NY; 2006.
- Coates T. The case for reparations. The Atlantic. 2014;313.5:54-71.
- Rothstein R. The Color of the Law: A Forgotten History of How our Government Segregated America. Liveright Publishing Corporation: New York, NY; 2017.
- Nelson RK, Ayers EL; The Digital Scholarship Lab and the National Community Reinvestment Coalition. American Panorama, ed. Not Even Past: Social Vulnerability and the Legacy of Redlining. https://dsl.richmond.edu/socialvulnerability. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Williams DR, Lawrence JA, Davis BA. Racism and health: evidence and needed research. Annu Rev Public Health. 2019;40:105-125. doi: 10.1146 /annurev-publhealth-040218-043750.
- Institute of Medicine (US) Committee on Understanding and Eliminating Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Health Care. Smedley BD, Stith AY, Nelson AR, eds. Unequal Treatment: Confronting Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Health Care. National Academies Press: Washington, DC; 2003.
- Artiga S, Corallo B, Pham O. Racial disparities in COVID-19: key findings from available data and analysis. KFF web site. August 17, 2020. https://www.kff.org/racial-equity-and-health-policy/issue-brief /racial-disparities-covid-19-key-findings-available-data-analysis/. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Disparities in deaths from COVID-19. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention web site. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov /community/health-equity/racial-ethnic-disparities/disparities -deaths.html. Updated December 10, 2020. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Disparities in COVID-19 hospitalizations. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention web site. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019 -ncov/community/health-equity/racial-ethnic-disparities/disparities -hospitalization.html. Updated July 28, 2021. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- COVID data tracker. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention web site. https://covid.cdc.gov/covid-data-tracker/#vaccination -demographics-trends. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Infant mortality. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention web site. https://www.cdc.gov/reproductivehealth/maternalinfanthealth /infantmortality.htm. Last reviewed September 2020. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Roeder A. America is failing its Black mothers. Harvard Public Health. Winter 2019. https://www.hsph.harvard.edu/magazine/magazine _article/america-is-failing-its-black-mothers/. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Ku E, Lee BK, McCulloch CE, et al. Racial and ethnic disparities in kidney transplant access within a theoretical context of medical eligibility. Transplantation. 2020;104:1437-1444. doi: 10.1097/TP .0000000000002962.
- Arya S, Binney Z, Khakharia A, et al. Race and socioeconomic status independently affect risk of major amputation in peripheral artery disease. J Am Heart Assoc. 2018;7:e007425. doi: 10.1161 /JAHA.117.007425.
- Vyas DA, Eisenstein LG, Jones DS, et al. Hidden in plain sight— reconsidering the use of race correction in clinical algorithms. N Engl J Med. 2020;383:874-882. doi: 10.1056/NEJMms2004740.
- A Curriculum to Increase Faculty Engagement in the CLER Program. Boston University Medical Center web site. https://www.bumc .bu.edu/facdev-medicine/files/2020/05/Bystander-Training-for -Microaggressions-Executive-Summary.pdf. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Brenè with Aiko Bethea on inclusivity at work: the heart of hard conversations. Spotify web site. https://open.spotify.com/episod e/3IODQ37EurkFf0zMNhazqI?si=wJIZgzpWTDCF1QVhwAdhiw. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Brenè with Aiko Bethea on creating transformative cultures. Spotify web site. https://open.spotify.com/episode/7K47gQF5Ruc7MAXxEN q6jI?si=X0pzd2NnRAGwMD-bkyg-VQ. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Bethea A. An open letter to corporate America, philanthropy, academia, etc.: What now? June 1, 2020. https://aikobethea.medium. com/an-open-letter-to-corporate-america-philanthropy-academiaetc-what-now-8b2d3a310f22. Accessed July 30, 2021.
- Choo E. Seven things organisations should be doing to combat racism. Lancet. 2020;396:157. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(20)31565-8.
- Olayiwola JN, Choo E. Seven more things organisations should be doing to combat racism. Lancet. 2020;396:593. doi: 10.1016/S0140 -6736(20)31718-9.
2021 Update on abnormal uterine bleeding
Abnormal uterine bleeding (AUB) continues to be a top-10 reason why women present for gynecologic care, which makes keeping up with clinical therapies important. Over the past year, we have learned a tremendous amount about elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy for the treatment of bleeding associated with uterine fibroids. In this Update, we provide an overview from 3 randomized clinical trials on the recent US Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved drug, elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy (approved May 29, 2020). In addition, we review the data on the Cerene cryotherapy device (Channel Medsystems), as one might rightly ask, do we need another endometrial ablation device? We will address that question, as this device has some unique features that gynecologists should be aware of. Last, we review a study on the importance of considering quality of life in patients with uterine fibroids, which provides sobering information on the psychosocial aspects of uterine fibroids that all clinicians who care for such patients should be aware of.
Endometrial ablation with a new cryotherapy device: Is less more?
Curlin HL, Cintron LC, Anderson TL. A prospective, multicenter, clinical trial evaluating the safety and effectiveness of the Cerene device to treat heavy menstrual bleeding. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2021;28:899-908.
The phrase “less is more,” in the world of architecture and design, is often associated with Ludwig Mies van der Rohe (1886–1969). One could argue that this principle is one key advantage with the addition of yet another non-resectoscopic endometrial ablation device. The Cerene cryotherapy device, FDA approved in 2019, is presented as a simple, disposable device for in-office use that takes advantage of natural cryoanesthesia and results in less tissue destruction than many other ablation methods.
Device reduces bleeding and permits greater ability for future evaluation
Recently, Curlin and colleagues conducted a prospective, multicenter clinical trial to evaluate the safety and efficacy of the Cerene device in reducing menstrual blood loss.1 They followed 230 patients over 12 months and found that 81% (77% with intention-to-treat analysis) met the primary end point of a pictorial blood loss assessment chart (PBLAC) score of 75 or lower. Clinically, this translated to 44% of patients experiencing light bleeding; 27%, eumenorrhea; and 10%, amenorrhea. This is clearly “less” in terms of the rate of amenorrhea in most endometrial ablation studies. However, this also may translate into “more” ability to evaluate the endometrial cavity in the future, as 97% of the patients were able to undergo hysteroscopy at the 12-month mark and, of those, 93% were able to have the entire endometrial cavity assessed.
Further, of 97 patients who had a tubal sterilization, none had symptoms or evidence of postablation tubal sterilization syndrome. Three patients were unable to undergo hysteroscopy due to pain intolerance (2) or cervical stenosis (1). This is important because some gynecologists have expressed concern over intrauterine synechiae, which may result in scarring and associated future difficulty in assessing the endometrium for possible cancer.
Details about the device
The Cerene device is a single use, disposable device that uses cryothermal energy from nitrous oxide that results in a liquid-to-gas phase change within a polyurethane balloon (resulting in a temperature of -86°C) and delivered through a 6-mm sheath. It may be used in uterine cavities that measure between 2.5 and 6.5 cm in length, corresponding to approximately 10 cm in a uterine sound measurement. Treatment time is 2.5 minutes of nitrous oxide flow.
As mentioned, another benefit claimed is that the Cerene device’s cryoanalgesia properties enable the procedure to be more tolerated in the office setting. Of the 230 patients studied in the Curlin trial, no procedures were performed under general anesthesia.1 Medications used included paracervical block (PCB) only (8%), PCB plus nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (19.8%), PCB plus oral narcotics/anxiolytics (69%), and PCB plus intravenous sedation (2.9%), showing that this device is ideally suited for in-office use.
The rate of serious adverse events was 2.5% (7 total events in 6 patients within 12 months). All serious adverse events were reviewed by a Clinical Events Committee and none were deemed to be device-related events.
Long-term outcomes remain to be seen
For physicians and patients who worry about the ability to access the endometrial cavity in the future, less may be more. It will be interesting to see what the long-term outcomes show with use of the Cerene cryotherapy device, and whether a lower amenorrhea rate will translate into a higher repeat intervention rate or not. Of course, not all are minimalists. As the architect Robert Venturi (1925–2018) was quoted as saying, “Less is a bore.”
The new Cerene cryotherapy endometrial ablation method meets the FDA’s target for reduction of menstrual blood loss, but it has a slightly lower amenorrhea rate than other devices. Its most significant features are the potential for improved analgesia for in-office use and the possibility that there may be less scarring of the endometrial cavity for future assessment if needed.
Continue to: QoL assessment in women with fibroids is useful in evaluating treatment success...
QoL assessment in women with fibroids is useful in evaluating treatment success
Go VAA, Thomas MC, Singh B, et al. A systematic review of the psychosocial impact of fibroids before and after treatment. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2020;223:674- 708.e8.
In many studies that assess AUB, the primary emphasis generally is placed on quantitation of menstrual bleeding by using PBLAC and alkaline hematin scores. In a systematic review, Go and colleagues argue the case for the importance of measuring the psychosocial impact of abnormal bleeding, emphasizing the concerning finding that many women with fibroids report lower vitality and lower social function scores than women with breast cancer.2
Fibroids associated with inconvenience—and anxiety
The authors analyzed and reviewed 18 randomized trials and 39 observational studies after screening 3,625 records from electronic database searches, with the goal to include only studies with validated quality of life (QoL) questionnaires that were administered both before and after treatment. A highlighted aspect of the reviewed studies was that “control” and “concern” subscales were most affected by fibroids, noting the inconvenience and anxiety that are related to the unpredictable onset and intensity of menses and the feeling of loss of control over one’s health and future.
This systematic review is important because although previous research has shown that fibroids significantly affect QoL, the psychosocial burden of fibroid symptoms had not been compared across different QoL instruments for both disease-specific and general validated health subscales.
Disability levels with fibroids are similar to those with other chronic diseases
Go and colleagues further reported that uterine fibroids have considerable psychosocial impact and lead to poor overall QoL physically and emotionally, with diminished sexual function and increased urinary or defecatory issues. Women with fibroids experienced a level of disability that was similar to that seen in other chronic diseases, and their vitality scores were lower than those associated with heart disease, diabetes, and as mentioned, breast cancer.
The authors concluded that “although objective clinical measures are important to establish a comprehensive understanding of health status, patient reported QoL outcomes play a critical role in evaluating success of a therapy.” They suggested that a larger emphasis on patient-centered care may help to mitigate the psychosocial effects of fibroids.
The study by Go and colleagues highlights the significant psychosocial aspects of the heavy menstrual bleeding associated with fibroids, and the authors found that many women with fibroids score in the range of those with other significant diseases, such as breast cancer and diabetes.
We have noted the trend of including QoL in research, and Go and colleagues make an excellent and compelling argument for this trend using quantitative analysis. It is important to consider this not only in our design of future research but also, and perhaps more importantly, in our clinical care of women as we try to better understand what they are experiencing.
Continue to: What have we learned over the past year about elagolix for uterine fibroids?...
What have we learned over the past year about elagolix for uterine fibroids?
Schlaff WD, Ackerman RT, Al-Hendy A, et al. Elagolix for heavy menstrual bleeding in women with uterine fibroids. N Engl J Med. 2020;382:328-340.
Simon JA, Al-Hendy A, Archer DF, et al. Elagolix treatment for up to 12 months in women with heavy menstrual bleeding and uterine leiomyomas. Obstet Gynecol. 2020;135:1313-1326.
Al-Hendy A, Bradley L, Owens CD, et al. Predictors of response for elagolix with add-back therapy in women with heavy menstrual bleeding associated with uterine fibroids. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2021:224-72.e1-72.e50.
Data from the Elaris UF-1 and UF-2 6-month, phase 3 trials3 and the results of the Elaris UF-EXTEND trial with a 6-month extension (totaling 12 months of use)4 were published in 2020, and the 12-month results were discussed in OBG Management (2020;32[7]:35, 39-40). An additional data analysis from the same researchers assessed the effect of elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy in a number of patient subgroups.5 These 3 publications have added to our knowledge of this therapy, and it is worth reviewing them in this context
Design of the elagolix plus hormonal add-back therapy trials
The initial UF-1 and UF-2 trials were 2 identical, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, 6-month, phase 3 trials designed to evaluate the safety and efficacy of elagolix and hormonal add-back therapy.3 UF-1 was conducted at 76 sites in the United States from December 2015 through December 2018, whereas UF-2 was conducted at 77 sites in the United States and Canada from February 2016 through January 2019; the trials were registered separately. Both trials had a 2:1:1 randomization of elagolix (300 mg twice daily) with hormonal add-back therapy (estradiol 1 mg and norethindrone acetate 0.5 mg daily), elagolix alone (300 mg twice daily), or placebo.
In the 6-month studies, the primary end point was both menstrual blood loss of less than 80 mL and at least a 50% reduction of menstrual blood loss as measured by the alkaline hematin method.3 Among several secondary end points was the assessment of QoL using the Uterine Fibroid Symptom QoL questionnaire (UFS-QoL).
Trial results. In UF-1, 68.5% of 206 women, and in UF-2, 76.5% of 189 women, respectively, taking elagolix with add-back therapy met the primary objective. Among women taking elagolix alone, in UF-1, 84.1% of 104 women, and in UF-2, 77% of 95 women, respectively, met criteria. There was improvement in UFS-QoL scores in women receiving elagolix plus add-back therapy with a reduction of symptom severity of -33.2 in UF-1 and -41.4 in UF-2, as compared with the placebo-treated groups (-10.3 and -7.7, respectively).
Adverse effects. Elagolix was associated with a low incidence of serious adverse effects, and the addition of hormonal add-back therapy attenuated the decreases in bone mineral density observed with elagolix alone. In both UF-1 and UF-2 trials, bone mineral density did not differ significantly in the groups of women who received elagolix with hormonal addback therapy versus placebo.
The extension trial results
Of note, in the 12-month study (6-month extension), the authors reported that 87.9% of the women taking elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy met the primary objective.4 Among the women taking elagolix alone, 89.4% met the primary objective.
In a review of the AbbVie-funded extension study, the editorial comments in the Obstetrical and Gynecological Survey expressed concern over the high proportion of data loss, comparing the number of patients joining the extended trial, patients who completed an additional 6 months of treatment, and patients who completed the posttreatment follow-up period of “up to 12 months.”6 Approximately one-third of patients were lost between initial enrollment to the subset who completed follow-up. There was concern that “losses of that magnitude pose a serious threat to validity.”6
Effectiveness in subgroups
Al-Hendy and colleagues analyzed data from the Elaris UF-1 and UF-2 trials to see if the outcomes for elagolix with hormonal addback therapy demonstrated safety and efficacy in subgroups of patients of varying ages, races and ethnicities, baseline menstrual blood loss, body mass indices, fibroid location, and uterine and fibroid volume.5
Results. In all subgroups, they found a statistically significant reduction in blood loss in mean menstrual blood loss volume for those treated with elagolix plus hormonal addback therapy compared with those treated with placebo. As well, in terms of QoL, among all subgroups, the mean change in symptom severity score as well as health-related QoL total score from baseline to month 6 was statistically significantly greater than the mean change in the placebo group.
The bottom line
Elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy appears to be a safe and effective method to reduce menstrual blood loss associated with uterine fibroids. It also has a favorable effect on QoL and appears to have benefits in subgroups of women of varying ages, races and ethnicities, baseline menstrual blood loss, body mass indices, fibroid location, and uterine and fibroid volume. ●
Elagolix plus hormonal add-back therapy provides several advantages to fibroid care, including a pill form that, as a gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) antagonist, provides much quicker action than GnRH agonists. The hormonal add-back feature seems to improve QoL measures and has a favorable reported bleeding reduction rate. It also appears to be reasonably safe. Although the studies reviewed here may have some weaknesses, it helps to have another therapy to offer to women who have blood loss associated with fibroids. Deciding on the drug’s optimal clinical use has not been fully explored, as it may be a short-term solution to a long-term problem and may not be ideal for all patients with fibroids. Elagolix and hormonal add-back therapy may be advantageous for patients who need to stop bleeding quickly and are trying to decide about their reproductive plans, for patients close to menopause who need a therapy to bridge this gap, and for patients trying to obtain relief between pregnancies.
- Curlin HL, Cintron LC, Anderson TL. A prospective, multicenter, clinical trial evaluating the safety and effectiveness of the Cerene device to treat heavy menstrual bleeding. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2021;28:899-908.
- Go VAA, Thomas MC, Singh B, et al. A systematic review of the psychosocial impact of fibroids before and after treatment. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2020;223:674-708.e8.
- Schlaff WD, Ackerman RT, Al-Hendy A, et al. Elagolix for heavy menstrual bleeding in women with uterine fibroids. N Engl J Med. 2020;382:328-340.
- Simon JA, Al-Hendy A, Archer DF, et al. Elagolix treatment for up to 12 months in women with heavy menstrual bleeding and uterine leiomyomas. Obstet Gynecol. 2020;135:1313-1326.
- Al-Hendy A, Bradley L, Owens CD, et al. Predictors of response for elagolix with add-back therapy in women with heavy menstrual bleeding associated with uterine fibroids. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2021:224-72.e1-72.e50.
- Obstetrical & Gynecological Survey. 2020;75:545-547.
Abnormal uterine bleeding (AUB) continues to be a top-10 reason why women present for gynecologic care, which makes keeping up with clinical therapies important. Over the past year, we have learned a tremendous amount about elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy for the treatment of bleeding associated with uterine fibroids. In this Update, we provide an overview from 3 randomized clinical trials on the recent US Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved drug, elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy (approved May 29, 2020). In addition, we review the data on the Cerene cryotherapy device (Channel Medsystems), as one might rightly ask, do we need another endometrial ablation device? We will address that question, as this device has some unique features that gynecologists should be aware of. Last, we review a study on the importance of considering quality of life in patients with uterine fibroids, which provides sobering information on the psychosocial aspects of uterine fibroids that all clinicians who care for such patients should be aware of.
Endometrial ablation with a new cryotherapy device: Is less more?
Curlin HL, Cintron LC, Anderson TL. A prospective, multicenter, clinical trial evaluating the safety and effectiveness of the Cerene device to treat heavy menstrual bleeding. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2021;28:899-908.
The phrase “less is more,” in the world of architecture and design, is often associated with Ludwig Mies van der Rohe (1886–1969). One could argue that this principle is one key advantage with the addition of yet another non-resectoscopic endometrial ablation device. The Cerene cryotherapy device, FDA approved in 2019, is presented as a simple, disposable device for in-office use that takes advantage of natural cryoanesthesia and results in less tissue destruction than many other ablation methods.
Device reduces bleeding and permits greater ability for future evaluation
Recently, Curlin and colleagues conducted a prospective, multicenter clinical trial to evaluate the safety and efficacy of the Cerene device in reducing menstrual blood loss.1 They followed 230 patients over 12 months and found that 81% (77% with intention-to-treat analysis) met the primary end point of a pictorial blood loss assessment chart (PBLAC) score of 75 or lower. Clinically, this translated to 44% of patients experiencing light bleeding; 27%, eumenorrhea; and 10%, amenorrhea. This is clearly “less” in terms of the rate of amenorrhea in most endometrial ablation studies. However, this also may translate into “more” ability to evaluate the endometrial cavity in the future, as 97% of the patients were able to undergo hysteroscopy at the 12-month mark and, of those, 93% were able to have the entire endometrial cavity assessed.
Further, of 97 patients who had a tubal sterilization, none had symptoms or evidence of postablation tubal sterilization syndrome. Three patients were unable to undergo hysteroscopy due to pain intolerance (2) or cervical stenosis (1). This is important because some gynecologists have expressed concern over intrauterine synechiae, which may result in scarring and associated future difficulty in assessing the endometrium for possible cancer.
Details about the device
The Cerene device is a single use, disposable device that uses cryothermal energy from nitrous oxide that results in a liquid-to-gas phase change within a polyurethane balloon (resulting in a temperature of -86°C) and delivered through a 6-mm sheath. It may be used in uterine cavities that measure between 2.5 and 6.5 cm in length, corresponding to approximately 10 cm in a uterine sound measurement. Treatment time is 2.5 minutes of nitrous oxide flow.
As mentioned, another benefit claimed is that the Cerene device’s cryoanalgesia properties enable the procedure to be more tolerated in the office setting. Of the 230 patients studied in the Curlin trial, no procedures were performed under general anesthesia.1 Medications used included paracervical block (PCB) only (8%), PCB plus nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (19.8%), PCB plus oral narcotics/anxiolytics (69%), and PCB plus intravenous sedation (2.9%), showing that this device is ideally suited for in-office use.
The rate of serious adverse events was 2.5% (7 total events in 6 patients within 12 months). All serious adverse events were reviewed by a Clinical Events Committee and none were deemed to be device-related events.
Long-term outcomes remain to be seen
For physicians and patients who worry about the ability to access the endometrial cavity in the future, less may be more. It will be interesting to see what the long-term outcomes show with use of the Cerene cryotherapy device, and whether a lower amenorrhea rate will translate into a higher repeat intervention rate or not. Of course, not all are minimalists. As the architect Robert Venturi (1925–2018) was quoted as saying, “Less is a bore.”
The new Cerene cryotherapy endometrial ablation method meets the FDA’s target for reduction of menstrual blood loss, but it has a slightly lower amenorrhea rate than other devices. Its most significant features are the potential for improved analgesia for in-office use and the possibility that there may be less scarring of the endometrial cavity for future assessment if needed.
Continue to: QoL assessment in women with fibroids is useful in evaluating treatment success...
QoL assessment in women with fibroids is useful in evaluating treatment success
Go VAA, Thomas MC, Singh B, et al. A systematic review of the psychosocial impact of fibroids before and after treatment. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2020;223:674- 708.e8.
In many studies that assess AUB, the primary emphasis generally is placed on quantitation of menstrual bleeding by using PBLAC and alkaline hematin scores. In a systematic review, Go and colleagues argue the case for the importance of measuring the psychosocial impact of abnormal bleeding, emphasizing the concerning finding that many women with fibroids report lower vitality and lower social function scores than women with breast cancer.2
Fibroids associated with inconvenience—and anxiety
The authors analyzed and reviewed 18 randomized trials and 39 observational studies after screening 3,625 records from electronic database searches, with the goal to include only studies with validated quality of life (QoL) questionnaires that were administered both before and after treatment. A highlighted aspect of the reviewed studies was that “control” and “concern” subscales were most affected by fibroids, noting the inconvenience and anxiety that are related to the unpredictable onset and intensity of menses and the feeling of loss of control over one’s health and future.
This systematic review is important because although previous research has shown that fibroids significantly affect QoL, the psychosocial burden of fibroid symptoms had not been compared across different QoL instruments for both disease-specific and general validated health subscales.
Disability levels with fibroids are similar to those with other chronic diseases
Go and colleagues further reported that uterine fibroids have considerable psychosocial impact and lead to poor overall QoL physically and emotionally, with diminished sexual function and increased urinary or defecatory issues. Women with fibroids experienced a level of disability that was similar to that seen in other chronic diseases, and their vitality scores were lower than those associated with heart disease, diabetes, and as mentioned, breast cancer.
The authors concluded that “although objective clinical measures are important to establish a comprehensive understanding of health status, patient reported QoL outcomes play a critical role in evaluating success of a therapy.” They suggested that a larger emphasis on patient-centered care may help to mitigate the psychosocial effects of fibroids.
The study by Go and colleagues highlights the significant psychosocial aspects of the heavy menstrual bleeding associated with fibroids, and the authors found that many women with fibroids score in the range of those with other significant diseases, such as breast cancer and diabetes.
We have noted the trend of including QoL in research, and Go and colleagues make an excellent and compelling argument for this trend using quantitative analysis. It is important to consider this not only in our design of future research but also, and perhaps more importantly, in our clinical care of women as we try to better understand what they are experiencing.
Continue to: What have we learned over the past year about elagolix for uterine fibroids?...
What have we learned over the past year about elagolix for uterine fibroids?
Schlaff WD, Ackerman RT, Al-Hendy A, et al. Elagolix for heavy menstrual bleeding in women with uterine fibroids. N Engl J Med. 2020;382:328-340.
Simon JA, Al-Hendy A, Archer DF, et al. Elagolix treatment for up to 12 months in women with heavy menstrual bleeding and uterine leiomyomas. Obstet Gynecol. 2020;135:1313-1326.
Al-Hendy A, Bradley L, Owens CD, et al. Predictors of response for elagolix with add-back therapy in women with heavy menstrual bleeding associated with uterine fibroids. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2021:224-72.e1-72.e50.
Data from the Elaris UF-1 and UF-2 6-month, phase 3 trials3 and the results of the Elaris UF-EXTEND trial with a 6-month extension (totaling 12 months of use)4 were published in 2020, and the 12-month results were discussed in OBG Management (2020;32[7]:35, 39-40). An additional data analysis from the same researchers assessed the effect of elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy in a number of patient subgroups.5 These 3 publications have added to our knowledge of this therapy, and it is worth reviewing them in this context
Design of the elagolix plus hormonal add-back therapy trials
The initial UF-1 and UF-2 trials were 2 identical, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, 6-month, phase 3 trials designed to evaluate the safety and efficacy of elagolix and hormonal add-back therapy.3 UF-1 was conducted at 76 sites in the United States from December 2015 through December 2018, whereas UF-2 was conducted at 77 sites in the United States and Canada from February 2016 through January 2019; the trials were registered separately. Both trials had a 2:1:1 randomization of elagolix (300 mg twice daily) with hormonal add-back therapy (estradiol 1 mg and norethindrone acetate 0.5 mg daily), elagolix alone (300 mg twice daily), or placebo.
In the 6-month studies, the primary end point was both menstrual blood loss of less than 80 mL and at least a 50% reduction of menstrual blood loss as measured by the alkaline hematin method.3 Among several secondary end points was the assessment of QoL using the Uterine Fibroid Symptom QoL questionnaire (UFS-QoL).
Trial results. In UF-1, 68.5% of 206 women, and in UF-2, 76.5% of 189 women, respectively, taking elagolix with add-back therapy met the primary objective. Among women taking elagolix alone, in UF-1, 84.1% of 104 women, and in UF-2, 77% of 95 women, respectively, met criteria. There was improvement in UFS-QoL scores in women receiving elagolix plus add-back therapy with a reduction of symptom severity of -33.2 in UF-1 and -41.4 in UF-2, as compared with the placebo-treated groups (-10.3 and -7.7, respectively).
Adverse effects. Elagolix was associated with a low incidence of serious adverse effects, and the addition of hormonal add-back therapy attenuated the decreases in bone mineral density observed with elagolix alone. In both UF-1 and UF-2 trials, bone mineral density did not differ significantly in the groups of women who received elagolix with hormonal addback therapy versus placebo.
The extension trial results
Of note, in the 12-month study (6-month extension), the authors reported that 87.9% of the women taking elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy met the primary objective.4 Among the women taking elagolix alone, 89.4% met the primary objective.
In a review of the AbbVie-funded extension study, the editorial comments in the Obstetrical and Gynecological Survey expressed concern over the high proportion of data loss, comparing the number of patients joining the extended trial, patients who completed an additional 6 months of treatment, and patients who completed the posttreatment follow-up period of “up to 12 months.”6 Approximately one-third of patients were lost between initial enrollment to the subset who completed follow-up. There was concern that “losses of that magnitude pose a serious threat to validity.”6
Effectiveness in subgroups
Al-Hendy and colleagues analyzed data from the Elaris UF-1 and UF-2 trials to see if the outcomes for elagolix with hormonal addback therapy demonstrated safety and efficacy in subgroups of patients of varying ages, races and ethnicities, baseline menstrual blood loss, body mass indices, fibroid location, and uterine and fibroid volume.5
Results. In all subgroups, they found a statistically significant reduction in blood loss in mean menstrual blood loss volume for those treated with elagolix plus hormonal addback therapy compared with those treated with placebo. As well, in terms of QoL, among all subgroups, the mean change in symptom severity score as well as health-related QoL total score from baseline to month 6 was statistically significantly greater than the mean change in the placebo group.
The bottom line
Elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy appears to be a safe and effective method to reduce menstrual blood loss associated with uterine fibroids. It also has a favorable effect on QoL and appears to have benefits in subgroups of women of varying ages, races and ethnicities, baseline menstrual blood loss, body mass indices, fibroid location, and uterine and fibroid volume. ●
Elagolix plus hormonal add-back therapy provides several advantages to fibroid care, including a pill form that, as a gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) antagonist, provides much quicker action than GnRH agonists. The hormonal add-back feature seems to improve QoL measures and has a favorable reported bleeding reduction rate. It also appears to be reasonably safe. Although the studies reviewed here may have some weaknesses, it helps to have another therapy to offer to women who have blood loss associated with fibroids. Deciding on the drug’s optimal clinical use has not been fully explored, as it may be a short-term solution to a long-term problem and may not be ideal for all patients with fibroids. Elagolix and hormonal add-back therapy may be advantageous for patients who need to stop bleeding quickly and are trying to decide about their reproductive plans, for patients close to menopause who need a therapy to bridge this gap, and for patients trying to obtain relief between pregnancies.
Abnormal uterine bleeding (AUB) continues to be a top-10 reason why women present for gynecologic care, which makes keeping up with clinical therapies important. Over the past year, we have learned a tremendous amount about elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy for the treatment of bleeding associated with uterine fibroids. In this Update, we provide an overview from 3 randomized clinical trials on the recent US Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved drug, elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy (approved May 29, 2020). In addition, we review the data on the Cerene cryotherapy device (Channel Medsystems), as one might rightly ask, do we need another endometrial ablation device? We will address that question, as this device has some unique features that gynecologists should be aware of. Last, we review a study on the importance of considering quality of life in patients with uterine fibroids, which provides sobering information on the psychosocial aspects of uterine fibroids that all clinicians who care for such patients should be aware of.
Endometrial ablation with a new cryotherapy device: Is less more?
Curlin HL, Cintron LC, Anderson TL. A prospective, multicenter, clinical trial evaluating the safety and effectiveness of the Cerene device to treat heavy menstrual bleeding. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2021;28:899-908.
The phrase “less is more,” in the world of architecture and design, is often associated with Ludwig Mies van der Rohe (1886–1969). One could argue that this principle is one key advantage with the addition of yet another non-resectoscopic endometrial ablation device. The Cerene cryotherapy device, FDA approved in 2019, is presented as a simple, disposable device for in-office use that takes advantage of natural cryoanesthesia and results in less tissue destruction than many other ablation methods.
Device reduces bleeding and permits greater ability for future evaluation
Recently, Curlin and colleagues conducted a prospective, multicenter clinical trial to evaluate the safety and efficacy of the Cerene device in reducing menstrual blood loss.1 They followed 230 patients over 12 months and found that 81% (77% with intention-to-treat analysis) met the primary end point of a pictorial blood loss assessment chart (PBLAC) score of 75 or lower. Clinically, this translated to 44% of patients experiencing light bleeding; 27%, eumenorrhea; and 10%, amenorrhea. This is clearly “less” in terms of the rate of amenorrhea in most endometrial ablation studies. However, this also may translate into “more” ability to evaluate the endometrial cavity in the future, as 97% of the patients were able to undergo hysteroscopy at the 12-month mark and, of those, 93% were able to have the entire endometrial cavity assessed.
Further, of 97 patients who had a tubal sterilization, none had symptoms or evidence of postablation tubal sterilization syndrome. Three patients were unable to undergo hysteroscopy due to pain intolerance (2) or cervical stenosis (1). This is important because some gynecologists have expressed concern over intrauterine synechiae, which may result in scarring and associated future difficulty in assessing the endometrium for possible cancer.
Details about the device
The Cerene device is a single use, disposable device that uses cryothermal energy from nitrous oxide that results in a liquid-to-gas phase change within a polyurethane balloon (resulting in a temperature of -86°C) and delivered through a 6-mm sheath. It may be used in uterine cavities that measure between 2.5 and 6.5 cm in length, corresponding to approximately 10 cm in a uterine sound measurement. Treatment time is 2.5 minutes of nitrous oxide flow.
As mentioned, another benefit claimed is that the Cerene device’s cryoanalgesia properties enable the procedure to be more tolerated in the office setting. Of the 230 patients studied in the Curlin trial, no procedures were performed under general anesthesia.1 Medications used included paracervical block (PCB) only (8%), PCB plus nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (19.8%), PCB plus oral narcotics/anxiolytics (69%), and PCB plus intravenous sedation (2.9%), showing that this device is ideally suited for in-office use.
The rate of serious adverse events was 2.5% (7 total events in 6 patients within 12 months). All serious adverse events were reviewed by a Clinical Events Committee and none were deemed to be device-related events.
Long-term outcomes remain to be seen
For physicians and patients who worry about the ability to access the endometrial cavity in the future, less may be more. It will be interesting to see what the long-term outcomes show with use of the Cerene cryotherapy device, and whether a lower amenorrhea rate will translate into a higher repeat intervention rate or not. Of course, not all are minimalists. As the architect Robert Venturi (1925–2018) was quoted as saying, “Less is a bore.”
The new Cerene cryotherapy endometrial ablation method meets the FDA’s target for reduction of menstrual blood loss, but it has a slightly lower amenorrhea rate than other devices. Its most significant features are the potential for improved analgesia for in-office use and the possibility that there may be less scarring of the endometrial cavity for future assessment if needed.
Continue to: QoL assessment in women with fibroids is useful in evaluating treatment success...
QoL assessment in women with fibroids is useful in evaluating treatment success
Go VAA, Thomas MC, Singh B, et al. A systematic review of the psychosocial impact of fibroids before and after treatment. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2020;223:674- 708.e8.
In many studies that assess AUB, the primary emphasis generally is placed on quantitation of menstrual bleeding by using PBLAC and alkaline hematin scores. In a systematic review, Go and colleagues argue the case for the importance of measuring the psychosocial impact of abnormal bleeding, emphasizing the concerning finding that many women with fibroids report lower vitality and lower social function scores than women with breast cancer.2
Fibroids associated with inconvenience—and anxiety
The authors analyzed and reviewed 18 randomized trials and 39 observational studies after screening 3,625 records from electronic database searches, with the goal to include only studies with validated quality of life (QoL) questionnaires that were administered both before and after treatment. A highlighted aspect of the reviewed studies was that “control” and “concern” subscales were most affected by fibroids, noting the inconvenience and anxiety that are related to the unpredictable onset and intensity of menses and the feeling of loss of control over one’s health and future.
This systematic review is important because although previous research has shown that fibroids significantly affect QoL, the psychosocial burden of fibroid symptoms had not been compared across different QoL instruments for both disease-specific and general validated health subscales.
Disability levels with fibroids are similar to those with other chronic diseases
Go and colleagues further reported that uterine fibroids have considerable psychosocial impact and lead to poor overall QoL physically and emotionally, with diminished sexual function and increased urinary or defecatory issues. Women with fibroids experienced a level of disability that was similar to that seen in other chronic diseases, and their vitality scores were lower than those associated with heart disease, diabetes, and as mentioned, breast cancer.
The authors concluded that “although objective clinical measures are important to establish a comprehensive understanding of health status, patient reported QoL outcomes play a critical role in evaluating success of a therapy.” They suggested that a larger emphasis on patient-centered care may help to mitigate the psychosocial effects of fibroids.
The study by Go and colleagues highlights the significant psychosocial aspects of the heavy menstrual bleeding associated with fibroids, and the authors found that many women with fibroids score in the range of those with other significant diseases, such as breast cancer and diabetes.
We have noted the trend of including QoL in research, and Go and colleagues make an excellent and compelling argument for this trend using quantitative analysis. It is important to consider this not only in our design of future research but also, and perhaps more importantly, in our clinical care of women as we try to better understand what they are experiencing.
Continue to: What have we learned over the past year about elagolix for uterine fibroids?...
What have we learned over the past year about elagolix for uterine fibroids?
Schlaff WD, Ackerman RT, Al-Hendy A, et al. Elagolix for heavy menstrual bleeding in women with uterine fibroids. N Engl J Med. 2020;382:328-340.
Simon JA, Al-Hendy A, Archer DF, et al. Elagolix treatment for up to 12 months in women with heavy menstrual bleeding and uterine leiomyomas. Obstet Gynecol. 2020;135:1313-1326.
Al-Hendy A, Bradley L, Owens CD, et al. Predictors of response for elagolix with add-back therapy in women with heavy menstrual bleeding associated with uterine fibroids. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2021:224-72.e1-72.e50.
Data from the Elaris UF-1 and UF-2 6-month, phase 3 trials3 and the results of the Elaris UF-EXTEND trial with a 6-month extension (totaling 12 months of use)4 were published in 2020, and the 12-month results were discussed in OBG Management (2020;32[7]:35, 39-40). An additional data analysis from the same researchers assessed the effect of elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy in a number of patient subgroups.5 These 3 publications have added to our knowledge of this therapy, and it is worth reviewing them in this context
Design of the elagolix plus hormonal add-back therapy trials
The initial UF-1 and UF-2 trials were 2 identical, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, 6-month, phase 3 trials designed to evaluate the safety and efficacy of elagolix and hormonal add-back therapy.3 UF-1 was conducted at 76 sites in the United States from December 2015 through December 2018, whereas UF-2 was conducted at 77 sites in the United States and Canada from February 2016 through January 2019; the trials were registered separately. Both trials had a 2:1:1 randomization of elagolix (300 mg twice daily) with hormonal add-back therapy (estradiol 1 mg and norethindrone acetate 0.5 mg daily), elagolix alone (300 mg twice daily), or placebo.
In the 6-month studies, the primary end point was both menstrual blood loss of less than 80 mL and at least a 50% reduction of menstrual blood loss as measured by the alkaline hematin method.3 Among several secondary end points was the assessment of QoL using the Uterine Fibroid Symptom QoL questionnaire (UFS-QoL).
Trial results. In UF-1, 68.5% of 206 women, and in UF-2, 76.5% of 189 women, respectively, taking elagolix with add-back therapy met the primary objective. Among women taking elagolix alone, in UF-1, 84.1% of 104 women, and in UF-2, 77% of 95 women, respectively, met criteria. There was improvement in UFS-QoL scores in women receiving elagolix plus add-back therapy with a reduction of symptom severity of -33.2 in UF-1 and -41.4 in UF-2, as compared with the placebo-treated groups (-10.3 and -7.7, respectively).
Adverse effects. Elagolix was associated with a low incidence of serious adverse effects, and the addition of hormonal add-back therapy attenuated the decreases in bone mineral density observed with elagolix alone. In both UF-1 and UF-2 trials, bone mineral density did not differ significantly in the groups of women who received elagolix with hormonal addback therapy versus placebo.
The extension trial results
Of note, in the 12-month study (6-month extension), the authors reported that 87.9% of the women taking elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy met the primary objective.4 Among the women taking elagolix alone, 89.4% met the primary objective.
In a review of the AbbVie-funded extension study, the editorial comments in the Obstetrical and Gynecological Survey expressed concern over the high proportion of data loss, comparing the number of patients joining the extended trial, patients who completed an additional 6 months of treatment, and patients who completed the posttreatment follow-up period of “up to 12 months.”6 Approximately one-third of patients were lost between initial enrollment to the subset who completed follow-up. There was concern that “losses of that magnitude pose a serious threat to validity.”6
Effectiveness in subgroups
Al-Hendy and colleagues analyzed data from the Elaris UF-1 and UF-2 trials to see if the outcomes for elagolix with hormonal addback therapy demonstrated safety and efficacy in subgroups of patients of varying ages, races and ethnicities, baseline menstrual blood loss, body mass indices, fibroid location, and uterine and fibroid volume.5
Results. In all subgroups, they found a statistically significant reduction in blood loss in mean menstrual blood loss volume for those treated with elagolix plus hormonal addback therapy compared with those treated with placebo. As well, in terms of QoL, among all subgroups, the mean change in symptom severity score as well as health-related QoL total score from baseline to month 6 was statistically significantly greater than the mean change in the placebo group.
The bottom line
Elagolix with hormonal add-back therapy appears to be a safe and effective method to reduce menstrual blood loss associated with uterine fibroids. It also has a favorable effect on QoL and appears to have benefits in subgroups of women of varying ages, races and ethnicities, baseline menstrual blood loss, body mass indices, fibroid location, and uterine and fibroid volume. ●
Elagolix plus hormonal add-back therapy provides several advantages to fibroid care, including a pill form that, as a gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) antagonist, provides much quicker action than GnRH agonists. The hormonal add-back feature seems to improve QoL measures and has a favorable reported bleeding reduction rate. It also appears to be reasonably safe. Although the studies reviewed here may have some weaknesses, it helps to have another therapy to offer to women who have blood loss associated with fibroids. Deciding on the drug’s optimal clinical use has not been fully explored, as it may be a short-term solution to a long-term problem and may not be ideal for all patients with fibroids. Elagolix and hormonal add-back therapy may be advantageous for patients who need to stop bleeding quickly and are trying to decide about their reproductive plans, for patients close to menopause who need a therapy to bridge this gap, and for patients trying to obtain relief between pregnancies.
- Curlin HL, Cintron LC, Anderson TL. A prospective, multicenter, clinical trial evaluating the safety and effectiveness of the Cerene device to treat heavy menstrual bleeding. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2021;28:899-908.
- Go VAA, Thomas MC, Singh B, et al. A systematic review of the psychosocial impact of fibroids before and after treatment. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2020;223:674-708.e8.
- Schlaff WD, Ackerman RT, Al-Hendy A, et al. Elagolix for heavy menstrual bleeding in women with uterine fibroids. N Engl J Med. 2020;382:328-340.
- Simon JA, Al-Hendy A, Archer DF, et al. Elagolix treatment for up to 12 months in women with heavy menstrual bleeding and uterine leiomyomas. Obstet Gynecol. 2020;135:1313-1326.
- Al-Hendy A, Bradley L, Owens CD, et al. Predictors of response for elagolix with add-back therapy in women with heavy menstrual bleeding associated with uterine fibroids. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2021:224-72.e1-72.e50.
- Obstetrical & Gynecological Survey. 2020;75:545-547.
- Curlin HL, Cintron LC, Anderson TL. A prospective, multicenter, clinical trial evaluating the safety and effectiveness of the Cerene device to treat heavy menstrual bleeding. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2021;28:899-908.
- Go VAA, Thomas MC, Singh B, et al. A systematic review of the psychosocial impact of fibroids before and after treatment. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2020;223:674-708.e8.
- Schlaff WD, Ackerman RT, Al-Hendy A, et al. Elagolix for heavy menstrual bleeding in women with uterine fibroids. N Engl J Med. 2020;382:328-340.
- Simon JA, Al-Hendy A, Archer DF, et al. Elagolix treatment for up to 12 months in women with heavy menstrual bleeding and uterine leiomyomas. Obstet Gynecol. 2020;135:1313-1326.
- Al-Hendy A, Bradley L, Owens CD, et al. Predictors of response for elagolix with add-back therapy in women with heavy menstrual bleeding associated with uterine fibroids. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2021:224-72.e1-72.e50.
- Obstetrical & Gynecological Survey. 2020;75:545-547.
VTE prevention: Patient selection and treatment planning throughout pregnancy
Pregnancy and the postpartum period are times of increased risk for venous thromboembolism (VTE). While VTE is a rare event overall, it is responsible for more than 9% of maternal deaths in the United States.1 The increased risk of VTE exists throughout pregnancy, rising in the third trimester.2 The highest-risk period is the first 6 weeks postpartum, likely peaking in the first 2 to 3 weeks and returning to baseline at about 12 weeks postpartum.2,3
To reduce this source of maternal harm, the National Partnership for Maternal Safety and the Council on Patient Safety in Women’s Health Care recommend the use of VTE prevention bundles. Bundles include standard assessment of risk during prenatal care, any admission to the hospital, and postpartum coupled with standard recommendations for treatment.4-6 Multiple published guidelines are available for prevention of VTE in pregnancy, and they provide varying recommendations on patient selection and treatment. Many of these recommendations are based on low quality of evidence, making the choice of standard practice difficult.
In this article, I attempt to simplify patient selection and treatment based on currently published guidelines from the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG), Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (RCOG), American College of Chest Physicians (CHEST), American Society of Hematology (ASH), and expert opinion.
Determining VTE risk and need for prophylaxis
CASE 1 Woman with factor V Leiden
A 25-year-old woman (G1P0) presents for her initial prenatal visit. She says she is a carrier for factor V Leiden but has never had a clot. She was tested after her sister had a VTE. She asks, does she need VTE prophylaxis before her delivery?
What are the considerations and options for this patient?
Options for VTE prophylaxis
Before considering patients at risk for VTE, it is helpful to review the options for prophylaxis. Patients can undergo clinical surveillance or routine care with attention to VTE symptoms and a low threshold for workup.
There are 3 categories of chemoprophylaxis for prevention of VTE. (TABLE 1 offers examples of dosing regimens.) No strategy has been proven optimal over another:
- prophylactic-dose: the lowest, fixed dose.
- intermediate-dose: lacks a standard definition and is any dose higher than prophylactic-dose but lower than therapeutic-dose. This includes fixed twice-daily doses, weight-based doses, and incrementally increasing doses.
- therapeutic-dose: typically used for treatment but mentioned here since patients with high-risk conditions may use it for prevention of VTE.
The preferred agent for VTE chemoprophylaxis is low molecular weight heparin (LMWH; dalteparin, enoxaparin). LMWH has a lower risk of complications than unfractionated heparin (UFH) and can be injected once daily. LMWH and UFH do not cross the placenta. LMWH and UFH are safe in breastfeeding. Oral direct thrombin inhibitors and anti-Xa inhibitors are not recommended in pregnancy or lactation at this time. Warfarin is avoided in pregnancy except in situations with mechanical heart valves, which will not be addressed here. Patients taking warfarin for long-term anticoagulation can transition back while breastfeeding with appropriate bridging.
Expert opinion recommends antepartum chemoprophylaxis when there is a 2% to 3% risk of VTE in pregnancy.7-9 This is balanced against an approximately 2% overall risk of bleeding, with less than 1% risk of bleeding antepartum.9
Continue to: Risk factors for VTE...
Risk factors for VTE
History of VTE. The most important risk factor for VTE is a personal history of prior VTE.6 Recurrence risks have been widely reported and depend on the factors surrounding the initial event. For patients with a prior provoked deep vein thrombosis (DVT; associated with trauma or surgery), the antepartum VTE risk likely is less than 1%, and VTE chemoprophylaxis is not recommended antepartum.7
For patients with a prior VTE that was not associated with surgery or trauma (unprovoked), the risk is approximately 3%; for prior VTE related to pregnancy or hormonal contraception, the risk is approximately 6%.7 For both of these groups, prophylactic-dose antepartum is recommended. Patients with recurrent VTE are often taking long-term anticoagulation. Anyone on long-term anticoagulation should be placed on therapeutic-dose antepartum. For patients not receiving long-term anticoagulation, consider a hematology consultation when available, and begin an intermediate-dose or therapeutic-dose regimen after assessing other risk factors and the risk of bleeding and discussing treatment with the patient.
Thrombophilias. The next most important risk factor is the presence of inherited thrombophilias.6 Factor V homozygote, prothrombin G20210A mutation homozygote, antithrombin deficiency, and combined factor V heterozygote and prothrombin G20210A heterozygote (also called compound heterozygote) have the strongest association with VTE in pregnancy.8 It is recommended that patients with these high-risk thrombophilias receive prophylactic-dose antepartum.8
Factor V heterozygote, prothrombin G20210A mutation heterozygote, and protein C or protein S deficiency are considered low-risk thrombophilias. Patients with low-risk thrombophilias and no personal history of VTE or first-degree relative with VTE can be monitored with clinical surveillance antepartum. However, if a family history of VTE or other risk factors for VTE are present, antepartum prophylactic-dose is recommended. Clinical factors to consider antepartum include obesity, age older than 35 years, parity of 3 or higher, varicose veins, immobility, smoking, assisted reproductive technology use, multiple gestation, and preeclampsia.10
Antiphospholipid syndrome (APS) is another high-risk condition. For patients not taking long-term anticoagulation antepartum, prophylactic-dose is recommended. For patients on long-term anticoagulation, therapeutic-dose is recommended.
Other medical conditions. Patients with medical conditions that place them at high risk for VTE may warrant prophylactic-dose antepartum. These include active cancer, active systemic lupus erythematosus, sickle cell disease, nephropathy, and inflammatory bowel disease.10 This decision can be made in conjunction with other specialists caring for the patient.
Antepartum prophylactic-dose is not recommended for low-risk patients as there is less than 1% risk of VTE.7 (TABLE 2 summarizes antepartum chemoprophylaxis recommendations.)
CASE 1 continued Patient develops another VTE risk factor
The patient is being followed with clinical surveillance. At 19 weeks’ gestation, she presents to the emergency department with shortness of breath and fever. She is diagnosed with COVID-19 and is admitted by a medicine service. They call the OB team to ask for recommendations regarding anticoagulation.
What should the next steps include?
Hospitalization and nonobstetric surgery are risk factors for VTE. Many hospitals use a standardized assessment for all inpatients, such as the Padua or Caprini VTE risk assessment scores. These can be modified for use in pregnant patients, although neither scoring system is currently validated for use in pregnancy.5 For any pregnant patient admitted to the hospital, mechanical prophylaxis is recommended.
COVID-19. Infection with the novel severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) and its associated clinical syndrome, COVID-19, is associated with increased rates of VTE. Recommendations for pregnant patients with COVID-19 are the same as for the general population. During hospitalization for COVID-19, pregnant patients should be placed on prophylactic-dose chemoprophylaxis. Patients should not be discharged home on chemoprophylaxis, and patients managed as outpatients for their disease do not need chemoprophylaxis.11
Management approach. Prophylactic-dose administration is recommended during hospital stay for all patients admitted with anticipated length of stay of 3 days or longer and who are not at high risk for bleeding or delivery.10 Both LMWH and UFH are options for inpatients. For any nonobstetric surgery or admission, LMWH may be most appropriate. However, as most obstetrics admissions are at increased risk for delivery, UFH 5,000 U twice daily to 3 times daily is the best option to increase the chances for neuraxial anesthesia. (I review anesthesia considerations for delivery later in this article.) For patients at high risk for bleeding or delivery, mechanical prophylaxis alone, with elastic stockings or pneumatic compression devices, can be used.
Continue to: CASE 1 continued Patient is discharged home...
CASE 1 continued Patient is discharged home
The patient received enoxaparin while she was in the hospital. She is now discharged and doing well. She asks, will she need anticoagulation prophylaxis after delivery?
How would you counsel her?
Chemoprophylaxis in the postpartum period
With no risk of fetal harm and a higher risk of VTE per day, the threshold for chemoprophylaxis is lower in the postpartum period. The risk of postpartum bleeding is less than 1%, with the most common complication being wound hematomas (0.61%).9 For this case patient, the COVID-19 diagnosis does not alter the recommendations for postpartum chemoprophylaxis. Additionally, as the need for neuraxial anesthesia has passed, the use of intermediate-dose chemoprophylaxis over prophylactic-dose is advocated in the postpartum period, especially in obese patients.12
As mentioned previously, there is no standard definition of intermediate-dose. Data suggest that a weight-based intermediate-dose is most likely to achieve therapeutic levels of anti-Xa in this high-risk population compared with a fixed dose.13,14 For example, enoxaparin 0.5 mg/kg twice daily is recommended for patients with class 3 obesity or higher by the Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine.12
As a rule, anyone who was on chemoprophylaxis antepartum should be continued on at least an equivalent dose for 6 weeks postpartum. Postpartum, patients with any prior DVT should take prophylactic-dose or intermediate-dose chemoprophylaxis for 6 weeks. Patients with a known high-risk thrombophilia should receive prophylactic-dose or intermediate-dose chemoprophylaxis postpartum for 6 weeks. For patients with a low-risk thrombophilia, prophylactic-dose or intermediate-dose chemoprophylaxis is recommended for 6 weeks.
For low-risk patients without prior VTE or thrombophilia, standardized risk assessment is recommended.
Cesarean delivery
Cesarean delivery (CD) is a risk factor for postpartum VTE.9 A universal chemoprophylaxis strategy has not been proven in this patient population. Mechanical prophylaxis with sequential compression devices is recommended for all patients undergoing CD pre-procedure and until patients are fully ambulatory.8,9 Early ambulation also should be encouraged.
Many risk assessment models are available for postoperative VTE prevention, and they have widely different chemoprophylaxis rates. Studies have shown chemoprophylaxis rates of 85% by RCOG, 1% by ACOG, 35% by CHEST, 94% by Caprini, and less than 1% by Padua.15,16 In addition to the antepartum patient-specific risk factors mentioned, postpartum risk factors include infection, postpartum hemorrhage, and transfusion. Based on data extrapolated from the nonobstetric literature, chemoprophylaxis is recommended until discharge from the hospital unless risk factors are expected to continue.9
Neuraxial anesthesia
For patients who require postpartum chemoprophylaxis, the Society for Obstetric Anesthesia and Perinatology (SOAP) offers evidence-based guidelines for use after neuraxial anesthesia. UFH can be initiated 1 hour or longer after a neuraxial procedure and 1 hour or longer after catheter removal. Prophylactic-dose LMWH can be restarted at 12 hours or longer after a neuraxial procedure and at 4 to 6 hours or longer after catheter removal. For patients restarting intermediate-dose or therapeutic-dose, the recommendations are to wait 24 hours or longer after a neuraxial procedure and 4 hours or longer after catheter removal.17 Timing can be individualized based on the patient’s risk of hemorrhage and surgical bleeding. Although it may be tempting to delay chemoprophylaxis in the setting of bleeding, postpartum hemorrhage and transfusion increase the risks of VTE. In this setting, it is best to consider the use of UFH, which safely can be started earlier than LMWH.
For patients without neuraxial anesthesia, ACOG recommends chemoprophylaxis 4 to 6 hours after vaginal delivery and 6 to 12 hours after CD.8 (TABLE 3 summarizes recommendations for postpartum chemoprophylaxis.)
Continue to: Adjusting the anticoagulation regimen...
Adjusting the anticoagulation regimen
CASE 2 Pregnant woman with prior VTE
A 36-year-old woman (G1P0) with prior VTE is taking enoxaparin 40 mg daily. She asks, does she need any blood work for her anticoagulation?
What would you test for?
Increased renal clearance of LMWH and increased volume of distribution during pregnancy has led to the consideration of monitoring anti-Xa levels. There are no published standards or recommendations for dose adjustment. At this time, anti-Xa level monitoring antepartum is not recommended, but it may be considered when a patient is at the extremes of weight. With a weight-based strategy in the postpartum period, monitoring is not recommended as studies show a higher likelihood of therapeutic anti-Xa levels with this approach.13,14 This is an active area of research, and these recommendations may change.
For prophylactic-dose or intermediate-dose anticoagulation, a peak anti-Xa level of 0.2 to 0.6 U/mL is generally accepted as the target. For therapeutic-dose, a peak anti-Xa level of 0.6 to 1.2 U/mL is generally accepted as the therapeutic range. This blood draw must be collected 4 hours after the third dose.
CASE 2 continued Anticoagulation considerations nearing delivery
The patient is now at 36 weeks’ gestation, and she asks, what should be done regarding her anticoagulation prior to delivery?
What would be an appropriate approach?
Traditionally, patients were transitioned to UFH at 36 weeks and allowed to present in spontaneous labor to increase the likelihood of neuraxial anesthesia. The alternative is to continue prophylactic-dose LMWH until a scheduled delivery. While the SOAP guidelines establish the timeframe that is safe to proceed with neuraxial anesthesia, there is variation in practice, so consider discussing this with your anesthesia providers.
SOAP considers prophylactic-dose UFH to be 5,000 U 2 to 3 times per day. In this setting, neuraxial anesthesia can be placed more than 4 to 6 hours from the last dose.17 But due to the pharmacokinetics of pregnancy, ACOG recommends 10,000 U in the third trimester.8 This dose is considered intermediate-dose by SOAP, and 12 hours or longer plus a normal activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) or undetectable anti-Xa level are required prior to neuraxial anesthesia. This is the same time allowed for prophylactic-dose LMWH without lab work. Prophylactic-dose LMWH is considered to be enoxaparin 40 mg or less daily or 30 mg twice daily, and dalteparin 5,000 U daily. For therapeutic-dose LMWH or UFH, 24 hours or more from last dose is recommended prior to neuraxial anesthesia. For intermediate-dose LMWH, data are limited to recommend anything between 12 and 24 hours.17
In my practice, we favor a shared decision-making approach with patients. We discuss the likelihood of labor prior to 39 weeks based on a patient’s history, the importance of neuraxial anesthesia to the patient, and the importance of the number of daily injections. Most patients continue enoxaparin until a scheduled induction, and they are instructed to skip their dose if labor symptoms begin. Patients at high risk for preterm delivery can be transitioned to heparin earlier than 36 weeks. ●
- Creanga AA, Syverson C, Seed K, et al. Pregnancy-related mortality in the United States, 2011-2013. Obstet Gynecol. 2017;130:366-373. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000002114.
- Kourlaba G, Relakis J, Kontodimas S, et al. A systematic review and meta-analysis of the epidemiology and burden of venous thromboembolism among pregnant women. Int J Gynaecol Obstet. 2016;132:4-10. doi: 10.1016/j.ijgo.2015.06.054.
- Sultan AA, West J, Tata LJ, et al. Risk of first venous thromboembolism in and around pregnancy: a population-based cohort study. Br J Haematol. 2012;156:366-373. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2141.2011.08956.x.
- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Council on Patient Safety in Women’s Health Care: maternal venous thromboembolism (+AIM). 2015. https://safehealthcareforeverywoman.org/council/patient-safety-bundles/maternal-safety-bundles/maternal-venous-thromboembolism-aim/. Accessed February 26, 2021.
- Urato AC, Abi-Jaoude E, Abramson J, et al. National Partnership for Maternal Safety: consensus bundle on venous thromboembolism. Obstet Gynecol. 2019;134:1115-1117. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000003540.
- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Practice Bulletins—Obstetrics. ACOG practice bulletin no. 196: thromboembolism in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;132:e1-e17. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000002706.
- Bates SM, Rajasekhar A, Middeldorp S, et al. American Society of Hematology 2018 guidelines for management of venous thromboembolism: venous thromboembolism in the context of pregnancy. Blood Adv. 2018;2:3317-3359. doi: 10.1182/bloodadvances.2018024802.
- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Practice Bulletins–Obstetrics. ACOG practice bulletin no. 197: inherited thrombophilias in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;132:e18-e34. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000002703.
- Bates SM, Greer IA, Middeldorp S, et al. VTE, thrombophilia, antithrombotic therapy, and pregnancy: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2, suppl):e691S-e736S. doi: 10.1378/chest.11-2300.
- Lamont MC, McDermott C, Thomson AJ, et al. United Kingdom recommendations for obstetric venous thromboembolism prophylaxis: evidence and rationale. Semin Perinatol. 2019;43:222-228. doi: 10.1053/j.semperi.2019.03.008.
- National Institutes of Health. COVID-19 Treatment Guidelines Panel. Coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) treatment guidelines. https://www.covid19treatmentguidelines.nih.gov/. Accessed February 26, 2021.
- Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine (SMFM); Pacheco LD, Saade G, Metz TD. Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine Consult Series #51: thromboembolism prophylaxis for cesarean delivery. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2020;223:B11-B17. doi: 10.1016/j.ajog.2020.04.032.
- Overcash RT, Somers AT, LaCoursiere DY. Enoxaparin dosing after cesarean delivery in morbidly obese women. Obstet Gynecol. 2015;125:1371-1376. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000000873.
- Hiscock RJ, Casey E, Simmons SW, et al. Peak plasma anti-Xa levels after first and third doses of enoxaparin in women receiving weight-based thromboprophylaxis following caesarean section: a prospective cohort study. Int J Obstet Anesth. 2013;22:280-288. doi: 10.1016/j.ijoa.2013.05.008.
- Palmerola KL, D’Alton ME, Brock CO, et al. A comparison of recommendations for pharmacologic thromboembolism prophylaxis after caesarean delivery from three major guidelines. BJOG. 2016;123:2157-2162. doi: 10.1111/1471-0528.13706.
- Tran JP, Stribling SS, Ibezim UC, et al. Performance of risk assessment models for peripartum thromboprophylaxis. Reprod Sci. 2019;26:1243-1248. doi: 10.1177/1933719118813197.
- Leffert L, Butwick A, Carvalho B, et al; members of the SOAP VTE Taskforce. The Society for Obstetric Anesthesia and Perinatology consensus statement on the anesthetic management of pregnant and postpartum women receiving thromboprophylaxis or higher dose anticoagulants. Anesth Analg. 2018;126:928-944. doi: 10.1213/ANE.0000000000002530.
Pregnancy and the postpartum period are times of increased risk for venous thromboembolism (VTE). While VTE is a rare event overall, it is responsible for more than 9% of maternal deaths in the United States.1 The increased risk of VTE exists throughout pregnancy, rising in the third trimester.2 The highest-risk period is the first 6 weeks postpartum, likely peaking in the first 2 to 3 weeks and returning to baseline at about 12 weeks postpartum.2,3
To reduce this source of maternal harm, the National Partnership for Maternal Safety and the Council on Patient Safety in Women’s Health Care recommend the use of VTE prevention bundles. Bundles include standard assessment of risk during prenatal care, any admission to the hospital, and postpartum coupled with standard recommendations for treatment.4-6 Multiple published guidelines are available for prevention of VTE in pregnancy, and they provide varying recommendations on patient selection and treatment. Many of these recommendations are based on low quality of evidence, making the choice of standard practice difficult.
In this article, I attempt to simplify patient selection and treatment based on currently published guidelines from the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG), Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (RCOG), American College of Chest Physicians (CHEST), American Society of Hematology (ASH), and expert opinion.
Determining VTE risk and need for prophylaxis
CASE 1 Woman with factor V Leiden
A 25-year-old woman (G1P0) presents for her initial prenatal visit. She says she is a carrier for factor V Leiden but has never had a clot. She was tested after her sister had a VTE. She asks, does she need VTE prophylaxis before her delivery?
What are the considerations and options for this patient?
Options for VTE prophylaxis
Before considering patients at risk for VTE, it is helpful to review the options for prophylaxis. Patients can undergo clinical surveillance or routine care with attention to VTE symptoms and a low threshold for workup.
There are 3 categories of chemoprophylaxis for prevention of VTE. (TABLE 1 offers examples of dosing regimens.) No strategy has been proven optimal over another:
- prophylactic-dose: the lowest, fixed dose.
- intermediate-dose: lacks a standard definition and is any dose higher than prophylactic-dose but lower than therapeutic-dose. This includes fixed twice-daily doses, weight-based doses, and incrementally increasing doses.
- therapeutic-dose: typically used for treatment but mentioned here since patients with high-risk conditions may use it for prevention of VTE.
The preferred agent for VTE chemoprophylaxis is low molecular weight heparin (LMWH; dalteparin, enoxaparin). LMWH has a lower risk of complications than unfractionated heparin (UFH) and can be injected once daily. LMWH and UFH do not cross the placenta. LMWH and UFH are safe in breastfeeding. Oral direct thrombin inhibitors and anti-Xa inhibitors are not recommended in pregnancy or lactation at this time. Warfarin is avoided in pregnancy except in situations with mechanical heart valves, which will not be addressed here. Patients taking warfarin for long-term anticoagulation can transition back while breastfeeding with appropriate bridging.
Expert opinion recommends antepartum chemoprophylaxis when there is a 2% to 3% risk of VTE in pregnancy.7-9 This is balanced against an approximately 2% overall risk of bleeding, with less than 1% risk of bleeding antepartum.9
Continue to: Risk factors for VTE...
Risk factors for VTE
History of VTE. The most important risk factor for VTE is a personal history of prior VTE.6 Recurrence risks have been widely reported and depend on the factors surrounding the initial event. For patients with a prior provoked deep vein thrombosis (DVT; associated with trauma or surgery), the antepartum VTE risk likely is less than 1%, and VTE chemoprophylaxis is not recommended antepartum.7
For patients with a prior VTE that was not associated with surgery or trauma (unprovoked), the risk is approximately 3%; for prior VTE related to pregnancy or hormonal contraception, the risk is approximately 6%.7 For both of these groups, prophylactic-dose antepartum is recommended. Patients with recurrent VTE are often taking long-term anticoagulation. Anyone on long-term anticoagulation should be placed on therapeutic-dose antepartum. For patients not receiving long-term anticoagulation, consider a hematology consultation when available, and begin an intermediate-dose or therapeutic-dose regimen after assessing other risk factors and the risk of bleeding and discussing treatment with the patient.
Thrombophilias. The next most important risk factor is the presence of inherited thrombophilias.6 Factor V homozygote, prothrombin G20210A mutation homozygote, antithrombin deficiency, and combined factor V heterozygote and prothrombin G20210A heterozygote (also called compound heterozygote) have the strongest association with VTE in pregnancy.8 It is recommended that patients with these high-risk thrombophilias receive prophylactic-dose antepartum.8
Factor V heterozygote, prothrombin G20210A mutation heterozygote, and protein C or protein S deficiency are considered low-risk thrombophilias. Patients with low-risk thrombophilias and no personal history of VTE or first-degree relative with VTE can be monitored with clinical surveillance antepartum. However, if a family history of VTE or other risk factors for VTE are present, antepartum prophylactic-dose is recommended. Clinical factors to consider antepartum include obesity, age older than 35 years, parity of 3 or higher, varicose veins, immobility, smoking, assisted reproductive technology use, multiple gestation, and preeclampsia.10
Antiphospholipid syndrome (APS) is another high-risk condition. For patients not taking long-term anticoagulation antepartum, prophylactic-dose is recommended. For patients on long-term anticoagulation, therapeutic-dose is recommended.
Other medical conditions. Patients with medical conditions that place them at high risk for VTE may warrant prophylactic-dose antepartum. These include active cancer, active systemic lupus erythematosus, sickle cell disease, nephropathy, and inflammatory bowel disease.10 This decision can be made in conjunction with other specialists caring for the patient.
Antepartum prophylactic-dose is not recommended for low-risk patients as there is less than 1% risk of VTE.7 (TABLE 2 summarizes antepartum chemoprophylaxis recommendations.)
CASE 1 continued Patient develops another VTE risk factor
The patient is being followed with clinical surveillance. At 19 weeks’ gestation, she presents to the emergency department with shortness of breath and fever. She is diagnosed with COVID-19 and is admitted by a medicine service. They call the OB team to ask for recommendations regarding anticoagulation.
What should the next steps include?
Hospitalization and nonobstetric surgery are risk factors for VTE. Many hospitals use a standardized assessment for all inpatients, such as the Padua or Caprini VTE risk assessment scores. These can be modified for use in pregnant patients, although neither scoring system is currently validated for use in pregnancy.5 For any pregnant patient admitted to the hospital, mechanical prophylaxis is recommended.
COVID-19. Infection with the novel severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) and its associated clinical syndrome, COVID-19, is associated with increased rates of VTE. Recommendations for pregnant patients with COVID-19 are the same as for the general population. During hospitalization for COVID-19, pregnant patients should be placed on prophylactic-dose chemoprophylaxis. Patients should not be discharged home on chemoprophylaxis, and patients managed as outpatients for their disease do not need chemoprophylaxis.11
Management approach. Prophylactic-dose administration is recommended during hospital stay for all patients admitted with anticipated length of stay of 3 days or longer and who are not at high risk for bleeding or delivery.10 Both LMWH and UFH are options for inpatients. For any nonobstetric surgery or admission, LMWH may be most appropriate. However, as most obstetrics admissions are at increased risk for delivery, UFH 5,000 U twice daily to 3 times daily is the best option to increase the chances for neuraxial anesthesia. (I review anesthesia considerations for delivery later in this article.) For patients at high risk for bleeding or delivery, mechanical prophylaxis alone, with elastic stockings or pneumatic compression devices, can be used.
Continue to: CASE 1 continued Patient is discharged home...
CASE 1 continued Patient is discharged home
The patient received enoxaparin while she was in the hospital. She is now discharged and doing well. She asks, will she need anticoagulation prophylaxis after delivery?
How would you counsel her?
Chemoprophylaxis in the postpartum period
With no risk of fetal harm and a higher risk of VTE per day, the threshold for chemoprophylaxis is lower in the postpartum period. The risk of postpartum bleeding is less than 1%, with the most common complication being wound hematomas (0.61%).9 For this case patient, the COVID-19 diagnosis does not alter the recommendations for postpartum chemoprophylaxis. Additionally, as the need for neuraxial anesthesia has passed, the use of intermediate-dose chemoprophylaxis over prophylactic-dose is advocated in the postpartum period, especially in obese patients.12
As mentioned previously, there is no standard definition of intermediate-dose. Data suggest that a weight-based intermediate-dose is most likely to achieve therapeutic levels of anti-Xa in this high-risk population compared with a fixed dose.13,14 For example, enoxaparin 0.5 mg/kg twice daily is recommended for patients with class 3 obesity or higher by the Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine.12
As a rule, anyone who was on chemoprophylaxis antepartum should be continued on at least an equivalent dose for 6 weeks postpartum. Postpartum, patients with any prior DVT should take prophylactic-dose or intermediate-dose chemoprophylaxis for 6 weeks. Patients with a known high-risk thrombophilia should receive prophylactic-dose or intermediate-dose chemoprophylaxis postpartum for 6 weeks. For patients with a low-risk thrombophilia, prophylactic-dose or intermediate-dose chemoprophylaxis is recommended for 6 weeks.
For low-risk patients without prior VTE or thrombophilia, standardized risk assessment is recommended.
Cesarean delivery
Cesarean delivery (CD) is a risk factor for postpartum VTE.9 A universal chemoprophylaxis strategy has not been proven in this patient population. Mechanical prophylaxis with sequential compression devices is recommended for all patients undergoing CD pre-procedure and until patients are fully ambulatory.8,9 Early ambulation also should be encouraged.
Many risk assessment models are available for postoperative VTE prevention, and they have widely different chemoprophylaxis rates. Studies have shown chemoprophylaxis rates of 85% by RCOG, 1% by ACOG, 35% by CHEST, 94% by Caprini, and less than 1% by Padua.15,16 In addition to the antepartum patient-specific risk factors mentioned, postpartum risk factors include infection, postpartum hemorrhage, and transfusion. Based on data extrapolated from the nonobstetric literature, chemoprophylaxis is recommended until discharge from the hospital unless risk factors are expected to continue.9
Neuraxial anesthesia
For patients who require postpartum chemoprophylaxis, the Society for Obstetric Anesthesia and Perinatology (SOAP) offers evidence-based guidelines for use after neuraxial anesthesia. UFH can be initiated 1 hour or longer after a neuraxial procedure and 1 hour or longer after catheter removal. Prophylactic-dose LMWH can be restarted at 12 hours or longer after a neuraxial procedure and at 4 to 6 hours or longer after catheter removal. For patients restarting intermediate-dose or therapeutic-dose, the recommendations are to wait 24 hours or longer after a neuraxial procedure and 4 hours or longer after catheter removal.17 Timing can be individualized based on the patient’s risk of hemorrhage and surgical bleeding. Although it may be tempting to delay chemoprophylaxis in the setting of bleeding, postpartum hemorrhage and transfusion increase the risks of VTE. In this setting, it is best to consider the use of UFH, which safely can be started earlier than LMWH.
For patients without neuraxial anesthesia, ACOG recommends chemoprophylaxis 4 to 6 hours after vaginal delivery and 6 to 12 hours after CD.8 (TABLE 3 summarizes recommendations for postpartum chemoprophylaxis.)
Continue to: Adjusting the anticoagulation regimen...
Adjusting the anticoagulation regimen
CASE 2 Pregnant woman with prior VTE
A 36-year-old woman (G1P0) with prior VTE is taking enoxaparin 40 mg daily. She asks, does she need any blood work for her anticoagulation?
What would you test for?
Increased renal clearance of LMWH and increased volume of distribution during pregnancy has led to the consideration of monitoring anti-Xa levels. There are no published standards or recommendations for dose adjustment. At this time, anti-Xa level monitoring antepartum is not recommended, but it may be considered when a patient is at the extremes of weight. With a weight-based strategy in the postpartum period, monitoring is not recommended as studies show a higher likelihood of therapeutic anti-Xa levels with this approach.13,14 This is an active area of research, and these recommendations may change.
For prophylactic-dose or intermediate-dose anticoagulation, a peak anti-Xa level of 0.2 to 0.6 U/mL is generally accepted as the target. For therapeutic-dose, a peak anti-Xa level of 0.6 to 1.2 U/mL is generally accepted as the therapeutic range. This blood draw must be collected 4 hours after the third dose.
CASE 2 continued Anticoagulation considerations nearing delivery
The patient is now at 36 weeks’ gestation, and she asks, what should be done regarding her anticoagulation prior to delivery?
What would be an appropriate approach?
Traditionally, patients were transitioned to UFH at 36 weeks and allowed to present in spontaneous labor to increase the likelihood of neuraxial anesthesia. The alternative is to continue prophylactic-dose LMWH until a scheduled delivery. While the SOAP guidelines establish the timeframe that is safe to proceed with neuraxial anesthesia, there is variation in practice, so consider discussing this with your anesthesia providers.
SOAP considers prophylactic-dose UFH to be 5,000 U 2 to 3 times per day. In this setting, neuraxial anesthesia can be placed more than 4 to 6 hours from the last dose.17 But due to the pharmacokinetics of pregnancy, ACOG recommends 10,000 U in the third trimester.8 This dose is considered intermediate-dose by SOAP, and 12 hours or longer plus a normal activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) or undetectable anti-Xa level are required prior to neuraxial anesthesia. This is the same time allowed for prophylactic-dose LMWH without lab work. Prophylactic-dose LMWH is considered to be enoxaparin 40 mg or less daily or 30 mg twice daily, and dalteparin 5,000 U daily. For therapeutic-dose LMWH or UFH, 24 hours or more from last dose is recommended prior to neuraxial anesthesia. For intermediate-dose LMWH, data are limited to recommend anything between 12 and 24 hours.17
In my practice, we favor a shared decision-making approach with patients. We discuss the likelihood of labor prior to 39 weeks based on a patient’s history, the importance of neuraxial anesthesia to the patient, and the importance of the number of daily injections. Most patients continue enoxaparin until a scheduled induction, and they are instructed to skip their dose if labor symptoms begin. Patients at high risk for preterm delivery can be transitioned to heparin earlier than 36 weeks. ●
Pregnancy and the postpartum period are times of increased risk for venous thromboembolism (VTE). While VTE is a rare event overall, it is responsible for more than 9% of maternal deaths in the United States.1 The increased risk of VTE exists throughout pregnancy, rising in the third trimester.2 The highest-risk period is the first 6 weeks postpartum, likely peaking in the first 2 to 3 weeks and returning to baseline at about 12 weeks postpartum.2,3
To reduce this source of maternal harm, the National Partnership for Maternal Safety and the Council on Patient Safety in Women’s Health Care recommend the use of VTE prevention bundles. Bundles include standard assessment of risk during prenatal care, any admission to the hospital, and postpartum coupled with standard recommendations for treatment.4-6 Multiple published guidelines are available for prevention of VTE in pregnancy, and they provide varying recommendations on patient selection and treatment. Many of these recommendations are based on low quality of evidence, making the choice of standard practice difficult.
In this article, I attempt to simplify patient selection and treatment based on currently published guidelines from the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG), Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (RCOG), American College of Chest Physicians (CHEST), American Society of Hematology (ASH), and expert opinion.
Determining VTE risk and need for prophylaxis
CASE 1 Woman with factor V Leiden
A 25-year-old woman (G1P0) presents for her initial prenatal visit. She says she is a carrier for factor V Leiden but has never had a clot. She was tested after her sister had a VTE. She asks, does she need VTE prophylaxis before her delivery?
What are the considerations and options for this patient?
Options for VTE prophylaxis
Before considering patients at risk for VTE, it is helpful to review the options for prophylaxis. Patients can undergo clinical surveillance or routine care with attention to VTE symptoms and a low threshold for workup.
There are 3 categories of chemoprophylaxis for prevention of VTE. (TABLE 1 offers examples of dosing regimens.) No strategy has been proven optimal over another:
- prophylactic-dose: the lowest, fixed dose.
- intermediate-dose: lacks a standard definition and is any dose higher than prophylactic-dose but lower than therapeutic-dose. This includes fixed twice-daily doses, weight-based doses, and incrementally increasing doses.
- therapeutic-dose: typically used for treatment but mentioned here since patients with high-risk conditions may use it for prevention of VTE.
The preferred agent for VTE chemoprophylaxis is low molecular weight heparin (LMWH; dalteparin, enoxaparin). LMWH has a lower risk of complications than unfractionated heparin (UFH) and can be injected once daily. LMWH and UFH do not cross the placenta. LMWH and UFH are safe in breastfeeding. Oral direct thrombin inhibitors and anti-Xa inhibitors are not recommended in pregnancy or lactation at this time. Warfarin is avoided in pregnancy except in situations with mechanical heart valves, which will not be addressed here. Patients taking warfarin for long-term anticoagulation can transition back while breastfeeding with appropriate bridging.
Expert opinion recommends antepartum chemoprophylaxis when there is a 2% to 3% risk of VTE in pregnancy.7-9 This is balanced against an approximately 2% overall risk of bleeding, with less than 1% risk of bleeding antepartum.9
Continue to: Risk factors for VTE...
Risk factors for VTE
History of VTE. The most important risk factor for VTE is a personal history of prior VTE.6 Recurrence risks have been widely reported and depend on the factors surrounding the initial event. For patients with a prior provoked deep vein thrombosis (DVT; associated with trauma or surgery), the antepartum VTE risk likely is less than 1%, and VTE chemoprophylaxis is not recommended antepartum.7
For patients with a prior VTE that was not associated with surgery or trauma (unprovoked), the risk is approximately 3%; for prior VTE related to pregnancy or hormonal contraception, the risk is approximately 6%.7 For both of these groups, prophylactic-dose antepartum is recommended. Patients with recurrent VTE are often taking long-term anticoagulation. Anyone on long-term anticoagulation should be placed on therapeutic-dose antepartum. For patients not receiving long-term anticoagulation, consider a hematology consultation when available, and begin an intermediate-dose or therapeutic-dose regimen after assessing other risk factors and the risk of bleeding and discussing treatment with the patient.
Thrombophilias. The next most important risk factor is the presence of inherited thrombophilias.6 Factor V homozygote, prothrombin G20210A mutation homozygote, antithrombin deficiency, and combined factor V heterozygote and prothrombin G20210A heterozygote (also called compound heterozygote) have the strongest association with VTE in pregnancy.8 It is recommended that patients with these high-risk thrombophilias receive prophylactic-dose antepartum.8
Factor V heterozygote, prothrombin G20210A mutation heterozygote, and protein C or protein S deficiency are considered low-risk thrombophilias. Patients with low-risk thrombophilias and no personal history of VTE or first-degree relative with VTE can be monitored with clinical surveillance antepartum. However, if a family history of VTE or other risk factors for VTE are present, antepartum prophylactic-dose is recommended. Clinical factors to consider antepartum include obesity, age older than 35 years, parity of 3 or higher, varicose veins, immobility, smoking, assisted reproductive technology use, multiple gestation, and preeclampsia.10
Antiphospholipid syndrome (APS) is another high-risk condition. For patients not taking long-term anticoagulation antepartum, prophylactic-dose is recommended. For patients on long-term anticoagulation, therapeutic-dose is recommended.
Other medical conditions. Patients with medical conditions that place them at high risk for VTE may warrant prophylactic-dose antepartum. These include active cancer, active systemic lupus erythematosus, sickle cell disease, nephropathy, and inflammatory bowel disease.10 This decision can be made in conjunction with other specialists caring for the patient.
Antepartum prophylactic-dose is not recommended for low-risk patients as there is less than 1% risk of VTE.7 (TABLE 2 summarizes antepartum chemoprophylaxis recommendations.)
CASE 1 continued Patient develops another VTE risk factor
The patient is being followed with clinical surveillance. At 19 weeks’ gestation, she presents to the emergency department with shortness of breath and fever. She is diagnosed with COVID-19 and is admitted by a medicine service. They call the OB team to ask for recommendations regarding anticoagulation.
What should the next steps include?
Hospitalization and nonobstetric surgery are risk factors for VTE. Many hospitals use a standardized assessment for all inpatients, such as the Padua or Caprini VTE risk assessment scores. These can be modified for use in pregnant patients, although neither scoring system is currently validated for use in pregnancy.5 For any pregnant patient admitted to the hospital, mechanical prophylaxis is recommended.
COVID-19. Infection with the novel severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) and its associated clinical syndrome, COVID-19, is associated with increased rates of VTE. Recommendations for pregnant patients with COVID-19 are the same as for the general population. During hospitalization for COVID-19, pregnant patients should be placed on prophylactic-dose chemoprophylaxis. Patients should not be discharged home on chemoprophylaxis, and patients managed as outpatients for their disease do not need chemoprophylaxis.11
Management approach. Prophylactic-dose administration is recommended during hospital stay for all patients admitted with anticipated length of stay of 3 days or longer and who are not at high risk for bleeding or delivery.10 Both LMWH and UFH are options for inpatients. For any nonobstetric surgery or admission, LMWH may be most appropriate. However, as most obstetrics admissions are at increased risk for delivery, UFH 5,000 U twice daily to 3 times daily is the best option to increase the chances for neuraxial anesthesia. (I review anesthesia considerations for delivery later in this article.) For patients at high risk for bleeding or delivery, mechanical prophylaxis alone, with elastic stockings or pneumatic compression devices, can be used.
Continue to: CASE 1 continued Patient is discharged home...
CASE 1 continued Patient is discharged home
The patient received enoxaparin while she was in the hospital. She is now discharged and doing well. She asks, will she need anticoagulation prophylaxis after delivery?
How would you counsel her?
Chemoprophylaxis in the postpartum period
With no risk of fetal harm and a higher risk of VTE per day, the threshold for chemoprophylaxis is lower in the postpartum period. The risk of postpartum bleeding is less than 1%, with the most common complication being wound hematomas (0.61%).9 For this case patient, the COVID-19 diagnosis does not alter the recommendations for postpartum chemoprophylaxis. Additionally, as the need for neuraxial anesthesia has passed, the use of intermediate-dose chemoprophylaxis over prophylactic-dose is advocated in the postpartum period, especially in obese patients.12
As mentioned previously, there is no standard definition of intermediate-dose. Data suggest that a weight-based intermediate-dose is most likely to achieve therapeutic levels of anti-Xa in this high-risk population compared with a fixed dose.13,14 For example, enoxaparin 0.5 mg/kg twice daily is recommended for patients with class 3 obesity or higher by the Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine.12
As a rule, anyone who was on chemoprophylaxis antepartum should be continued on at least an equivalent dose for 6 weeks postpartum. Postpartum, patients with any prior DVT should take prophylactic-dose or intermediate-dose chemoprophylaxis for 6 weeks. Patients with a known high-risk thrombophilia should receive prophylactic-dose or intermediate-dose chemoprophylaxis postpartum for 6 weeks. For patients with a low-risk thrombophilia, prophylactic-dose or intermediate-dose chemoprophylaxis is recommended for 6 weeks.
For low-risk patients without prior VTE or thrombophilia, standardized risk assessment is recommended.
Cesarean delivery
Cesarean delivery (CD) is a risk factor for postpartum VTE.9 A universal chemoprophylaxis strategy has not been proven in this patient population. Mechanical prophylaxis with sequential compression devices is recommended for all patients undergoing CD pre-procedure and until patients are fully ambulatory.8,9 Early ambulation also should be encouraged.
Many risk assessment models are available for postoperative VTE prevention, and they have widely different chemoprophylaxis rates. Studies have shown chemoprophylaxis rates of 85% by RCOG, 1% by ACOG, 35% by CHEST, 94% by Caprini, and less than 1% by Padua.15,16 In addition to the antepartum patient-specific risk factors mentioned, postpartum risk factors include infection, postpartum hemorrhage, and transfusion. Based on data extrapolated from the nonobstetric literature, chemoprophylaxis is recommended until discharge from the hospital unless risk factors are expected to continue.9
Neuraxial anesthesia
For patients who require postpartum chemoprophylaxis, the Society for Obstetric Anesthesia and Perinatology (SOAP) offers evidence-based guidelines for use after neuraxial anesthesia. UFH can be initiated 1 hour or longer after a neuraxial procedure and 1 hour or longer after catheter removal. Prophylactic-dose LMWH can be restarted at 12 hours or longer after a neuraxial procedure and at 4 to 6 hours or longer after catheter removal. For patients restarting intermediate-dose or therapeutic-dose, the recommendations are to wait 24 hours or longer after a neuraxial procedure and 4 hours or longer after catheter removal.17 Timing can be individualized based on the patient’s risk of hemorrhage and surgical bleeding. Although it may be tempting to delay chemoprophylaxis in the setting of bleeding, postpartum hemorrhage and transfusion increase the risks of VTE. In this setting, it is best to consider the use of UFH, which safely can be started earlier than LMWH.
For patients without neuraxial anesthesia, ACOG recommends chemoprophylaxis 4 to 6 hours after vaginal delivery and 6 to 12 hours after CD.8 (TABLE 3 summarizes recommendations for postpartum chemoprophylaxis.)
Continue to: Adjusting the anticoagulation regimen...
Adjusting the anticoagulation regimen
CASE 2 Pregnant woman with prior VTE
A 36-year-old woman (G1P0) with prior VTE is taking enoxaparin 40 mg daily. She asks, does she need any blood work for her anticoagulation?
What would you test for?
Increased renal clearance of LMWH and increased volume of distribution during pregnancy has led to the consideration of monitoring anti-Xa levels. There are no published standards or recommendations for dose adjustment. At this time, anti-Xa level monitoring antepartum is not recommended, but it may be considered when a patient is at the extremes of weight. With a weight-based strategy in the postpartum period, monitoring is not recommended as studies show a higher likelihood of therapeutic anti-Xa levels with this approach.13,14 This is an active area of research, and these recommendations may change.
For prophylactic-dose or intermediate-dose anticoagulation, a peak anti-Xa level of 0.2 to 0.6 U/mL is generally accepted as the target. For therapeutic-dose, a peak anti-Xa level of 0.6 to 1.2 U/mL is generally accepted as the therapeutic range. This blood draw must be collected 4 hours after the third dose.
CASE 2 continued Anticoagulation considerations nearing delivery
The patient is now at 36 weeks’ gestation, and she asks, what should be done regarding her anticoagulation prior to delivery?
What would be an appropriate approach?
Traditionally, patients were transitioned to UFH at 36 weeks and allowed to present in spontaneous labor to increase the likelihood of neuraxial anesthesia. The alternative is to continue prophylactic-dose LMWH until a scheduled delivery. While the SOAP guidelines establish the timeframe that is safe to proceed with neuraxial anesthesia, there is variation in practice, so consider discussing this with your anesthesia providers.
SOAP considers prophylactic-dose UFH to be 5,000 U 2 to 3 times per day. In this setting, neuraxial anesthesia can be placed more than 4 to 6 hours from the last dose.17 But due to the pharmacokinetics of pregnancy, ACOG recommends 10,000 U in the third trimester.8 This dose is considered intermediate-dose by SOAP, and 12 hours or longer plus a normal activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) or undetectable anti-Xa level are required prior to neuraxial anesthesia. This is the same time allowed for prophylactic-dose LMWH without lab work. Prophylactic-dose LMWH is considered to be enoxaparin 40 mg or less daily or 30 mg twice daily, and dalteparin 5,000 U daily. For therapeutic-dose LMWH or UFH, 24 hours or more from last dose is recommended prior to neuraxial anesthesia. For intermediate-dose LMWH, data are limited to recommend anything between 12 and 24 hours.17
In my practice, we favor a shared decision-making approach with patients. We discuss the likelihood of labor prior to 39 weeks based on a patient’s history, the importance of neuraxial anesthesia to the patient, and the importance of the number of daily injections. Most patients continue enoxaparin until a scheduled induction, and they are instructed to skip their dose if labor symptoms begin. Patients at high risk for preterm delivery can be transitioned to heparin earlier than 36 weeks. ●
- Creanga AA, Syverson C, Seed K, et al. Pregnancy-related mortality in the United States, 2011-2013. Obstet Gynecol. 2017;130:366-373. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000002114.
- Kourlaba G, Relakis J, Kontodimas S, et al. A systematic review and meta-analysis of the epidemiology and burden of venous thromboembolism among pregnant women. Int J Gynaecol Obstet. 2016;132:4-10. doi: 10.1016/j.ijgo.2015.06.054.
- Sultan AA, West J, Tata LJ, et al. Risk of first venous thromboembolism in and around pregnancy: a population-based cohort study. Br J Haematol. 2012;156:366-373. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2141.2011.08956.x.
- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Council on Patient Safety in Women’s Health Care: maternal venous thromboembolism (+AIM). 2015. https://safehealthcareforeverywoman.org/council/patient-safety-bundles/maternal-safety-bundles/maternal-venous-thromboembolism-aim/. Accessed February 26, 2021.
- Urato AC, Abi-Jaoude E, Abramson J, et al. National Partnership for Maternal Safety: consensus bundle on venous thromboembolism. Obstet Gynecol. 2019;134:1115-1117. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000003540.
- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Practice Bulletins—Obstetrics. ACOG practice bulletin no. 196: thromboembolism in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;132:e1-e17. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000002706.
- Bates SM, Rajasekhar A, Middeldorp S, et al. American Society of Hematology 2018 guidelines for management of venous thromboembolism: venous thromboembolism in the context of pregnancy. Blood Adv. 2018;2:3317-3359. doi: 10.1182/bloodadvances.2018024802.
- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Practice Bulletins–Obstetrics. ACOG practice bulletin no. 197: inherited thrombophilias in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;132:e18-e34. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000002703.
- Bates SM, Greer IA, Middeldorp S, et al. VTE, thrombophilia, antithrombotic therapy, and pregnancy: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2, suppl):e691S-e736S. doi: 10.1378/chest.11-2300.
- Lamont MC, McDermott C, Thomson AJ, et al. United Kingdom recommendations for obstetric venous thromboembolism prophylaxis: evidence and rationale. Semin Perinatol. 2019;43:222-228. doi: 10.1053/j.semperi.2019.03.008.
- National Institutes of Health. COVID-19 Treatment Guidelines Panel. Coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) treatment guidelines. https://www.covid19treatmentguidelines.nih.gov/. Accessed February 26, 2021.
- Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine (SMFM); Pacheco LD, Saade G, Metz TD. Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine Consult Series #51: thromboembolism prophylaxis for cesarean delivery. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2020;223:B11-B17. doi: 10.1016/j.ajog.2020.04.032.
- Overcash RT, Somers AT, LaCoursiere DY. Enoxaparin dosing after cesarean delivery in morbidly obese women. Obstet Gynecol. 2015;125:1371-1376. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000000873.
- Hiscock RJ, Casey E, Simmons SW, et al. Peak plasma anti-Xa levels after first and third doses of enoxaparin in women receiving weight-based thromboprophylaxis following caesarean section: a prospective cohort study. Int J Obstet Anesth. 2013;22:280-288. doi: 10.1016/j.ijoa.2013.05.008.
- Palmerola KL, D’Alton ME, Brock CO, et al. A comparison of recommendations for pharmacologic thromboembolism prophylaxis after caesarean delivery from three major guidelines. BJOG. 2016;123:2157-2162. doi: 10.1111/1471-0528.13706.
- Tran JP, Stribling SS, Ibezim UC, et al. Performance of risk assessment models for peripartum thromboprophylaxis. Reprod Sci. 2019;26:1243-1248. doi: 10.1177/1933719118813197.
- Leffert L, Butwick A, Carvalho B, et al; members of the SOAP VTE Taskforce. The Society for Obstetric Anesthesia and Perinatology consensus statement on the anesthetic management of pregnant and postpartum women receiving thromboprophylaxis or higher dose anticoagulants. Anesth Analg. 2018;126:928-944. doi: 10.1213/ANE.0000000000002530.
- Creanga AA, Syverson C, Seed K, et al. Pregnancy-related mortality in the United States, 2011-2013. Obstet Gynecol. 2017;130:366-373. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000002114.
- Kourlaba G, Relakis J, Kontodimas S, et al. A systematic review and meta-analysis of the epidemiology and burden of venous thromboembolism among pregnant women. Int J Gynaecol Obstet. 2016;132:4-10. doi: 10.1016/j.ijgo.2015.06.054.
- Sultan AA, West J, Tata LJ, et al. Risk of first venous thromboembolism in and around pregnancy: a population-based cohort study. Br J Haematol. 2012;156:366-373. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2141.2011.08956.x.
- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Council on Patient Safety in Women’s Health Care: maternal venous thromboembolism (+AIM). 2015. https://safehealthcareforeverywoman.org/council/patient-safety-bundles/maternal-safety-bundles/maternal-venous-thromboembolism-aim/. Accessed February 26, 2021.
- Urato AC, Abi-Jaoude E, Abramson J, et al. National Partnership for Maternal Safety: consensus bundle on venous thromboembolism. Obstet Gynecol. 2019;134:1115-1117. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000003540.
- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Practice Bulletins—Obstetrics. ACOG practice bulletin no. 196: thromboembolism in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;132:e1-e17. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000002706.
- Bates SM, Rajasekhar A, Middeldorp S, et al. American Society of Hematology 2018 guidelines for management of venous thromboembolism: venous thromboembolism in the context of pregnancy. Blood Adv. 2018;2:3317-3359. doi: 10.1182/bloodadvances.2018024802.
- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Practice Bulletins–Obstetrics. ACOG practice bulletin no. 197: inherited thrombophilias in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;132:e18-e34. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000002703.
- Bates SM, Greer IA, Middeldorp S, et al. VTE, thrombophilia, antithrombotic therapy, and pregnancy: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest. 2012;141(2, suppl):e691S-e736S. doi: 10.1378/chest.11-2300.
- Lamont MC, McDermott C, Thomson AJ, et al. United Kingdom recommendations for obstetric venous thromboembolism prophylaxis: evidence and rationale. Semin Perinatol. 2019;43:222-228. doi: 10.1053/j.semperi.2019.03.008.
- National Institutes of Health. COVID-19 Treatment Guidelines Panel. Coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) treatment guidelines. https://www.covid19treatmentguidelines.nih.gov/. Accessed February 26, 2021.
- Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine (SMFM); Pacheco LD, Saade G, Metz TD. Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine Consult Series #51: thromboembolism prophylaxis for cesarean delivery. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2020;223:B11-B17. doi: 10.1016/j.ajog.2020.04.032.
- Overcash RT, Somers AT, LaCoursiere DY. Enoxaparin dosing after cesarean delivery in morbidly obese women. Obstet Gynecol. 2015;125:1371-1376. doi: 10.1097/AOG.0000000000000873.
- Hiscock RJ, Casey E, Simmons SW, et al. Peak plasma anti-Xa levels after first and third doses of enoxaparin in women receiving weight-based thromboprophylaxis following caesarean section: a prospective cohort study. Int J Obstet Anesth. 2013;22:280-288. doi: 10.1016/j.ijoa.2013.05.008.
- Palmerola KL, D’Alton ME, Brock CO, et al. A comparison of recommendations for pharmacologic thromboembolism prophylaxis after caesarean delivery from three major guidelines. BJOG. 2016;123:2157-2162. doi: 10.1111/1471-0528.13706.
- Tran JP, Stribling SS, Ibezim UC, et al. Performance of risk assessment models for peripartum thromboprophylaxis. Reprod Sci. 2019;26:1243-1248. doi: 10.1177/1933719118813197.
- Leffert L, Butwick A, Carvalho B, et al; members of the SOAP VTE Taskforce. The Society for Obstetric Anesthesia and Perinatology consensus statement on the anesthetic management of pregnant and postpartum women receiving thromboprophylaxis or higher dose anticoagulants. Anesth Analg. 2018;126:928-944. doi: 10.1213/ANE.0000000000002530.
Hepatitis in pregnancy: Sorting through the alphabet
CASE Pregnant woman with positive hepatitis B surface antigen
A 27-year-old primigravida at 9 weeks 3 days of gestation tests positive for the hepatitis B surface antigen at her first prenatal appointment. She is completely asymptomatic.
- What additional tests are indicated?
- Does she pose a risk to her sexual partner, and is her newborn at risk for acquiring hepatitis B?
- Can anything be done to protect her partner and newborn from infection?
Meet our perpetrator
Hepatitis is one of the more common viral infections that may occur during pregnancy. Two forms of hepatitis, notably hepatitis A and E, pose a primary threat to the mother. Three forms (B, C, and D) present dangers for the mother, fetus, and newborn. This article will review the epidemiology, clinical manifestations, perinatal implications, and management of the various forms of viral hepatitis. (TABLE 1).
Hepatitis A
Hepatitis A is caused by an RNA virus that is transmitted by fecal-oral contact. The disease is most prevalent in areas with poor sanitation and close living conditions. The incubation period ranges from 15 to 50 days. Most children who acquire this disease are asymptomatic. By contrast, most infected adults are acutely symptomatic. Clinical manifestations typically include low-grade fever, malaise, anorexia, right upper quadrant pain and tenderness, jaundice, and claycolored stools.1,2
The diagnosis of acute hepatitis A infection is best confirmed by detection of immunoglobulin M (IgM)-specific antibodies. The serum transaminase concentrations and the serum bilirubin concentrations usually are significantly elevated. The international normalized ratio, prothrombin time, and partial thromboplastin time also may be elevated.1,2
The treatment for acute hepatitis A largely is supportive care: maintaining hydration, optimizing nutrition, and correcting coagulation abnormalities. The appropriate measures for prevention of hepatitis A are adoption of sound sanitation practices, particularly water purification; minimizing overcrowded living conditions; and administering the hepatitis A vaccine for both pre and postexposure prophylaxis.3,4 The hepatitis A vaccine is preferred over administration of immune globulin because it provides lifelong immunity.
The hepatitis A vaccine is produced in 2 monovalent formulations: Havrix (GlaxoSmithKline) and Vaqta (Merck & Co, Inc). The vaccine should be administered intramuscularly in 2 doses 6 to 12 months apart. The wholesale cost of the vaccine varies from $66 to $119 (according to http://www.goodrx.com). The vaccine also is available in a bivalent form, with recombinant hepatitis B vaccine (Twinrix, GlaxoSmithKline). When used in this form, 3 vaccine administrations are given—at 0, 1, and 6 months apart. The cost of the vaccine is approximately $150 (according to http://www.goodrx.com). TABLE 2 lists the individuals who are appropriate candidates for the hepatitis A vaccine.3,4

Hepatitis B
Hepatitis B is caused by a DNA virus that is transmitted parenterally or perinatally or through
Acute hepatitis B affects 1 to 2 of 1,000 pregnancies in the United States. Approximately 6 to 10 patients per 1,000 pregnancies are asymptomatic but chronically infected.4 The natural history of hepatitis B infection is shown in the FIGURE. The diagnosis of acute and chronic hepatitis B is best established by serology and polymerase chain reaction (PCR; TABLE 3).
All pregnant women should be routinely screened for the hepatitis B surface antigen.5,6 If they are seropositive for the surface antigen alone and receive no immunoprophylaxis, they have a 20% to 30% risk of transmitting infection to their neonate. Subsequently, if they also test positive for the hepatitis Be antigen, the risk of perinatal transmission increases to approximately 90%. Fortunately, 2 forms of immunoprophylaxis are highly effective in preventing perinatal transmission. Infants delivered to seropositive mothers should receive hepatitis B immune globulin within 12 hours of birth. Prior to discharge, the infant also should receive the first dose of the hepatitis B vaccine. Subsequent doses should be administered at 1 and 6 months of age. Infants delivered to seronegative mothers require only the vaccine series.1
Although immunoprophylaxis is highly effective, some neonates still acquire infection perinatally. Pan and colleagues7 and Jourdain et al8 demonstrated that administration of tenofovir 200 mg orally each day from 32 weeks’ gestation until delivery provided further protection against perinatal transmission in patients with a high viral load (defined as >1 million copies/mL). In 2016, the Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine endorsed the use of tenofovir in women with a high viral load.6
Following delivery, women with chronic hepatitis B infection should be referred to a hepatology specialist for consideration of direct antiviral treatment. Multiple drugs are now available that are highly active against this micro-organism. These drugs include several forms of interferon, lamivudine, adefovir, entecavir, telbivudine, and tenofovir.1
Continue to: Hepatitis C...
Hepatitis C
Hepatitis C is caused by an RNA virus that has 6 genotypes. The most common genotype is HCV1, which affects 79% of patients; approximately 13% of patients have HCV2, and 6% have HCV3.9 Of note, the 3 individuals who discovered this virus—Drs. Harvey Alter, Michael Houghton, and Charles Rice—received the 2020 Nobel Prize in Medicine.10
Hepatitis C is transmitted via sexual contact, parenterally, and perinatally. In many patient populations in the United States, hepatitis C is now more prevalent than hepatitis B. Only about half of all infected persons are aware of their infection. If patients go untreated, approximately 15% to 30% eventually develop cirrhosis. Of these individuals, 1% to 3% develop hepatocellular cancer. Chronic hepatitis C is now the most common indication for liver transplantation in the United States.1,9
In the initial stages of infection, hepatitis C usually is asymptomatic. The best screening test is detection of hepatitis C antibody. Because of the increasing prevalence of this disease, the seriousness of the infection, and the recent availability of remarkably effective treatment, routine screening, rather than screening on the basis of risk factors, for hepatitis C in pregnancy is now indicated.11,12
The best tests for confirmation of infection are detection of antibody by enzyme immunoassay and recombinant immuno-blot assay and detection of viral RNA in serum by PCR. Seroconversion may not occur for up to 16 weeks after infection. Therefore, in at-risk patients who initially test negative, retesting is advisable. Patients with positive test results should have tests to identify the specific genotype, determine the viral load, and assess liver function.1
In patients who have undetectable viral loads and who do not have coexisting HIV infection, the risk of perinatal transmission of hepatitis C is less than 5%. If HIV infection is present, the risk of perinatal transmission approaches 20%.1,13,14
If the patient is coinfected with HIV, a scheduled cesarean delivery should be performed at 38 weeks’ gestation.1 If the viral load is undetectable, vaginal delivery is appropriate. If the viral load is high, however (arbitrarily defined as >2.5 millioncopies/mL), the optimal method of delivery is controversial. Several small, nonrandomized noncontrolled cohort studies support elective cesarean delivery in such patients.14
There is no contraindication to breastfeeding in women with hepatitis C unless they are coinfected with HIV. In such a circumstance, formula feeding should be chosen. After delivery, patients with hepatitis C should be referred to a gastroenterology specialist to receive antiviral treatment. Multiple new single-agent and combination regimens have produced cures in more than 90% of patients. These regimens usually require 8 to 12 weeks of treatment, and they are very expensive. They have not been widely tested in pregnant women.1
Hepatitis D
Hepatitis D, or delta hepatitis, is caused by an RNA virus. This virus is unique because it is incapable of independent replication. It must be present in association with hepatitis B to replicate and cause clinical infection. Therefore, the epidemiology of hepatitis D closely mirrors that of hepatitis B.1,2
Patients with hepatitis D typically present in one of two ways. Some individuals are acutely infected with hepatitis D at the same time that they acquire hepatitis B (coinfection). The natural history of this infection usually is spontaneous resolution without sequelae. Other patients have chronic hepatitis D superimposed on chronic hepatitis B (superinfection). Unfortunately, patients with the latter condition are at a notably increased risk for developing severe persistent liver disease.1,2
The diagnosis of hepatitis D may be confirmed by identifying the delta antigen in serum or in liver tissue obtained by biopsy or by identifying IgM- and IgG-specific antibodies in serum. In conjunction with hepatitis B, the delta virus can cause a chronic carrier state. Perinatal transmission is possible but uncommon. Of greatest importance, the immunoprophylaxis described for hepatitis B is almost perfectly protective against perinatal transmission of hepatitis D.1,2
Continue to: Hepatitis E...
Hepatitis E
Hepatitis E is an RNA virus that has 1 serotype and 4 genotypes. Its epidemiology is similar to that of hepatitis A. It is the most common waterborne illness in the world. The incubation period varies from 21 to 56 days. This disease is quite rare in the United States but is endemic in developing nations. In those countries, maternal infection has an alarmingly high mortality rate (5%–25%). For example, in Bangladesh, hepatitis E is responsible for more than 1,000 deaths per year in pregnant women. When hepatitis E is identified in more affluent countries, the individual cases and small outbreaks usually are linked to consumption of undercooked pork or wild game.1,15-17
The clinical presentation of acute hepatitis E also is similar to that of hepatitis A. The usual manifestations are fever, malaise, anorexia, nausea, right upper quadrant pain and tenderness, jaundice, darkened urine, and clay-colored stools. The most useful diagnostic tests are serologic detection of viral-specific antibodies (positive IgM or a 4-fold increase in the prior IgG titer) and PCR-RNA.1,17
Hepatitis E usually does not cause a chronic carrier state, and perinatal transmission is rare. Fortunately, a highly effective vaccine was recently developed (Hecolin, Xiamen Innovax Biotech). This recombinant vaccine is specifically directed against the hepatitis E genotype 1. In the initial efficacy study, healthy adults aged 16 to 65 years were randomly assigned to receive either the hepatitis E vaccine or the hepatitis B vaccine. The vaccine was administered at time point 0, and 1 and 6 months later. Patients were followed for up to 4.5 years to assess efficacy, immunogenicity, and safety. During the study period, 7 cases of hepatitis E occurred in the vaccine group, compared with 53 in the control group. Approximately 56,000 patients were included in each group. The efficacy of the vaccine was 86.8% (P<.001).18
Hepatitis G
Hepatitis G is caused by 2 single-stranded RNA viruses that are virtually identical—hepatitis G virus and GB virus type C. The viruses share approximately 30% homology with hepatitis C virus. The organism is present throughout the world and infects approximately 1.5% to 2.0% of the population. The virus is transmitted by blood and sexual contact. It replicates preferentially in mononuclear cells and the bone marrow rather than in the liver.19-21
Hepatitis G is much less virulent than hepatitis C. Hepatitis G often coexists with hepatitis A, B, and C, as well as with HIV. Coinfection with hepatitis G does not adversely affect the clinical course of the other conditions.22,23
Most patients with hepatitis G are asymptomatic, and no treatment is indicated. The virus can cause a chronic carrier state. Perinatal transmission is distinctly uncommon. When it does occur, however, injury to mother, fetus, or neonate is unlikely.1,24
The diagnosis of hepatitis G can be established by detection of virus with PCR and by the identification of antibody by enzyme immunoassay. Routine screening for this infection in pregnancy is not indicated.1,2
CASE Resolved
Hepatitis B is highly contagious and can be transmitted from the patient to her sexual partner and neonate. Testing for hepatitis B surface antigen and antibody is indicated in her partner. If these tests are negative, the partner should immediately receive hepatitis B immune globulin and then be started on the 3-dose hepatitis B vaccination series. The patient’s newborn also should receive hepatitis B immune globulin within 12 hours of delivery and should receive the first dose of the hepatitis B vaccine prior to discharge from the hospital. The second and third doses should be administered 1 and 6 months after delivery.
The patient also should have the following tests:
• liver function tests
-serum transaminases
-direct and indirect bilirubin
-coagulation profile
• hepatitis D antigen
• hepatitis B genotype
• hepatitis B viral load
• HIV serology.
If the hepatitis B viral load exceeds 1 million copies/mL, the patient should be treated with tenofovir 200 mg daily from 28 weeks’ gestation until delivery. In addition, she should be referred to a liver disease specialist after delivery for consideration of treatment with directly-acting antiviral agents. ●
- Duff P. Maternal and fetal infections. In: Resnik R, Lockwood CJ, Moore TB, et al, eds. Creasy & Resnik’s MaternalFetal Medicine Principles and Practice. 8th ed. Elsevier; 2019:862-919.
- Duff P. Hepatitis in pregnancy. In: Queenan JR, Spong CY, Lockwood CJ, eds. Management of HighRisk Pregnancy. An EvidenceBased Approach. 5th ed. Blackwell; 2007:238-241.
- Duff B, Duff P. Hepatitis A vaccine: ready for prime time. Obstet Gynecol. 1998;91:468-471.
- Victor JC, Monto AS, Surdina TY, et al. Hepatitis A vaccine versus immune globulin for postexposure prophylaxis. N Engl J Med. 2007;367:1685-1694.
- Dienstag JL. Hepatitis B virus infection. N Engl J Med. 2008;359:1486-1500.
- Society for MaternalFetal Medicine (SMFM); Dionne-Odom J, Tita ATN, Silverman NS. #38. Hepatitis B in pregnancy: screening, treatment, and prevention of vertical transmission. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2016;214:6-14.
- Pan CQ, Duan Z, Dai E, et al. Tenofovir to prevent hepatitis B transmission in mothers with high viral load. N Engl J Med. 2016;374:2324-2334.
- Jourdain G, Huong N, Harrison L, et al. Tenofovir versus placebo to prevent perinatal transmission of hepatitis B. N Engl J Med. 2018;378:911-923.
- Rosen HR. Chronic hepatitis C infection. N Engl J Med. 2011;364:2429-2438.
- Hoofnagle JH, Feinstore SM. The discovery of hepatitis C—the 2020 Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine. N Engl J Med. 2020;384:2297-2299.
- Hughes BL, Page CM, Juller JA. Hepatitis C in pregnancy: screening, treatment, and management. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2017;217:B2-B12.
- Saab S, Kullar R, Gounder P. The urgent need for hepatitis C screening in pregnant women: a call to action. Obstet Gynecol. 2020;135:773-777.
- Berkley EMF, Leslie KK, Arora S, et al. Chronic hepatitis C in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2008;112:304-310.
- Brazel M, Duff P. Considerations on the mode of delivery for pregnant women with hepatitis C infection [published online November 22, 2019]. OBG Manag. 2020;32:39-44.
- Emerson SU, Purcell RH. Hepatitis E virus. Rev Med Virol. 2003;13:145-154.
- Khuroo MS, Teli MR, Skidmore S, et al. Incidence and severity of viral hepatitis in pregnancy. Am J Med. 1981;70:252-255.
- Hoofnangle JH, Nelson KE, Purcell RH. Hepatitis E. N Engl J Med. 2012;367:1237-1244.
- Zhang J, Zhang XF, Huang SJ, et al. Longterm efficacy of a hepatitis E vaccine. N Engl J Med. 2015;372:914-922.
- Pickering L, ed. Red Book 2000 Report of Committee on Infectious Diseases. 25th ed. American Academy of Pediatrics; 2000.
- Chopra S. GB virus C (hepatitis G) infection. UpToDate website. Updated January 16, 2020. Accessed June 3, 2021. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/gb-virus-c-hepatitis-g-infection.
- Reshetnyak VI, Karlovich TI, Ilchenko LU. Hepatitis G virus. World J Gastroenterol. 2008;14:4725-4734.
- Kew MC, Kassianides C. HGV: hepatitis G virus or harmless G virus. Lancet. 1996;348(suppl II):10.
- Jarvis LM, Davidson F, Hanley JP, et al. Infection with hepatitis G virus among recipients of plasma products. Lancet. 1996;348;1352-1355.
- Feucht HH, Zollner B, Polywka S, et al. Vertical transmission of hepatitis G. Lancet. 1996;347;615-616.
CASE Pregnant woman with positive hepatitis B surface antigen
A 27-year-old primigravida at 9 weeks 3 days of gestation tests positive for the hepatitis B surface antigen at her first prenatal appointment. She is completely asymptomatic.
- What additional tests are indicated?
- Does she pose a risk to her sexual partner, and is her newborn at risk for acquiring hepatitis B?
- Can anything be done to protect her partner and newborn from infection?
Meet our perpetrator
Hepatitis is one of the more common viral infections that may occur during pregnancy. Two forms of hepatitis, notably hepatitis A and E, pose a primary threat to the mother. Three forms (B, C, and D) present dangers for the mother, fetus, and newborn. This article will review the epidemiology, clinical manifestations, perinatal implications, and management of the various forms of viral hepatitis. (TABLE 1).
Hepatitis A
Hepatitis A is caused by an RNA virus that is transmitted by fecal-oral contact. The disease is most prevalent in areas with poor sanitation and close living conditions. The incubation period ranges from 15 to 50 days. Most children who acquire this disease are asymptomatic. By contrast, most infected adults are acutely symptomatic. Clinical manifestations typically include low-grade fever, malaise, anorexia, right upper quadrant pain and tenderness, jaundice, and claycolored stools.1,2
The diagnosis of acute hepatitis A infection is best confirmed by detection of immunoglobulin M (IgM)-specific antibodies. The serum transaminase concentrations and the serum bilirubin concentrations usually are significantly elevated. The international normalized ratio, prothrombin time, and partial thromboplastin time also may be elevated.1,2
The treatment for acute hepatitis A largely is supportive care: maintaining hydration, optimizing nutrition, and correcting coagulation abnormalities. The appropriate measures for prevention of hepatitis A are adoption of sound sanitation practices, particularly water purification; minimizing overcrowded living conditions; and administering the hepatitis A vaccine for both pre and postexposure prophylaxis.3,4 The hepatitis A vaccine is preferred over administration of immune globulin because it provides lifelong immunity.
The hepatitis A vaccine is produced in 2 monovalent formulations: Havrix (GlaxoSmithKline) and Vaqta (Merck & Co, Inc). The vaccine should be administered intramuscularly in 2 doses 6 to 12 months apart. The wholesale cost of the vaccine varies from $66 to $119 (according to http://www.goodrx.com). The vaccine also is available in a bivalent form, with recombinant hepatitis B vaccine (Twinrix, GlaxoSmithKline). When used in this form, 3 vaccine administrations are given—at 0, 1, and 6 months apart. The cost of the vaccine is approximately $150 (according to http://www.goodrx.com). TABLE 2 lists the individuals who are appropriate candidates for the hepatitis A vaccine.3,4

Hepatitis B
Hepatitis B is caused by a DNA virus that is transmitted parenterally or perinatally or through
Acute hepatitis B affects 1 to 2 of 1,000 pregnancies in the United States. Approximately 6 to 10 patients per 1,000 pregnancies are asymptomatic but chronically infected.4 The natural history of hepatitis B infection is shown in the FIGURE. The diagnosis of acute and chronic hepatitis B is best established by serology and polymerase chain reaction (PCR; TABLE 3).
All pregnant women should be routinely screened for the hepatitis B surface antigen.5,6 If they are seropositive for the surface antigen alone and receive no immunoprophylaxis, they have a 20% to 30% risk of transmitting infection to their neonate. Subsequently, if they also test positive for the hepatitis Be antigen, the risk of perinatal transmission increases to approximately 90%. Fortunately, 2 forms of immunoprophylaxis are highly effective in preventing perinatal transmission. Infants delivered to seropositive mothers should receive hepatitis B immune globulin within 12 hours of birth. Prior to discharge, the infant also should receive the first dose of the hepatitis B vaccine. Subsequent doses should be administered at 1 and 6 months of age. Infants delivered to seronegative mothers require only the vaccine series.1
Although immunoprophylaxis is highly effective, some neonates still acquire infection perinatally. Pan and colleagues7 and Jourdain et al8 demonstrated that administration of tenofovir 200 mg orally each day from 32 weeks’ gestation until delivery provided further protection against perinatal transmission in patients with a high viral load (defined as >1 million copies/mL). In 2016, the Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine endorsed the use of tenofovir in women with a high viral load.6
Following delivery, women with chronic hepatitis B infection should be referred to a hepatology specialist for consideration of direct antiviral treatment. Multiple drugs are now available that are highly active against this micro-organism. These drugs include several forms of interferon, lamivudine, adefovir, entecavir, telbivudine, and tenofovir.1
Continue to: Hepatitis C...
Hepatitis C
Hepatitis C is caused by an RNA virus that has 6 genotypes. The most common genotype is HCV1, which affects 79% of patients; approximately 13% of patients have HCV2, and 6% have HCV3.9 Of note, the 3 individuals who discovered this virus—Drs. Harvey Alter, Michael Houghton, and Charles Rice—received the 2020 Nobel Prize in Medicine.10
Hepatitis C is transmitted via sexual contact, parenterally, and perinatally. In many patient populations in the United States, hepatitis C is now more prevalent than hepatitis B. Only about half of all infected persons are aware of their infection. If patients go untreated, approximately 15% to 30% eventually develop cirrhosis. Of these individuals, 1% to 3% develop hepatocellular cancer. Chronic hepatitis C is now the most common indication for liver transplantation in the United States.1,9
In the initial stages of infection, hepatitis C usually is asymptomatic. The best screening test is detection of hepatitis C antibody. Because of the increasing prevalence of this disease, the seriousness of the infection, and the recent availability of remarkably effective treatment, routine screening, rather than screening on the basis of risk factors, for hepatitis C in pregnancy is now indicated.11,12
The best tests for confirmation of infection are detection of antibody by enzyme immunoassay and recombinant immuno-blot assay and detection of viral RNA in serum by PCR. Seroconversion may not occur for up to 16 weeks after infection. Therefore, in at-risk patients who initially test negative, retesting is advisable. Patients with positive test results should have tests to identify the specific genotype, determine the viral load, and assess liver function.1
In patients who have undetectable viral loads and who do not have coexisting HIV infection, the risk of perinatal transmission of hepatitis C is less than 5%. If HIV infection is present, the risk of perinatal transmission approaches 20%.1,13,14
If the patient is coinfected with HIV, a scheduled cesarean delivery should be performed at 38 weeks’ gestation.1 If the viral load is undetectable, vaginal delivery is appropriate. If the viral load is high, however (arbitrarily defined as >2.5 millioncopies/mL), the optimal method of delivery is controversial. Several small, nonrandomized noncontrolled cohort studies support elective cesarean delivery in such patients.14
There is no contraindication to breastfeeding in women with hepatitis C unless they are coinfected with HIV. In such a circumstance, formula feeding should be chosen. After delivery, patients with hepatitis C should be referred to a gastroenterology specialist to receive antiviral treatment. Multiple new single-agent and combination regimens have produced cures in more than 90% of patients. These regimens usually require 8 to 12 weeks of treatment, and they are very expensive. They have not been widely tested in pregnant women.1
Hepatitis D
Hepatitis D, or delta hepatitis, is caused by an RNA virus. This virus is unique because it is incapable of independent replication. It must be present in association with hepatitis B to replicate and cause clinical infection. Therefore, the epidemiology of hepatitis D closely mirrors that of hepatitis B.1,2
Patients with hepatitis D typically present in one of two ways. Some individuals are acutely infected with hepatitis D at the same time that they acquire hepatitis B (coinfection). The natural history of this infection usually is spontaneous resolution without sequelae. Other patients have chronic hepatitis D superimposed on chronic hepatitis B (superinfection). Unfortunately, patients with the latter condition are at a notably increased risk for developing severe persistent liver disease.1,2
The diagnosis of hepatitis D may be confirmed by identifying the delta antigen in serum or in liver tissue obtained by biopsy or by identifying IgM- and IgG-specific antibodies in serum. In conjunction with hepatitis B, the delta virus can cause a chronic carrier state. Perinatal transmission is possible but uncommon. Of greatest importance, the immunoprophylaxis described for hepatitis B is almost perfectly protective against perinatal transmission of hepatitis D.1,2
Continue to: Hepatitis E...
Hepatitis E
Hepatitis E is an RNA virus that has 1 serotype and 4 genotypes. Its epidemiology is similar to that of hepatitis A. It is the most common waterborne illness in the world. The incubation period varies from 21 to 56 days. This disease is quite rare in the United States but is endemic in developing nations. In those countries, maternal infection has an alarmingly high mortality rate (5%–25%). For example, in Bangladesh, hepatitis E is responsible for more than 1,000 deaths per year in pregnant women. When hepatitis E is identified in more affluent countries, the individual cases and small outbreaks usually are linked to consumption of undercooked pork or wild game.1,15-17
The clinical presentation of acute hepatitis E also is similar to that of hepatitis A. The usual manifestations are fever, malaise, anorexia, nausea, right upper quadrant pain and tenderness, jaundice, darkened urine, and clay-colored stools. The most useful diagnostic tests are serologic detection of viral-specific antibodies (positive IgM or a 4-fold increase in the prior IgG titer) and PCR-RNA.1,17
Hepatitis E usually does not cause a chronic carrier state, and perinatal transmission is rare. Fortunately, a highly effective vaccine was recently developed (Hecolin, Xiamen Innovax Biotech). This recombinant vaccine is specifically directed against the hepatitis E genotype 1. In the initial efficacy study, healthy adults aged 16 to 65 years were randomly assigned to receive either the hepatitis E vaccine or the hepatitis B vaccine. The vaccine was administered at time point 0, and 1 and 6 months later. Patients were followed for up to 4.5 years to assess efficacy, immunogenicity, and safety. During the study period, 7 cases of hepatitis E occurred in the vaccine group, compared with 53 in the control group. Approximately 56,000 patients were included in each group. The efficacy of the vaccine was 86.8% (P<.001).18
Hepatitis G
Hepatitis G is caused by 2 single-stranded RNA viruses that are virtually identical—hepatitis G virus and GB virus type C. The viruses share approximately 30% homology with hepatitis C virus. The organism is present throughout the world and infects approximately 1.5% to 2.0% of the population. The virus is transmitted by blood and sexual contact. It replicates preferentially in mononuclear cells and the bone marrow rather than in the liver.19-21
Hepatitis G is much less virulent than hepatitis C. Hepatitis G often coexists with hepatitis A, B, and C, as well as with HIV. Coinfection with hepatitis G does not adversely affect the clinical course of the other conditions.22,23
Most patients with hepatitis G are asymptomatic, and no treatment is indicated. The virus can cause a chronic carrier state. Perinatal transmission is distinctly uncommon. When it does occur, however, injury to mother, fetus, or neonate is unlikely.1,24
The diagnosis of hepatitis G can be established by detection of virus with PCR and by the identification of antibody by enzyme immunoassay. Routine screening for this infection in pregnancy is not indicated.1,2
CASE Resolved
Hepatitis B is highly contagious and can be transmitted from the patient to her sexual partner and neonate. Testing for hepatitis B surface antigen and antibody is indicated in her partner. If these tests are negative, the partner should immediately receive hepatitis B immune globulin and then be started on the 3-dose hepatitis B vaccination series. The patient’s newborn also should receive hepatitis B immune globulin within 12 hours of delivery and should receive the first dose of the hepatitis B vaccine prior to discharge from the hospital. The second and third doses should be administered 1 and 6 months after delivery.
The patient also should have the following tests:
• liver function tests
-serum transaminases
-direct and indirect bilirubin
-coagulation profile
• hepatitis D antigen
• hepatitis B genotype
• hepatitis B viral load
• HIV serology.
If the hepatitis B viral load exceeds 1 million copies/mL, the patient should be treated with tenofovir 200 mg daily from 28 weeks’ gestation until delivery. In addition, she should be referred to a liver disease specialist after delivery for consideration of treatment with directly-acting antiviral agents. ●
CASE Pregnant woman with positive hepatitis B surface antigen
A 27-year-old primigravida at 9 weeks 3 days of gestation tests positive for the hepatitis B surface antigen at her first prenatal appointment. She is completely asymptomatic.
- What additional tests are indicated?
- Does she pose a risk to her sexual partner, and is her newborn at risk for acquiring hepatitis B?
- Can anything be done to protect her partner and newborn from infection?
Meet our perpetrator
Hepatitis is one of the more common viral infections that may occur during pregnancy. Two forms of hepatitis, notably hepatitis A and E, pose a primary threat to the mother. Three forms (B, C, and D) present dangers for the mother, fetus, and newborn. This article will review the epidemiology, clinical manifestations, perinatal implications, and management of the various forms of viral hepatitis. (TABLE 1).
Hepatitis A
Hepatitis A is caused by an RNA virus that is transmitted by fecal-oral contact. The disease is most prevalent in areas with poor sanitation and close living conditions. The incubation period ranges from 15 to 50 days. Most children who acquire this disease are asymptomatic. By contrast, most infected adults are acutely symptomatic. Clinical manifestations typically include low-grade fever, malaise, anorexia, right upper quadrant pain and tenderness, jaundice, and claycolored stools.1,2
The diagnosis of acute hepatitis A infection is best confirmed by detection of immunoglobulin M (IgM)-specific antibodies. The serum transaminase concentrations and the serum bilirubin concentrations usually are significantly elevated. The international normalized ratio, prothrombin time, and partial thromboplastin time also may be elevated.1,2
The treatment for acute hepatitis A largely is supportive care: maintaining hydration, optimizing nutrition, and correcting coagulation abnormalities. The appropriate measures for prevention of hepatitis A are adoption of sound sanitation practices, particularly water purification; minimizing overcrowded living conditions; and administering the hepatitis A vaccine for both pre and postexposure prophylaxis.3,4 The hepatitis A vaccine is preferred over administration of immune globulin because it provides lifelong immunity.
The hepatitis A vaccine is produced in 2 monovalent formulations: Havrix (GlaxoSmithKline) and Vaqta (Merck & Co, Inc). The vaccine should be administered intramuscularly in 2 doses 6 to 12 months apart. The wholesale cost of the vaccine varies from $66 to $119 (according to http://www.goodrx.com). The vaccine also is available in a bivalent form, with recombinant hepatitis B vaccine (Twinrix, GlaxoSmithKline). When used in this form, 3 vaccine administrations are given—at 0, 1, and 6 months apart. The cost of the vaccine is approximately $150 (according to http://www.goodrx.com). TABLE 2 lists the individuals who are appropriate candidates for the hepatitis A vaccine.3,4

Hepatitis B
Hepatitis B is caused by a DNA virus that is transmitted parenterally or perinatally or through
Acute hepatitis B affects 1 to 2 of 1,000 pregnancies in the United States. Approximately 6 to 10 patients per 1,000 pregnancies are asymptomatic but chronically infected.4 The natural history of hepatitis B infection is shown in the FIGURE. The diagnosis of acute and chronic hepatitis B is best established by serology and polymerase chain reaction (PCR; TABLE 3).
All pregnant women should be routinely screened for the hepatitis B surface antigen.5,6 If they are seropositive for the surface antigen alone and receive no immunoprophylaxis, they have a 20% to 30% risk of transmitting infection to their neonate. Subsequently, if they also test positive for the hepatitis Be antigen, the risk of perinatal transmission increases to approximately 90%. Fortunately, 2 forms of immunoprophylaxis are highly effective in preventing perinatal transmission. Infants delivered to seropositive mothers should receive hepatitis B immune globulin within 12 hours of birth. Prior to discharge, the infant also should receive the first dose of the hepatitis B vaccine. Subsequent doses should be administered at 1 and 6 months of age. Infants delivered to seronegative mothers require only the vaccine series.1
Although immunoprophylaxis is highly effective, some neonates still acquire infection perinatally. Pan and colleagues7 and Jourdain et al8 demonstrated that administration of tenofovir 200 mg orally each day from 32 weeks’ gestation until delivery provided further protection against perinatal transmission in patients with a high viral load (defined as >1 million copies/mL). In 2016, the Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine endorsed the use of tenofovir in women with a high viral load.6
Following delivery, women with chronic hepatitis B infection should be referred to a hepatology specialist for consideration of direct antiviral treatment. Multiple drugs are now available that are highly active against this micro-organism. These drugs include several forms of interferon, lamivudine, adefovir, entecavir, telbivudine, and tenofovir.1
Continue to: Hepatitis C...
Hepatitis C
Hepatitis C is caused by an RNA virus that has 6 genotypes. The most common genotype is HCV1, which affects 79% of patients; approximately 13% of patients have HCV2, and 6% have HCV3.9 Of note, the 3 individuals who discovered this virus—Drs. Harvey Alter, Michael Houghton, and Charles Rice—received the 2020 Nobel Prize in Medicine.10
Hepatitis C is transmitted via sexual contact, parenterally, and perinatally. In many patient populations in the United States, hepatitis C is now more prevalent than hepatitis B. Only about half of all infected persons are aware of their infection. If patients go untreated, approximately 15% to 30% eventually develop cirrhosis. Of these individuals, 1% to 3% develop hepatocellular cancer. Chronic hepatitis C is now the most common indication for liver transplantation in the United States.1,9
In the initial stages of infection, hepatitis C usually is asymptomatic. The best screening test is detection of hepatitis C antibody. Because of the increasing prevalence of this disease, the seriousness of the infection, and the recent availability of remarkably effective treatment, routine screening, rather than screening on the basis of risk factors, for hepatitis C in pregnancy is now indicated.11,12
The best tests for confirmation of infection are detection of antibody by enzyme immunoassay and recombinant immuno-blot assay and detection of viral RNA in serum by PCR. Seroconversion may not occur for up to 16 weeks after infection. Therefore, in at-risk patients who initially test negative, retesting is advisable. Patients with positive test results should have tests to identify the specific genotype, determine the viral load, and assess liver function.1
In patients who have undetectable viral loads and who do not have coexisting HIV infection, the risk of perinatal transmission of hepatitis C is less than 5%. If HIV infection is present, the risk of perinatal transmission approaches 20%.1,13,14
If the patient is coinfected with HIV, a scheduled cesarean delivery should be performed at 38 weeks’ gestation.1 If the viral load is undetectable, vaginal delivery is appropriate. If the viral load is high, however (arbitrarily defined as >2.5 millioncopies/mL), the optimal method of delivery is controversial. Several small, nonrandomized noncontrolled cohort studies support elective cesarean delivery in such patients.14
There is no contraindication to breastfeeding in women with hepatitis C unless they are coinfected with HIV. In such a circumstance, formula feeding should be chosen. After delivery, patients with hepatitis C should be referred to a gastroenterology specialist to receive antiviral treatment. Multiple new single-agent and combination regimens have produced cures in more than 90% of patients. These regimens usually require 8 to 12 weeks of treatment, and they are very expensive. They have not been widely tested in pregnant women.1
Hepatitis D
Hepatitis D, or delta hepatitis, is caused by an RNA virus. This virus is unique because it is incapable of independent replication. It must be present in association with hepatitis B to replicate and cause clinical infection. Therefore, the epidemiology of hepatitis D closely mirrors that of hepatitis B.1,2
Patients with hepatitis D typically present in one of two ways. Some individuals are acutely infected with hepatitis D at the same time that they acquire hepatitis B (coinfection). The natural history of this infection usually is spontaneous resolution without sequelae. Other patients have chronic hepatitis D superimposed on chronic hepatitis B (superinfection). Unfortunately, patients with the latter condition are at a notably increased risk for developing severe persistent liver disease.1,2
The diagnosis of hepatitis D may be confirmed by identifying the delta antigen in serum or in liver tissue obtained by biopsy or by identifying IgM- and IgG-specific antibodies in serum. In conjunction with hepatitis B, the delta virus can cause a chronic carrier state. Perinatal transmission is possible but uncommon. Of greatest importance, the immunoprophylaxis described for hepatitis B is almost perfectly protective against perinatal transmission of hepatitis D.1,2
Continue to: Hepatitis E...
Hepatitis E
Hepatitis E is an RNA virus that has 1 serotype and 4 genotypes. Its epidemiology is similar to that of hepatitis A. It is the most common waterborne illness in the world. The incubation period varies from 21 to 56 days. This disease is quite rare in the United States but is endemic in developing nations. In those countries, maternal infection has an alarmingly high mortality rate (5%–25%). For example, in Bangladesh, hepatitis E is responsible for more than 1,000 deaths per year in pregnant women. When hepatitis E is identified in more affluent countries, the individual cases and small outbreaks usually are linked to consumption of undercooked pork or wild game.1,15-17
The clinical presentation of acute hepatitis E also is similar to that of hepatitis A. The usual manifestations are fever, malaise, anorexia, nausea, right upper quadrant pain and tenderness, jaundice, darkened urine, and clay-colored stools. The most useful diagnostic tests are serologic detection of viral-specific antibodies (positive IgM or a 4-fold increase in the prior IgG titer) and PCR-RNA.1,17
Hepatitis E usually does not cause a chronic carrier state, and perinatal transmission is rare. Fortunately, a highly effective vaccine was recently developed (Hecolin, Xiamen Innovax Biotech). This recombinant vaccine is specifically directed against the hepatitis E genotype 1. In the initial efficacy study, healthy adults aged 16 to 65 years were randomly assigned to receive either the hepatitis E vaccine or the hepatitis B vaccine. The vaccine was administered at time point 0, and 1 and 6 months later. Patients were followed for up to 4.5 years to assess efficacy, immunogenicity, and safety. During the study period, 7 cases of hepatitis E occurred in the vaccine group, compared with 53 in the control group. Approximately 56,000 patients were included in each group. The efficacy of the vaccine was 86.8% (P<.001).18
Hepatitis G
Hepatitis G is caused by 2 single-stranded RNA viruses that are virtually identical—hepatitis G virus and GB virus type C. The viruses share approximately 30% homology with hepatitis C virus. The organism is present throughout the world and infects approximately 1.5% to 2.0% of the population. The virus is transmitted by blood and sexual contact. It replicates preferentially in mononuclear cells and the bone marrow rather than in the liver.19-21
Hepatitis G is much less virulent than hepatitis C. Hepatitis G often coexists with hepatitis A, B, and C, as well as with HIV. Coinfection with hepatitis G does not adversely affect the clinical course of the other conditions.22,23
Most patients with hepatitis G are asymptomatic, and no treatment is indicated. The virus can cause a chronic carrier state. Perinatal transmission is distinctly uncommon. When it does occur, however, injury to mother, fetus, or neonate is unlikely.1,24
The diagnosis of hepatitis G can be established by detection of virus with PCR and by the identification of antibody by enzyme immunoassay. Routine screening for this infection in pregnancy is not indicated.1,2
CASE Resolved
Hepatitis B is highly contagious and can be transmitted from the patient to her sexual partner and neonate. Testing for hepatitis B surface antigen and antibody is indicated in her partner. If these tests are negative, the partner should immediately receive hepatitis B immune globulin and then be started on the 3-dose hepatitis B vaccination series. The patient’s newborn also should receive hepatitis B immune globulin within 12 hours of delivery and should receive the first dose of the hepatitis B vaccine prior to discharge from the hospital. The second and third doses should be administered 1 and 6 months after delivery.
The patient also should have the following tests:
• liver function tests
-serum transaminases
-direct and indirect bilirubin
-coagulation profile
• hepatitis D antigen
• hepatitis B genotype
• hepatitis B viral load
• HIV serology.
If the hepatitis B viral load exceeds 1 million copies/mL, the patient should be treated with tenofovir 200 mg daily from 28 weeks’ gestation until delivery. In addition, she should be referred to a liver disease specialist after delivery for consideration of treatment with directly-acting antiviral agents. ●
- Duff P. Maternal and fetal infections. In: Resnik R, Lockwood CJ, Moore TB, et al, eds. Creasy & Resnik’s MaternalFetal Medicine Principles and Practice. 8th ed. Elsevier; 2019:862-919.
- Duff P. Hepatitis in pregnancy. In: Queenan JR, Spong CY, Lockwood CJ, eds. Management of HighRisk Pregnancy. An EvidenceBased Approach. 5th ed. Blackwell; 2007:238-241.
- Duff B, Duff P. Hepatitis A vaccine: ready for prime time. Obstet Gynecol. 1998;91:468-471.
- Victor JC, Monto AS, Surdina TY, et al. Hepatitis A vaccine versus immune globulin for postexposure prophylaxis. N Engl J Med. 2007;367:1685-1694.
- Dienstag JL. Hepatitis B virus infection. N Engl J Med. 2008;359:1486-1500.
- Society for MaternalFetal Medicine (SMFM); Dionne-Odom J, Tita ATN, Silverman NS. #38. Hepatitis B in pregnancy: screening, treatment, and prevention of vertical transmission. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2016;214:6-14.
- Pan CQ, Duan Z, Dai E, et al. Tenofovir to prevent hepatitis B transmission in mothers with high viral load. N Engl J Med. 2016;374:2324-2334.
- Jourdain G, Huong N, Harrison L, et al. Tenofovir versus placebo to prevent perinatal transmission of hepatitis B. N Engl J Med. 2018;378:911-923.
- Rosen HR. Chronic hepatitis C infection. N Engl J Med. 2011;364:2429-2438.
- Hoofnagle JH, Feinstore SM. The discovery of hepatitis C—the 2020 Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine. N Engl J Med. 2020;384:2297-2299.
- Hughes BL, Page CM, Juller JA. Hepatitis C in pregnancy: screening, treatment, and management. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2017;217:B2-B12.
- Saab S, Kullar R, Gounder P. The urgent need for hepatitis C screening in pregnant women: a call to action. Obstet Gynecol. 2020;135:773-777.
- Berkley EMF, Leslie KK, Arora S, et al. Chronic hepatitis C in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2008;112:304-310.
- Brazel M, Duff P. Considerations on the mode of delivery for pregnant women with hepatitis C infection [published online November 22, 2019]. OBG Manag. 2020;32:39-44.
- Emerson SU, Purcell RH. Hepatitis E virus. Rev Med Virol. 2003;13:145-154.
- Khuroo MS, Teli MR, Skidmore S, et al. Incidence and severity of viral hepatitis in pregnancy. Am J Med. 1981;70:252-255.
- Hoofnangle JH, Nelson KE, Purcell RH. Hepatitis E. N Engl J Med. 2012;367:1237-1244.
- Zhang J, Zhang XF, Huang SJ, et al. Longterm efficacy of a hepatitis E vaccine. N Engl J Med. 2015;372:914-922.
- Pickering L, ed. Red Book 2000 Report of Committee on Infectious Diseases. 25th ed. American Academy of Pediatrics; 2000.
- Chopra S. GB virus C (hepatitis G) infection. UpToDate website. Updated January 16, 2020. Accessed June 3, 2021. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/gb-virus-c-hepatitis-g-infection.
- Reshetnyak VI, Karlovich TI, Ilchenko LU. Hepatitis G virus. World J Gastroenterol. 2008;14:4725-4734.
- Kew MC, Kassianides C. HGV: hepatitis G virus or harmless G virus. Lancet. 1996;348(suppl II):10.
- Jarvis LM, Davidson F, Hanley JP, et al. Infection with hepatitis G virus among recipients of plasma products. Lancet. 1996;348;1352-1355.
- Feucht HH, Zollner B, Polywka S, et al. Vertical transmission of hepatitis G. Lancet. 1996;347;615-616.
- Duff P. Maternal and fetal infections. In: Resnik R, Lockwood CJ, Moore TB, et al, eds. Creasy & Resnik’s MaternalFetal Medicine Principles and Practice. 8th ed. Elsevier; 2019:862-919.
- Duff P. Hepatitis in pregnancy. In: Queenan JR, Spong CY, Lockwood CJ, eds. Management of HighRisk Pregnancy. An EvidenceBased Approach. 5th ed. Blackwell; 2007:238-241.
- Duff B, Duff P. Hepatitis A vaccine: ready for prime time. Obstet Gynecol. 1998;91:468-471.
- Victor JC, Monto AS, Surdina TY, et al. Hepatitis A vaccine versus immune globulin for postexposure prophylaxis. N Engl J Med. 2007;367:1685-1694.
- Dienstag JL. Hepatitis B virus infection. N Engl J Med. 2008;359:1486-1500.
- Society for MaternalFetal Medicine (SMFM); Dionne-Odom J, Tita ATN, Silverman NS. #38. Hepatitis B in pregnancy: screening, treatment, and prevention of vertical transmission. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2016;214:6-14.
- Pan CQ, Duan Z, Dai E, et al. Tenofovir to prevent hepatitis B transmission in mothers with high viral load. N Engl J Med. 2016;374:2324-2334.
- Jourdain G, Huong N, Harrison L, et al. Tenofovir versus placebo to prevent perinatal transmission of hepatitis B. N Engl J Med. 2018;378:911-923.
- Rosen HR. Chronic hepatitis C infection. N Engl J Med. 2011;364:2429-2438.
- Hoofnagle JH, Feinstore SM. The discovery of hepatitis C—the 2020 Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine. N Engl J Med. 2020;384:2297-2299.
- Hughes BL, Page CM, Juller JA. Hepatitis C in pregnancy: screening, treatment, and management. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2017;217:B2-B12.
- Saab S, Kullar R, Gounder P. The urgent need for hepatitis C screening in pregnant women: a call to action. Obstet Gynecol. 2020;135:773-777.
- Berkley EMF, Leslie KK, Arora S, et al. Chronic hepatitis C in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2008;112:304-310.
- Brazel M, Duff P. Considerations on the mode of delivery for pregnant women with hepatitis C infection [published online November 22, 2019]. OBG Manag. 2020;32:39-44.
- Emerson SU, Purcell RH. Hepatitis E virus. Rev Med Virol. 2003;13:145-154.
- Khuroo MS, Teli MR, Skidmore S, et al. Incidence and severity of viral hepatitis in pregnancy. Am J Med. 1981;70:252-255.
- Hoofnangle JH, Nelson KE, Purcell RH. Hepatitis E. N Engl J Med. 2012;367:1237-1244.
- Zhang J, Zhang XF, Huang SJ, et al. Longterm efficacy of a hepatitis E vaccine. N Engl J Med. 2015;372:914-922.
- Pickering L, ed. Red Book 2000 Report of Committee on Infectious Diseases. 25th ed. American Academy of Pediatrics; 2000.
- Chopra S. GB virus C (hepatitis G) infection. UpToDate website. Updated January 16, 2020. Accessed June 3, 2021. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/gb-virus-c-hepatitis-g-infection.
- Reshetnyak VI, Karlovich TI, Ilchenko LU. Hepatitis G virus. World J Gastroenterol. 2008;14:4725-4734.
- Kew MC, Kassianides C. HGV: hepatitis G virus or harmless G virus. Lancet. 1996;348(suppl II):10.
- Jarvis LM, Davidson F, Hanley JP, et al. Infection with hepatitis G virus among recipients of plasma products. Lancet. 1996;348;1352-1355.
- Feucht HH, Zollner B, Polywka S, et al. Vertical transmission of hepatitis G. Lancet. 1996;347;615-616.
Dynamic ultrasonography: An idea whose time has come
Ultrasonography truly has revolutionized the practice of obstetrics and gynecology. Initially, transabdominal ultrasonography was mainly a tool of the obstetrician. Early linear array, real-time equipment had barely enough resolution to perform very limited assessments, such as measure biparietal diameter and identify vertex versus breech presentation, and anterior versus posterior placenta location. The introduction of transvaginal probes, which employ higher frequency and provide closer proximity to structures, yielded a degree of image magnification that was dubbed sonomicroscopy.1 In other words, we are seeing things with our naked eye that we could not see if we could hold them in our hand at arm’s length and squint at them. An example of this is the cardiac activity clearly visible in a 3-mm embryo at 45 days from the last menstrual period. One would not appreciate this without the low power magnification of the vaginal probe.
The concept of dynamic imaging
As early as 1990, I realized that there is a difference between an ultrasound “examination” performed because of referral for imaging, which generated a report back to the referring health care provider, and “examining” one’s own patient with ultrasonography at the time of bimanual exam. I coined the phrase “the ultrasound-enhanced bimanual exam,” and I believed it should become a routine part of gynecologic care. I put forth this thesis in an article entitled, “Incorporating endovaginal ultrasonography into the overall gynecologic examination.”2 The idea is based on thinking: What exactly are we are trying to discern from a bimanual exam?
Clinicians perform the bimanual exam thousands of times. The bimanual examination consists of 2 components, an objective portion and a subjective portion. The objective component attempts to discern information that is totally objective, such as, Is the ovary enlarged? If so, is it cystic or solid? Is this uterus normal in shape and contour? If so, does it feel like leiomyomas or is it globularly enlarged as with adenomyosis? The subjective component of the bimanual examination attempts to determine whether or not tenderness is present or if there is normal mobility of the pelvic organs.
The objective component can be replaced by an image in very little time if the examiner has the equipment and the knowledge and skill. The subjective component, however, depends on the experience and often the nuance of the examiner. That was my original thought process. I wanted, and still want, the examining clinician to use imaging as part of the overall exam. But now, I want the imager to use examination as part of the overall imaging. (VIDEOS 1A and 1B.) This is the concept of dynamic imaging. It involves the liberal use of the abdominal hand as well as an in-and-out motion of the vaginal probe to ascertain aspects of the examination that in the past I deemed “subjective.” Mainly, this involves the aspects of mobility and/or tenderness.
Continue to: Guidelines concerning pelvic ultrasound do not consider dynamic imaging...
Guidelines concerning pelvic ultrasound do not consider dynamic imaging
Until now, most imagers take a myriad of pictures, mostly still snapshots, to illustrate anatomy. Most imaging physicians then look at a series of such pictures and may never even hold the transducer. This is increasingly true in instances of remote teleradiology. Even for the minority of imagers who utilize video clips (VIDEOS 2A–2C), these are still representations of anatomy .
One need look no further than the guidelines that underpin the expectation of those who scan the female pelvis. The American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine (AIUM) published a practice parameter for the performance of ultrasonography of the female pelvis, developed in collaboration with the American College of Radiology, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, Society for Pediatric Radiology, and Society of Radiologists in Ultrasound. 3 Nowhere does this document mention anything other than what images to obtain, where to look, and how to measure. Nowhere is there any mention of dynamic imaging—the concept of using one’s other hand on the abdomen, eliciting pain with the vaginal probe, checking for mobility, asking the patient to bear down. The document lists indications for pelvic sonography that include but are not limited to 19 different indications, such as pelvic pain, evaluation of dysmenorrhea, evaluation for signs or symptoms of pelvic infection, and evaluation of incontinence or pelvic organ prolapse (TABLE). 3

Dynamic ultrasonography can aid in the diagnosis of certain conditions
Specifically, what can dynamic ultrasonography add to anatomic imaging? The main considerations are pain, adhesions, endometriosis, and pelvic organ prolapse.
Pelvic pain or tenderness
How can you evaluate a patient’s pelvic pain with an anatomic image? Perhaps pain can be corroborated if there is a classic ovarian endometrioma (FIGURE 1) (VIDEOS 3A, 3B) or classic hydrosalpinx (FIGURE 2) (VIDEOS 4A–4C). But can we evaluate pelvic pain with only an anatomic image? No, absolutely not. Evaluating pain requires dynamic assessment. As described above, in a dynamic ultrasound assessment, liberal use of the abdominal hand and the tip of the vaginal probe can elicit where the patient’s pain exists and whether the pain can be recreated.
Adhesions
Pelvic adhesions can be a significant source of pelvic pain and, also, sometimes infertility. The adhesions themselves may not be visible on anatomic imaging. This is where the concept of the sliding organ sign is paramount, a concept first described by Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch in his book Transvaginal Sonography . 4 He stated, “Diagnosis of pelvic adhesions becomes possible by the ‘sliding organ sign.’ The transducer tip is pointed at the uterus, ovaries or any pelvic finding, and a gentle push-pull movement of several centimeters is started. If no adhesions are present, the organs will move freely in the pelvis. This displacement of organs is perceived on the screen as a sliding movement.” 4 Thus, if structures are in fact adherent, they will move in tandem with each other as evidenced by this dynamic assessment. If they are not adherent, they will move slightly but independently of each other ( VIDEOS 5A–5G ).
Continue to: Endometriosis...
Endometriosis
Dynamic ultrasonography can be a significant part of a nonlaparoscopic, presumptive diagnosis of endometriosis when there is no obvious ovarian endometrioma.5 The evidence for this comes from a classic paper by Okaro and colleagues, “The use of ultrasound‐based ‘soft markers’ for the prediction of pelvic pathology in women with chronic pelvic pain–can we reduce the need for laparoscopy?”6 In that study, 120 consecutive women with chronic pelvic pain scheduled for laparoscopy underwent vaginal ultrasonography. Hard markers were defined as structural abnormalities, such as classic endometriomas or hydrosalpinges.
These markers demonstrated a 100% correlation (24 of 24 women) with laparoscopic findings, as one might have suspected. In addition, soft markers (VIDEOS 6A–6C) were defined as reduced ovarian mobility, site-specific pelvic tenderness, and the presence of loculated peritoneal fluid in the pelvis. These were predictive of pelvic pathology in 73% of these women (37 of 51).6
Thus, women who have soft markers on dynamic scanning but no obvious anatomic abnormalities can be treated with a high degree of sensitivity without the need for laparoscopic intervention.
Pelvic organ prolapse and incontinence
With the vaginal probe in place, and even a small amount of urine in the bladder, the patient can be asked to bear down (Valsalva maneuver), and cystocele (VIDEO 7) and/or hypermobility of the urethra (VIDEO 8) is easily discerned with dynamic ultrasonography. This information is not available on static anatomic imaging.
A tool that enhances patient care
Dynamic ultrasonography is an important and emerging topic in gynecologic imaging. Static images and even cine clips will yield only anatomic information. Increasingly, whoever holds the transducer—whether it be the gynecologist, radiologist, or sonographer—needs to examine the patient with the probe and include liberal use of the abdominal hand as well. Incorporating this concept will enhance the overall diagnostic input of ultrasound scanning, not just imaging, into better and more accurate patient care. ●
VIDEO 1A Liberal use of your nonscanning hand on dynamic scanning shows “wiggling” of debris classic of a hemorrhagic corpus luteum
VIDEO 1B Liberal use of your nonscanning hand helps identify a small postmenopausal ovary
VIDEO 2A Dynamic scanning can give the correct diagnosis even though clips were used! This clip appears to show a relatively normal uterus
VIDEO 2B Dynamic scanning can give the correct diagnosis even though clips were used! Same patient as in VIDEO 2A showing what appears to be a solid adnexal mass
VIDEO 2C Dynamic scan clearly shows the “mass” to be a pedunculated fibroid
VIDEO 3A Video clip of a classic endometrioma
VIDEO 3B Classic endometrioma showing no Doppler flow internally
VIDEO 4A Video of dynamic assessment in a patient with pain symptoms with a hydrosalpinx
VIDEO 4B Another example of video of dynamic assessment in a patient with pain symptoms with a hydrosalpinx
VIDEO 4C Another example of video of dynamic assessment in a patient with pain symptoms with a hydrosalpinx
VIDEO 5A Sliding organ sign with normal mobility (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5B Sliding sign showing adherent ovary (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5C Normal mobility (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5D Left ovary: Normal mobility (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5E Right ovary: Normal mobility (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5F Normal mobility even with a classic endometrioma (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5G Adherent ovary (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 6A Dynamic scanning shows the ovary to be “stuck” in the cul-de-sac in a patient with endometriosis
VIDEO 6B Dynamic scanning in another patient with endometriosis showing markedly retroverted uterus with adherent bowel posteriorly
VIDEO 6C Dynamic scanning in another patient with endometriosis showing markedly retroverted uterus with adherent bowel posteriorly
VIDEO 7 Cystocele or urethral lengthening are key elements for the diagnosis of incontinence with or without pelvic relaxation
VIDEO 8 Urethral lengthening is a key element for the diagnosis of incontinence with or without pelvic relaxation
- Goldstein SR. Pregnancy I: Embryo. In: Endovaginal Ultrasound. 2nd ed. Wiley-Liss; 1991:58.
- Goldstein SR. Incorporating endovaginal ultrasonography into the overall gynecologic examination. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1990;162:625-632.
- AIUM practice parameter for the performance of an ultrasound examination of the female pelvis. J Ultrasound Med. 2020;39:E17-E23.
- Timor-Tritsch IE, Rottem S, Elgali S. How transvaginal sonography is done. In: Timor-Tritsch IE, Rottem S, eds. Transvaginal Sonography. Elsevier Science Publishing Company, Inc; 1988:24.
- Taylor HS, Adamson GD, Diamond MP, et al. An evidence-based approach to assessing surgical versus clinical diagnosis of symptomatic endometriosis. Int J Gynaecol Obstet. 2018;142:131-142.
- Okaro E, Condous G, Khalid A, et al. The use of ultrasound‐ based ‘soft markers’ for the prediction of pelvic pathology in women with chronic pelvic pain–can we reduce the need for laparoscopy? BJOG. 2006;113:251-256.
Ultrasonography truly has revolutionized the practice of obstetrics and gynecology. Initially, transabdominal ultrasonography was mainly a tool of the obstetrician. Early linear array, real-time equipment had barely enough resolution to perform very limited assessments, such as measure biparietal diameter and identify vertex versus breech presentation, and anterior versus posterior placenta location. The introduction of transvaginal probes, which employ higher frequency and provide closer proximity to structures, yielded a degree of image magnification that was dubbed sonomicroscopy.1 In other words, we are seeing things with our naked eye that we could not see if we could hold them in our hand at arm’s length and squint at them. An example of this is the cardiac activity clearly visible in a 3-mm embryo at 45 days from the last menstrual period. One would not appreciate this without the low power magnification of the vaginal probe.
The concept of dynamic imaging
As early as 1990, I realized that there is a difference between an ultrasound “examination” performed because of referral for imaging, which generated a report back to the referring health care provider, and “examining” one’s own patient with ultrasonography at the time of bimanual exam. I coined the phrase “the ultrasound-enhanced bimanual exam,” and I believed it should become a routine part of gynecologic care. I put forth this thesis in an article entitled, “Incorporating endovaginal ultrasonography into the overall gynecologic examination.”2 The idea is based on thinking: What exactly are we are trying to discern from a bimanual exam?
Clinicians perform the bimanual exam thousands of times. The bimanual examination consists of 2 components, an objective portion and a subjective portion. The objective component attempts to discern information that is totally objective, such as, Is the ovary enlarged? If so, is it cystic or solid? Is this uterus normal in shape and contour? If so, does it feel like leiomyomas or is it globularly enlarged as with adenomyosis? The subjective component of the bimanual examination attempts to determine whether or not tenderness is present or if there is normal mobility of the pelvic organs.
The objective component can be replaced by an image in very little time if the examiner has the equipment and the knowledge and skill. The subjective component, however, depends on the experience and often the nuance of the examiner. That was my original thought process. I wanted, and still want, the examining clinician to use imaging as part of the overall exam. But now, I want the imager to use examination as part of the overall imaging. (VIDEOS 1A and 1B.) This is the concept of dynamic imaging. It involves the liberal use of the abdominal hand as well as an in-and-out motion of the vaginal probe to ascertain aspects of the examination that in the past I deemed “subjective.” Mainly, this involves the aspects of mobility and/or tenderness.
Continue to: Guidelines concerning pelvic ultrasound do not consider dynamic imaging...
Guidelines concerning pelvic ultrasound do not consider dynamic imaging
Until now, most imagers take a myriad of pictures, mostly still snapshots, to illustrate anatomy. Most imaging physicians then look at a series of such pictures and may never even hold the transducer. This is increasingly true in instances of remote teleradiology. Even for the minority of imagers who utilize video clips (VIDEOS 2A–2C), these are still representations of anatomy .
One need look no further than the guidelines that underpin the expectation of those who scan the female pelvis. The American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine (AIUM) published a practice parameter for the performance of ultrasonography of the female pelvis, developed in collaboration with the American College of Radiology, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, Society for Pediatric Radiology, and Society of Radiologists in Ultrasound. 3 Nowhere does this document mention anything other than what images to obtain, where to look, and how to measure. Nowhere is there any mention of dynamic imaging—the concept of using one’s other hand on the abdomen, eliciting pain with the vaginal probe, checking for mobility, asking the patient to bear down. The document lists indications for pelvic sonography that include but are not limited to 19 different indications, such as pelvic pain, evaluation of dysmenorrhea, evaluation for signs or symptoms of pelvic infection, and evaluation of incontinence or pelvic organ prolapse (TABLE). 3

Dynamic ultrasonography can aid in the diagnosis of certain conditions
Specifically, what can dynamic ultrasonography add to anatomic imaging? The main considerations are pain, adhesions, endometriosis, and pelvic organ prolapse.
Pelvic pain or tenderness
How can you evaluate a patient’s pelvic pain with an anatomic image? Perhaps pain can be corroborated if there is a classic ovarian endometrioma (FIGURE 1) (VIDEOS 3A, 3B) or classic hydrosalpinx (FIGURE 2) (VIDEOS 4A–4C). But can we evaluate pelvic pain with only an anatomic image? No, absolutely not. Evaluating pain requires dynamic assessment. As described above, in a dynamic ultrasound assessment, liberal use of the abdominal hand and the tip of the vaginal probe can elicit where the patient’s pain exists and whether the pain can be recreated.
Adhesions
Pelvic adhesions can be a significant source of pelvic pain and, also, sometimes infertility. The adhesions themselves may not be visible on anatomic imaging. This is where the concept of the sliding organ sign is paramount, a concept first described by Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch in his book Transvaginal Sonography . 4 He stated, “Diagnosis of pelvic adhesions becomes possible by the ‘sliding organ sign.’ The transducer tip is pointed at the uterus, ovaries or any pelvic finding, and a gentle push-pull movement of several centimeters is started. If no adhesions are present, the organs will move freely in the pelvis. This displacement of organs is perceived on the screen as a sliding movement.” 4 Thus, if structures are in fact adherent, they will move in tandem with each other as evidenced by this dynamic assessment. If they are not adherent, they will move slightly but independently of each other ( VIDEOS 5A–5G ).
Continue to: Endometriosis...
Endometriosis
Dynamic ultrasonography can be a significant part of a nonlaparoscopic, presumptive diagnosis of endometriosis when there is no obvious ovarian endometrioma.5 The evidence for this comes from a classic paper by Okaro and colleagues, “The use of ultrasound‐based ‘soft markers’ for the prediction of pelvic pathology in women with chronic pelvic pain–can we reduce the need for laparoscopy?”6 In that study, 120 consecutive women with chronic pelvic pain scheduled for laparoscopy underwent vaginal ultrasonography. Hard markers were defined as structural abnormalities, such as classic endometriomas or hydrosalpinges.
These markers demonstrated a 100% correlation (24 of 24 women) with laparoscopic findings, as one might have suspected. In addition, soft markers (VIDEOS 6A–6C) were defined as reduced ovarian mobility, site-specific pelvic tenderness, and the presence of loculated peritoneal fluid in the pelvis. These were predictive of pelvic pathology in 73% of these women (37 of 51).6
Thus, women who have soft markers on dynamic scanning but no obvious anatomic abnormalities can be treated with a high degree of sensitivity without the need for laparoscopic intervention.
Pelvic organ prolapse and incontinence
With the vaginal probe in place, and even a small amount of urine in the bladder, the patient can be asked to bear down (Valsalva maneuver), and cystocele (VIDEO 7) and/or hypermobility of the urethra (VIDEO 8) is easily discerned with dynamic ultrasonography. This information is not available on static anatomic imaging.
A tool that enhances patient care
Dynamic ultrasonography is an important and emerging topic in gynecologic imaging. Static images and even cine clips will yield only anatomic information. Increasingly, whoever holds the transducer—whether it be the gynecologist, radiologist, or sonographer—needs to examine the patient with the probe and include liberal use of the abdominal hand as well. Incorporating this concept will enhance the overall diagnostic input of ultrasound scanning, not just imaging, into better and more accurate patient care. ●
VIDEO 1A Liberal use of your nonscanning hand on dynamic scanning shows “wiggling” of debris classic of a hemorrhagic corpus luteum
VIDEO 1B Liberal use of your nonscanning hand helps identify a small postmenopausal ovary
VIDEO 2A Dynamic scanning can give the correct diagnosis even though clips were used! This clip appears to show a relatively normal uterus
VIDEO 2B Dynamic scanning can give the correct diagnosis even though clips were used! Same patient as in VIDEO 2A showing what appears to be a solid adnexal mass
VIDEO 2C Dynamic scan clearly shows the “mass” to be a pedunculated fibroid
VIDEO 3A Video clip of a classic endometrioma
VIDEO 3B Classic endometrioma showing no Doppler flow internally
VIDEO 4A Video of dynamic assessment in a patient with pain symptoms with a hydrosalpinx
VIDEO 4B Another example of video of dynamic assessment in a patient with pain symptoms with a hydrosalpinx
VIDEO 4C Another example of video of dynamic assessment in a patient with pain symptoms with a hydrosalpinx
VIDEO 5A Sliding organ sign with normal mobility (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5B Sliding sign showing adherent ovary (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5C Normal mobility (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5D Left ovary: Normal mobility (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5E Right ovary: Normal mobility (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5F Normal mobility even with a classic endometrioma (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5G Adherent ovary (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 6A Dynamic scanning shows the ovary to be “stuck” in the cul-de-sac in a patient with endometriosis
VIDEO 6B Dynamic scanning in another patient with endometriosis showing markedly retroverted uterus with adherent bowel posteriorly
VIDEO 6C Dynamic scanning in another patient with endometriosis showing markedly retroverted uterus with adherent bowel posteriorly
VIDEO 7 Cystocele or urethral lengthening are key elements for the diagnosis of incontinence with or without pelvic relaxation
VIDEO 8 Urethral lengthening is a key element for the diagnosis of incontinence with or without pelvic relaxation
Ultrasonography truly has revolutionized the practice of obstetrics and gynecology. Initially, transabdominal ultrasonography was mainly a tool of the obstetrician. Early linear array, real-time equipment had barely enough resolution to perform very limited assessments, such as measure biparietal diameter and identify vertex versus breech presentation, and anterior versus posterior placenta location. The introduction of transvaginal probes, which employ higher frequency and provide closer proximity to structures, yielded a degree of image magnification that was dubbed sonomicroscopy.1 In other words, we are seeing things with our naked eye that we could not see if we could hold them in our hand at arm’s length and squint at them. An example of this is the cardiac activity clearly visible in a 3-mm embryo at 45 days from the last menstrual period. One would not appreciate this without the low power magnification of the vaginal probe.
The concept of dynamic imaging
As early as 1990, I realized that there is a difference between an ultrasound “examination” performed because of referral for imaging, which generated a report back to the referring health care provider, and “examining” one’s own patient with ultrasonography at the time of bimanual exam. I coined the phrase “the ultrasound-enhanced bimanual exam,” and I believed it should become a routine part of gynecologic care. I put forth this thesis in an article entitled, “Incorporating endovaginal ultrasonography into the overall gynecologic examination.”2 The idea is based on thinking: What exactly are we are trying to discern from a bimanual exam?
Clinicians perform the bimanual exam thousands of times. The bimanual examination consists of 2 components, an objective portion and a subjective portion. The objective component attempts to discern information that is totally objective, such as, Is the ovary enlarged? If so, is it cystic or solid? Is this uterus normal in shape and contour? If so, does it feel like leiomyomas or is it globularly enlarged as with adenomyosis? The subjective component of the bimanual examination attempts to determine whether or not tenderness is present or if there is normal mobility of the pelvic organs.
The objective component can be replaced by an image in very little time if the examiner has the equipment and the knowledge and skill. The subjective component, however, depends on the experience and often the nuance of the examiner. That was my original thought process. I wanted, and still want, the examining clinician to use imaging as part of the overall exam. But now, I want the imager to use examination as part of the overall imaging. (VIDEOS 1A and 1B.) This is the concept of dynamic imaging. It involves the liberal use of the abdominal hand as well as an in-and-out motion of the vaginal probe to ascertain aspects of the examination that in the past I deemed “subjective.” Mainly, this involves the aspects of mobility and/or tenderness.
Continue to: Guidelines concerning pelvic ultrasound do not consider dynamic imaging...
Guidelines concerning pelvic ultrasound do not consider dynamic imaging
Until now, most imagers take a myriad of pictures, mostly still snapshots, to illustrate anatomy. Most imaging physicians then look at a series of such pictures and may never even hold the transducer. This is increasingly true in instances of remote teleradiology. Even for the minority of imagers who utilize video clips (VIDEOS 2A–2C), these are still representations of anatomy .
One need look no further than the guidelines that underpin the expectation of those who scan the female pelvis. The American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine (AIUM) published a practice parameter for the performance of ultrasonography of the female pelvis, developed in collaboration with the American College of Radiology, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, Society for Pediatric Radiology, and Society of Radiologists in Ultrasound. 3 Nowhere does this document mention anything other than what images to obtain, where to look, and how to measure. Nowhere is there any mention of dynamic imaging—the concept of using one’s other hand on the abdomen, eliciting pain with the vaginal probe, checking for mobility, asking the patient to bear down. The document lists indications for pelvic sonography that include but are not limited to 19 different indications, such as pelvic pain, evaluation of dysmenorrhea, evaluation for signs or symptoms of pelvic infection, and evaluation of incontinence or pelvic organ prolapse (TABLE). 3

Dynamic ultrasonography can aid in the diagnosis of certain conditions
Specifically, what can dynamic ultrasonography add to anatomic imaging? The main considerations are pain, adhesions, endometriosis, and pelvic organ prolapse.
Pelvic pain or tenderness
How can you evaluate a patient’s pelvic pain with an anatomic image? Perhaps pain can be corroborated if there is a classic ovarian endometrioma (FIGURE 1) (VIDEOS 3A, 3B) or classic hydrosalpinx (FIGURE 2) (VIDEOS 4A–4C). But can we evaluate pelvic pain with only an anatomic image? No, absolutely not. Evaluating pain requires dynamic assessment. As described above, in a dynamic ultrasound assessment, liberal use of the abdominal hand and the tip of the vaginal probe can elicit where the patient’s pain exists and whether the pain can be recreated.
Adhesions
Pelvic adhesions can be a significant source of pelvic pain and, also, sometimes infertility. The adhesions themselves may not be visible on anatomic imaging. This is where the concept of the sliding organ sign is paramount, a concept first described by Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch in his book Transvaginal Sonography . 4 He stated, “Diagnosis of pelvic adhesions becomes possible by the ‘sliding organ sign.’ The transducer tip is pointed at the uterus, ovaries or any pelvic finding, and a gentle push-pull movement of several centimeters is started. If no adhesions are present, the organs will move freely in the pelvis. This displacement of organs is perceived on the screen as a sliding movement.” 4 Thus, if structures are in fact adherent, they will move in tandem with each other as evidenced by this dynamic assessment. If they are not adherent, they will move slightly but independently of each other ( VIDEOS 5A–5G ).
Continue to: Endometriosis...
Endometriosis
Dynamic ultrasonography can be a significant part of a nonlaparoscopic, presumptive diagnosis of endometriosis when there is no obvious ovarian endometrioma.5 The evidence for this comes from a classic paper by Okaro and colleagues, “The use of ultrasound‐based ‘soft markers’ for the prediction of pelvic pathology in women with chronic pelvic pain–can we reduce the need for laparoscopy?”6 In that study, 120 consecutive women with chronic pelvic pain scheduled for laparoscopy underwent vaginal ultrasonography. Hard markers were defined as structural abnormalities, such as classic endometriomas or hydrosalpinges.
These markers demonstrated a 100% correlation (24 of 24 women) with laparoscopic findings, as one might have suspected. In addition, soft markers (VIDEOS 6A–6C) were defined as reduced ovarian mobility, site-specific pelvic tenderness, and the presence of loculated peritoneal fluid in the pelvis. These were predictive of pelvic pathology in 73% of these women (37 of 51).6
Thus, women who have soft markers on dynamic scanning but no obvious anatomic abnormalities can be treated with a high degree of sensitivity without the need for laparoscopic intervention.
Pelvic organ prolapse and incontinence
With the vaginal probe in place, and even a small amount of urine in the bladder, the patient can be asked to bear down (Valsalva maneuver), and cystocele (VIDEO 7) and/or hypermobility of the urethra (VIDEO 8) is easily discerned with dynamic ultrasonography. This information is not available on static anatomic imaging.
A tool that enhances patient care
Dynamic ultrasonography is an important and emerging topic in gynecologic imaging. Static images and even cine clips will yield only anatomic information. Increasingly, whoever holds the transducer—whether it be the gynecologist, radiologist, or sonographer—needs to examine the patient with the probe and include liberal use of the abdominal hand as well. Incorporating this concept will enhance the overall diagnostic input of ultrasound scanning, not just imaging, into better and more accurate patient care. ●
VIDEO 1A Liberal use of your nonscanning hand on dynamic scanning shows “wiggling” of debris classic of a hemorrhagic corpus luteum
VIDEO 1B Liberal use of your nonscanning hand helps identify a small postmenopausal ovary
VIDEO 2A Dynamic scanning can give the correct diagnosis even though clips were used! This clip appears to show a relatively normal uterus
VIDEO 2B Dynamic scanning can give the correct diagnosis even though clips were used! Same patient as in VIDEO 2A showing what appears to be a solid adnexal mass
VIDEO 2C Dynamic scan clearly shows the “mass” to be a pedunculated fibroid
VIDEO 3A Video clip of a classic endometrioma
VIDEO 3B Classic endometrioma showing no Doppler flow internally
VIDEO 4A Video of dynamic assessment in a patient with pain symptoms with a hydrosalpinx
VIDEO 4B Another example of video of dynamic assessment in a patient with pain symptoms with a hydrosalpinx
VIDEO 4C Another example of video of dynamic assessment in a patient with pain symptoms with a hydrosalpinx
VIDEO 5A Sliding organ sign with normal mobility (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5B Sliding sign showing adherent ovary (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5C Normal mobility (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5D Left ovary: Normal mobility (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5E Right ovary: Normal mobility (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5F Normal mobility even with a classic endometrioma (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 5G Adherent ovary (Courtesy of Dr. Ilan Timor-Tritsch)
VIDEO 6A Dynamic scanning shows the ovary to be “stuck” in the cul-de-sac in a patient with endometriosis
VIDEO 6B Dynamic scanning in another patient with endometriosis showing markedly retroverted uterus with adherent bowel posteriorly
VIDEO 6C Dynamic scanning in another patient with endometriosis showing markedly retroverted uterus with adherent bowel posteriorly
VIDEO 7 Cystocele or urethral lengthening are key elements for the diagnosis of incontinence with or without pelvic relaxation
VIDEO 8 Urethral lengthening is a key element for the diagnosis of incontinence with or without pelvic relaxation
- Goldstein SR. Pregnancy I: Embryo. In: Endovaginal Ultrasound. 2nd ed. Wiley-Liss; 1991:58.
- Goldstein SR. Incorporating endovaginal ultrasonography into the overall gynecologic examination. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1990;162:625-632.
- AIUM practice parameter for the performance of an ultrasound examination of the female pelvis. J Ultrasound Med. 2020;39:E17-E23.
- Timor-Tritsch IE, Rottem S, Elgali S. How transvaginal sonography is done. In: Timor-Tritsch IE, Rottem S, eds. Transvaginal Sonography. Elsevier Science Publishing Company, Inc; 1988:24.
- Taylor HS, Adamson GD, Diamond MP, et al. An evidence-based approach to assessing surgical versus clinical diagnosis of symptomatic endometriosis. Int J Gynaecol Obstet. 2018;142:131-142.
- Okaro E, Condous G, Khalid A, et al. The use of ultrasound‐ based ‘soft markers’ for the prediction of pelvic pathology in women with chronic pelvic pain–can we reduce the need for laparoscopy? BJOG. 2006;113:251-256.
- Goldstein SR. Pregnancy I: Embryo. In: Endovaginal Ultrasound. 2nd ed. Wiley-Liss; 1991:58.
- Goldstein SR. Incorporating endovaginal ultrasonography into the overall gynecologic examination. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1990;162:625-632.
- AIUM practice parameter for the performance of an ultrasound examination of the female pelvis. J Ultrasound Med. 2020;39:E17-E23.
- Timor-Tritsch IE, Rottem S, Elgali S. How transvaginal sonography is done. In: Timor-Tritsch IE, Rottem S, eds. Transvaginal Sonography. Elsevier Science Publishing Company, Inc; 1988:24.
- Taylor HS, Adamson GD, Diamond MP, et al. An evidence-based approach to assessing surgical versus clinical diagnosis of symptomatic endometriosis. Int J Gynaecol Obstet. 2018;142:131-142.
- Okaro E, Condous G, Khalid A, et al. The use of ultrasound‐ based ‘soft markers’ for the prediction of pelvic pathology in women with chronic pelvic pain–can we reduce the need for laparoscopy? BJOG. 2006;113:251-256.
Squamoid Eccrine Ductal Carcinoma
Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma (SEDC) is an aggressive underrecognized cutaneous malignancy of unknown etiology.1 It is most likely to occur in sun-exposed areas of the body, most commonly the head and neck. Risk factors include male sex, increased age, and chronic immunosuppression.1-4 Current reports suggest that SEDC is likely a high-grade subtype of squamous cell carcinoma (SCC) with a high risk for local recurrence (25%) and metastasis (13%).1,3,5,6 There are as few as 56 cases of SEDC reported in the literature; however, the number of cases may be closer to 100 due to SEDC being classified as either adenosquamous carcinoma of the skin or ductal eccrine carcinoma with squamous differentiation.1
Clinically, SEDC mimics keratinocyte carcinomas. Histologically, SEDC is biphasic, with a superficial portion resembling well-differentiated SCC and a deeply invasive portion having infiltrative irregular cords with ductal differentiation. Perineural invasion (PNI) frequently is present. Multiple connections to the overlying epidermis also can be seen, serving as a subtle clue to the diagnosis on broad superficial specimens.1-3 Due to superficial sampling, approximately 50% of reported cases are misdiagnosed as SCC during the initial biopsy.4 The diagnosis of SEDC often is made during complete excision when deeper tissue is sampled. Establishing an accurate diagnosis is important given the more aggressive nature of SEDC compared with SCC and its proclivity for PNI.1,3,6 The purpose of this review is to increase awareness of this underrecognized entity and describe the histologic findings that help distinguish SEDC from SCC.
Patient Chart Review
We reviewed chart notes as well as frozen and formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded tissue sections from all 5 patients diagnosed with SEDC at a single institution between November 2018 and May 2020. The mean age of patients was 81 years, and 4 were male. Four of the patients presented for MMS with a preoperative diagnosis of SCC per the original biopsy results. Only 1 patient had a preoperative diagnosis of SEDC. The details of each case are recorded in the Table. All tumors were greater than 2 cm in diameter on initial presentation, were located on the head, and clinically resembled keratinocyte carcinoma with either a nodular or plaquelike appearance (Figure 1).
Intraoperative histologic examination of the excised tissue revealed a biphasic pattern consisting of superficial SCC features overlying deeper dermal and subcutaneous infiltrative malignant ductal elements with gland formation in all 5 patients (Figures 2–4). Immunohistochemical staining with cytokeratin AE1/AE3 revealed thin strands of carcinoma in the mid to deeper dermis with squamous differentiation and eccrine ductal differentiation (Figure 5), thus confirming the diagnosis in all 5 patients.
The median depth of tumor invasion was 4.1 mm (range, 2.2–5.45 mm). Ulceration was seen in 3 of the patients, and PNI of large-caliber nerves was observed in all 5 patients. A connection with the overlying epidermis was present in all 5 patients. All 5 patients required more than 1 Mohs stage for complete tumor clearance (Table).
In 4 of the patients, nodal imaging performed at the time of diagnosis revealed no evidence of metastasis. Two patients received adjuvant radiation therapy, and none demonstrated evidence of recurrence. The mean follow-up time was 11 months (range, 6.5–18 months) for the 4 cases with available follow-up data (Table).
Literature Review
A PubMed review of the literature using the search term squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma resulted in 28 articles, 19 of which were included in the review based on inclusion criteria (original articles available in English, in full text, and pertained to SEDC). Our review yielded 56 cases of SEDC.1-19 The mean age of patients with SEDC was 72 years. The number of male and female cases was 52% (29/56) and 48% (27/56), respectively. The most common location of SEDC was on the head or neck (71% [40/56]), followed by the extremities (19% [11/56]). Immunosuppression was noted in 9% (5/56) of cases. Wide local excision was the most commonly employed treatment modality (91% [51/56]), with MMS being used in 4 patients (7%). Adjuvant radiation was reported in 5% (3/56) of cases. Perineural invasion was reported in 34% (19/56) of cases. Recurrence was seen in 23% (13/56) of cases, with a mean time to recurrence of 10.4 months. Metastasis to regional lymph nodes was observed in 13% (7/56) of cases, with 7% (4/56) of those cases having distant metastases.
Comment
Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma was successfully treated with MMS in all 5 of the patients we reviewed. Recognition of a distinct biphasic pattern consisting of squamous differentiation superficially with epidermal connection overlying deeper dermal and subcutaneous infiltrative malignant ductal elements with gland formation should lead to consideration of this diagnosis. A thorough inspection for PNI also should be performed, as this finding was present in all of 5 cases and in 34% of reported cases in our literature review.
The differential diagnosis for SEDC includes SCC, metastatic adenocarcinoma with squamoid features, and eccrine tumors, including eccrine poroma, microcystic adnexal carcinoma (MAC), and porocarcinoma with squamous differentiation. The combination of histologic features with the immunoexpression profile of carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA), epithelial membrane antigen (EMA), cytokeratin (CK) 5/6, and p63 can effectively exclude the other entities in the differential and confirm the diagnosis of SEDC.1,3,4 While the diagnosis of SEDC relies on the specific histologic features of multiple surface attachments and superficial squamoid changes with deep ductular elements, immunohistochemistry can nonetheless be adjunctive in difficult cases. Positive immunohistochemical staining for CEA and EMA can help to highlight and delineate true glandular elements, whereas CK5/6 highlights the overall contour of the tumor, displaying more clearly the multiple epidermal attachments and the subtle infiltrative nature of the deeper components of invasive cords and ducts. In addition, the combination of CK5/6 and p63 positivity supports the primary cutaneous nature of the lesion rather than metastatic adenocarcinoma.13,20 Other markers of eccrine secretory coils, such as CK7, CAM5.2, and S100, also are sometimes used for confirmation, some of which can aid in distinction from noneccrine sweat gland differentiation, as CK7 and CAM5.2 are negative in both luminal and basal cells of the dermal duct while being positive within the secretory coil, and S100 protein is expressed within eccrine secretory coil but negative within the apocrine sweat glands.2,4,21
The clinical findings from our chart review corroborated those reported in the literature. The mean age of SEDC in the 5 patients we reviewed was 81 years, and all cases presented on the head, consistent with the findings observed in the literature. Although 4 of our cases were male, there may not be a difference in risk based on sex as previously thought.1 Our literature review revealed an almost equivalent percentage of male and female cases, with 52% being male.
Immunosuppression has been associated with an increased risk for SEDC. Our literature review revealed that approximately 9% (5/56) of cases occurred in immunosuppressed individuals. Two of these reported cases were in the setting of underlying chronic lymphocytic leukemia, 2 in individuals with a history of organ transplant, and 1 treated with azathioprine for myasthenia gravis.2,4,10,12,13 Our chart review supported this correlation, as all 5 patients had a medical history potentially consistent with being in an immunocompromised state (Table). Notably, patient 5 represents a unique case of SEDC occurring in the setting of HIV. The patient had HIV for 33 years, with his most recent CD4+ count of 794 mm3 and HIV-1 RNA load of 35 copies/mL. Given that HIV-positive individuals may have more than a 2-fold increased risk of SCC, a greater degree of suspicion for SEDC should be maintained for these patients.22,23
The etiology of SEDC is controversial but is thought to be either an SCC arising from eccrine glands or a variant of eccrine carcinoma with extensive squamoid differentiation.4,6,13,14,17,24 While SEDC certainly appears to share the proclivity for PNI with the malignant eccrine tumor MAC, it is simultaneously quite distinct, demonstrating nuclear pleomorphism and mitotic activity, both of which are lacking in the bland nature of MACs.12,25
The exact prevalence of SEDC is difficult to ascertain because of its frequent misdiagnosis and variable nomenclature used within the literature. Most reported cases of SEDC are mistakenly diagnosed as SCC on the initial shave or punch biopsy because of superficial sampling. This also was the case in 4 of the patients we reviewed. In addition, there are reported cases of SEDC that were referred to by the investigators as cutaneous adenosquamous carcinoma (cASC), among other descriptors, such as ductal eccrine carcinoma with squamous differentiation, adnexal carcinoma with squamous and ductal differentiation, and syringoid eccrine carcinoma.26-32 While the World Health Organization classifies SEDC as a distinct variant of cASC, which is a rare variant of SCC in itself, the 2 can be differentiated. Despite the similar clinical and histologic features shared between cASC and SEDC, the neoplastic aggregates in SEDC exhibit ductal differentiation containing lumina positive for CEA and EMA.4 Overall, we favor the term squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma, as there has recently been more uniformity for the designation of this disease entity as such.
It is unclear whether the high incidence of local recurrence (23% [13/56]) of SEDC reported in the literature is related to the treatment modality employed (ie, wide local excision) or due to the innate aggressiveness of SEDC.1,3,5 The literature has shown that MMS has lower recurrence rates than other treatments at 5-year follow-up for SCC (3.1%–5%) and eccrine carcinomas (0%–5%).33,34 Although studies assessing tumor behavior or comparing treatment modalities are limited because of the rarity and underrecognition of SEDC, MMS has been used several times for SEDC with only 1 recurrence reported.4,13,17,24 Given that all 5 of the patients we reviewed required more than 1 Mohs stage for complete tumor clearance and none demonstrated evidence of recurrence or metastasis (Table), we recommend MMS as the treatment of choice for SEDC.
Conclusion
Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma is a rare but likely underdiagnosed cutaneous tumor of uncertain etiology. Because of its propensity for recurrence and metastasis, excision of SEDC with complete circumferential peripheral and deep margin assessment with close follow-up is recommended.
- van der Horst MP, Garcia-Herrera A, Markiewicz D, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: a clinicopathologic study of 30 cases. Am J Surg Pathol. 2016;40:755-760.
- Jacob J, Kugelman L. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Cutis. 2018;101:378-380, 385.
- Yim S, Lee YH, Chae SW, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma of the ear helix. Clin Case Rep. 2019;7:1409-1411.
- Terushkin E, Leffell DJ, Futoryan T, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: a case report and review of the literature. Am J Dermatopathol. 2010;32:287-292.
- Jung YH, Jo HJ, Kang MS. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma of the scalp. Korean J Pathol. 2012;46:278-281.
- Saraiva MI, Vieira MA, Portocarrero LK, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. An Bras Dermatol. 2016;91:799-802.
- Phan K, Kim L, Lim P, et al. A case report of temple squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: a diagnostic challenge beneath the tip of the iceberg. Dermatol Ther. 2020;33:E13213.
- McKissack SS, Wohltmann W, Dalton SR, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: an aggressive mimicker of squamous cell carcinoma. Am J Dermatopathol. 2019;41:140-143.
- Lobo-Jardim MM, Souza BdCE, Kakizaki P, et al. Dermoscopy of squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: an aid for early diagnosis. An Bras Dermatol. 2018;93:893-895.
- Chan H, Howard V, Moir D, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma of the scalp. Aust J Dermatol. 2016;57:E117-E119.
- Wang B, Jarell AD, Bingham JL, et al. PET/CT imaging of squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Clin Nucl Med. 2015;40:322-324.
- Frouin E, Vignon-Pennamen MD, Balme B, et al. Anatomoclinical study of 30 cases of sclerosing sweat duct carcinomas (microcystic adnexal carcinoma, syringomatous carcinoma and squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma). J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2015;29:1978-1994.
- Clark S, Young A, Piatigorsky E, et al. Mohs micrographic surgery in the setting of squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: addressing a diagnostic and therapeutic challenge. J Clin Aesthet Dermatol. 2013;6:33-36.
- Pusiol T, Morichetti D, Zorzi MG, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: inappropriate diagnosis. Dermatol Surg. 2011;37:1819-1820.
- Kavand S, Cassarino DS. “Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma”: an unusual low-grade case with follicular differentiation. are these tumors squamoid variants of microcystic adnexal carcinoma? Am J Dermatopathol. 2009;31:849-852.
- Wasserman DI, Sack J, Gonzalez-Serva A, et al. Sentinel lymph node biopsy for a squamoid eccrine carcinoma with lymphatic invasion. Dermatol Surg. 2007;33:1126-1129.
- Kim YJ, Kim AR, Yu DS. Mohs micrographic surgery for squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Dermatol Surg. 2005;31:1462-1464.
- Herrero J, Monteagudo C, Jorda E, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Histopathology. 1998;32:478-480.
- Wong TY, Suster S, Mihm MC. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Histopathology. 1997;30:288-293.
- Qureshi HS, Ormsby AH, Lee MW, et al. The diagnostic utility of p63, CK5/6, CK 7, and CK 20 in distinguishing primary cutaneous adnexal neoplasms from metastatic carcinomas. J Cutan Pathol. 2004;31:145-152.
- Dabbs DJ. Diagnostic Immunohistochemistry: Theranostic and Genomic Applications. 4th ed. Elsevier/Saunders; 2014.
- Silverberg MJ, Leyden W, Warton EM, et al. HIV infection status, immunodeficiency, and the incidence of non-melanoma skin cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst. 2013;105:350-360.
- Asgari MM, Ray GT, Quesenberry CP Jr, et al. Association of multiple primary skin cancers with human immunodeficiency virus infection, CD4 count, and viral load. JAMA Dermatol. 2017;153:892-896.
- Tolkachjov SN. Adnexal carcinomas treated with Mohs micrographic surgery: a comprehensive review. Dermatol Surg. 2017;43:1199-1207.
- Kazakov DV. Cutaneous Adnexal Tumors. Wolters Kluwer Health/ Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2012.
- Weidner N, Foucar E. Adenosquamous carcinoma of the skin. an aggressive mucin- and gland-forming squamous carcinoma. Arch Dermatol. 1985;121:775-779.
- Banks ER, Cooper PH. Adenosquamous carcinoma of the skin: a report of 10 cases. J Cutan Pathol. 1991;18:227-234.
- Ko CJ, Leffell DJ, McNiff JM. Adenosquamous carcinoma: a report of nine cases with p63 and cytokeratin 5/6 staining. J Cutan Pathol. 2009;36:448-452.
- Patel V, Squires SM, Liu DY, et al. Cutaneous adenosquamous carcinoma: a rare neoplasm with biphasic differentiation. Cutis. 2014;94:231-233.
- Chhibber V, Lyle S, Mahalingam M. Ductal eccrine carcinoma with squamous differentiation: apropos a case. J Cutan Pathol. 2007;34:503-507.
- Sidiropoulos M, Sade S, Al-Habeeb A, et al. Syringoid eccrine carcinoma: a clinicopathological and immunohistochemical study of four cases. J Clin Pathol. 2011;64:788-792.
- Azorín D, López-Ríos F, Ballestín C, et al. Primary cutaneous adenosquamous carcinoma: a case report and review of the literature. J Cutan Pathol. 2001;28:542-545.
- Wildemore JK, Lee JB, Humphreys TR. Mohs surgery for malignant eccrine neoplasms. Dermatol Surg. 2004;30(12 pt 2):1574-1579.
- Garcia-Zuazaga J, Olbricht SM. Cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma. Adv Dermatol. 2008;24:33-57.
Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma (SEDC) is an aggressive underrecognized cutaneous malignancy of unknown etiology.1 It is most likely to occur in sun-exposed areas of the body, most commonly the head and neck. Risk factors include male sex, increased age, and chronic immunosuppression.1-4 Current reports suggest that SEDC is likely a high-grade subtype of squamous cell carcinoma (SCC) with a high risk for local recurrence (25%) and metastasis (13%).1,3,5,6 There are as few as 56 cases of SEDC reported in the literature; however, the number of cases may be closer to 100 due to SEDC being classified as either adenosquamous carcinoma of the skin or ductal eccrine carcinoma with squamous differentiation.1
Clinically, SEDC mimics keratinocyte carcinomas. Histologically, SEDC is biphasic, with a superficial portion resembling well-differentiated SCC and a deeply invasive portion having infiltrative irregular cords with ductal differentiation. Perineural invasion (PNI) frequently is present. Multiple connections to the overlying epidermis also can be seen, serving as a subtle clue to the diagnosis on broad superficial specimens.1-3 Due to superficial sampling, approximately 50% of reported cases are misdiagnosed as SCC during the initial biopsy.4 The diagnosis of SEDC often is made during complete excision when deeper tissue is sampled. Establishing an accurate diagnosis is important given the more aggressive nature of SEDC compared with SCC and its proclivity for PNI.1,3,6 The purpose of this review is to increase awareness of this underrecognized entity and describe the histologic findings that help distinguish SEDC from SCC.
Patient Chart Review
We reviewed chart notes as well as frozen and formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded tissue sections from all 5 patients diagnosed with SEDC at a single institution between November 2018 and May 2020. The mean age of patients was 81 years, and 4 were male. Four of the patients presented for MMS with a preoperative diagnosis of SCC per the original biopsy results. Only 1 patient had a preoperative diagnosis of SEDC. The details of each case are recorded in the Table. All tumors were greater than 2 cm in diameter on initial presentation, were located on the head, and clinically resembled keratinocyte carcinoma with either a nodular or plaquelike appearance (Figure 1).
Intraoperative histologic examination of the excised tissue revealed a biphasic pattern consisting of superficial SCC features overlying deeper dermal and subcutaneous infiltrative malignant ductal elements with gland formation in all 5 patients (Figures 2–4). Immunohistochemical staining with cytokeratin AE1/AE3 revealed thin strands of carcinoma in the mid to deeper dermis with squamous differentiation and eccrine ductal differentiation (Figure 5), thus confirming the diagnosis in all 5 patients.
The median depth of tumor invasion was 4.1 mm (range, 2.2–5.45 mm). Ulceration was seen in 3 of the patients, and PNI of large-caliber nerves was observed in all 5 patients. A connection with the overlying epidermis was present in all 5 patients. All 5 patients required more than 1 Mohs stage for complete tumor clearance (Table).
In 4 of the patients, nodal imaging performed at the time of diagnosis revealed no evidence of metastasis. Two patients received adjuvant radiation therapy, and none demonstrated evidence of recurrence. The mean follow-up time was 11 months (range, 6.5–18 months) for the 4 cases with available follow-up data (Table).
Literature Review
A PubMed review of the literature using the search term squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma resulted in 28 articles, 19 of which were included in the review based on inclusion criteria (original articles available in English, in full text, and pertained to SEDC). Our review yielded 56 cases of SEDC.1-19 The mean age of patients with SEDC was 72 years. The number of male and female cases was 52% (29/56) and 48% (27/56), respectively. The most common location of SEDC was on the head or neck (71% [40/56]), followed by the extremities (19% [11/56]). Immunosuppression was noted in 9% (5/56) of cases. Wide local excision was the most commonly employed treatment modality (91% [51/56]), with MMS being used in 4 patients (7%). Adjuvant radiation was reported in 5% (3/56) of cases. Perineural invasion was reported in 34% (19/56) of cases. Recurrence was seen in 23% (13/56) of cases, with a mean time to recurrence of 10.4 months. Metastasis to regional lymph nodes was observed in 13% (7/56) of cases, with 7% (4/56) of those cases having distant metastases.
Comment
Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma was successfully treated with MMS in all 5 of the patients we reviewed. Recognition of a distinct biphasic pattern consisting of squamous differentiation superficially with epidermal connection overlying deeper dermal and subcutaneous infiltrative malignant ductal elements with gland formation should lead to consideration of this diagnosis. A thorough inspection for PNI also should be performed, as this finding was present in all of 5 cases and in 34% of reported cases in our literature review.
The differential diagnosis for SEDC includes SCC, metastatic adenocarcinoma with squamoid features, and eccrine tumors, including eccrine poroma, microcystic adnexal carcinoma (MAC), and porocarcinoma with squamous differentiation. The combination of histologic features with the immunoexpression profile of carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA), epithelial membrane antigen (EMA), cytokeratin (CK) 5/6, and p63 can effectively exclude the other entities in the differential and confirm the diagnosis of SEDC.1,3,4 While the diagnosis of SEDC relies on the specific histologic features of multiple surface attachments and superficial squamoid changes with deep ductular elements, immunohistochemistry can nonetheless be adjunctive in difficult cases. Positive immunohistochemical staining for CEA and EMA can help to highlight and delineate true glandular elements, whereas CK5/6 highlights the overall contour of the tumor, displaying more clearly the multiple epidermal attachments and the subtle infiltrative nature of the deeper components of invasive cords and ducts. In addition, the combination of CK5/6 and p63 positivity supports the primary cutaneous nature of the lesion rather than metastatic adenocarcinoma.13,20 Other markers of eccrine secretory coils, such as CK7, CAM5.2, and S100, also are sometimes used for confirmation, some of which can aid in distinction from noneccrine sweat gland differentiation, as CK7 and CAM5.2 are negative in both luminal and basal cells of the dermal duct while being positive within the secretory coil, and S100 protein is expressed within eccrine secretory coil but negative within the apocrine sweat glands.2,4,21
The clinical findings from our chart review corroborated those reported in the literature. The mean age of SEDC in the 5 patients we reviewed was 81 years, and all cases presented on the head, consistent with the findings observed in the literature. Although 4 of our cases were male, there may not be a difference in risk based on sex as previously thought.1 Our literature review revealed an almost equivalent percentage of male and female cases, with 52% being male.
Immunosuppression has been associated with an increased risk for SEDC. Our literature review revealed that approximately 9% (5/56) of cases occurred in immunosuppressed individuals. Two of these reported cases were in the setting of underlying chronic lymphocytic leukemia, 2 in individuals with a history of organ transplant, and 1 treated with azathioprine for myasthenia gravis.2,4,10,12,13 Our chart review supported this correlation, as all 5 patients had a medical history potentially consistent with being in an immunocompromised state (Table). Notably, patient 5 represents a unique case of SEDC occurring in the setting of HIV. The patient had HIV for 33 years, with his most recent CD4+ count of 794 mm3 and HIV-1 RNA load of 35 copies/mL. Given that HIV-positive individuals may have more than a 2-fold increased risk of SCC, a greater degree of suspicion for SEDC should be maintained for these patients.22,23
The etiology of SEDC is controversial but is thought to be either an SCC arising from eccrine glands or a variant of eccrine carcinoma with extensive squamoid differentiation.4,6,13,14,17,24 While SEDC certainly appears to share the proclivity for PNI with the malignant eccrine tumor MAC, it is simultaneously quite distinct, demonstrating nuclear pleomorphism and mitotic activity, both of which are lacking in the bland nature of MACs.12,25
The exact prevalence of SEDC is difficult to ascertain because of its frequent misdiagnosis and variable nomenclature used within the literature. Most reported cases of SEDC are mistakenly diagnosed as SCC on the initial shave or punch biopsy because of superficial sampling. This also was the case in 4 of the patients we reviewed. In addition, there are reported cases of SEDC that were referred to by the investigators as cutaneous adenosquamous carcinoma (cASC), among other descriptors, such as ductal eccrine carcinoma with squamous differentiation, adnexal carcinoma with squamous and ductal differentiation, and syringoid eccrine carcinoma.26-32 While the World Health Organization classifies SEDC as a distinct variant of cASC, which is a rare variant of SCC in itself, the 2 can be differentiated. Despite the similar clinical and histologic features shared between cASC and SEDC, the neoplastic aggregates in SEDC exhibit ductal differentiation containing lumina positive for CEA and EMA.4 Overall, we favor the term squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma, as there has recently been more uniformity for the designation of this disease entity as such.
It is unclear whether the high incidence of local recurrence (23% [13/56]) of SEDC reported in the literature is related to the treatment modality employed (ie, wide local excision) or due to the innate aggressiveness of SEDC.1,3,5 The literature has shown that MMS has lower recurrence rates than other treatments at 5-year follow-up for SCC (3.1%–5%) and eccrine carcinomas (0%–5%).33,34 Although studies assessing tumor behavior or comparing treatment modalities are limited because of the rarity and underrecognition of SEDC, MMS has been used several times for SEDC with only 1 recurrence reported.4,13,17,24 Given that all 5 of the patients we reviewed required more than 1 Mohs stage for complete tumor clearance and none demonstrated evidence of recurrence or metastasis (Table), we recommend MMS as the treatment of choice for SEDC.
Conclusion
Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma is a rare but likely underdiagnosed cutaneous tumor of uncertain etiology. Because of its propensity for recurrence and metastasis, excision of SEDC with complete circumferential peripheral and deep margin assessment with close follow-up is recommended.
Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma (SEDC) is an aggressive underrecognized cutaneous malignancy of unknown etiology.1 It is most likely to occur in sun-exposed areas of the body, most commonly the head and neck. Risk factors include male sex, increased age, and chronic immunosuppression.1-4 Current reports suggest that SEDC is likely a high-grade subtype of squamous cell carcinoma (SCC) with a high risk for local recurrence (25%) and metastasis (13%).1,3,5,6 There are as few as 56 cases of SEDC reported in the literature; however, the number of cases may be closer to 100 due to SEDC being classified as either adenosquamous carcinoma of the skin or ductal eccrine carcinoma with squamous differentiation.1
Clinically, SEDC mimics keratinocyte carcinomas. Histologically, SEDC is biphasic, with a superficial portion resembling well-differentiated SCC and a deeply invasive portion having infiltrative irregular cords with ductal differentiation. Perineural invasion (PNI) frequently is present. Multiple connections to the overlying epidermis also can be seen, serving as a subtle clue to the diagnosis on broad superficial specimens.1-3 Due to superficial sampling, approximately 50% of reported cases are misdiagnosed as SCC during the initial biopsy.4 The diagnosis of SEDC often is made during complete excision when deeper tissue is sampled. Establishing an accurate diagnosis is important given the more aggressive nature of SEDC compared with SCC and its proclivity for PNI.1,3,6 The purpose of this review is to increase awareness of this underrecognized entity and describe the histologic findings that help distinguish SEDC from SCC.
Patient Chart Review
We reviewed chart notes as well as frozen and formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded tissue sections from all 5 patients diagnosed with SEDC at a single institution between November 2018 and May 2020. The mean age of patients was 81 years, and 4 were male. Four of the patients presented for MMS with a preoperative diagnosis of SCC per the original biopsy results. Only 1 patient had a preoperative diagnosis of SEDC. The details of each case are recorded in the Table. All tumors were greater than 2 cm in diameter on initial presentation, were located on the head, and clinically resembled keratinocyte carcinoma with either a nodular or plaquelike appearance (Figure 1).
Intraoperative histologic examination of the excised tissue revealed a biphasic pattern consisting of superficial SCC features overlying deeper dermal and subcutaneous infiltrative malignant ductal elements with gland formation in all 5 patients (Figures 2–4). Immunohistochemical staining with cytokeratin AE1/AE3 revealed thin strands of carcinoma in the mid to deeper dermis with squamous differentiation and eccrine ductal differentiation (Figure 5), thus confirming the diagnosis in all 5 patients.
The median depth of tumor invasion was 4.1 mm (range, 2.2–5.45 mm). Ulceration was seen in 3 of the patients, and PNI of large-caliber nerves was observed in all 5 patients. A connection with the overlying epidermis was present in all 5 patients. All 5 patients required more than 1 Mohs stage for complete tumor clearance (Table).
In 4 of the patients, nodal imaging performed at the time of diagnosis revealed no evidence of metastasis. Two patients received adjuvant radiation therapy, and none demonstrated evidence of recurrence. The mean follow-up time was 11 months (range, 6.5–18 months) for the 4 cases with available follow-up data (Table).
Literature Review
A PubMed review of the literature using the search term squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma resulted in 28 articles, 19 of which were included in the review based on inclusion criteria (original articles available in English, in full text, and pertained to SEDC). Our review yielded 56 cases of SEDC.1-19 The mean age of patients with SEDC was 72 years. The number of male and female cases was 52% (29/56) and 48% (27/56), respectively. The most common location of SEDC was on the head or neck (71% [40/56]), followed by the extremities (19% [11/56]). Immunosuppression was noted in 9% (5/56) of cases. Wide local excision was the most commonly employed treatment modality (91% [51/56]), with MMS being used in 4 patients (7%). Adjuvant radiation was reported in 5% (3/56) of cases. Perineural invasion was reported in 34% (19/56) of cases. Recurrence was seen in 23% (13/56) of cases, with a mean time to recurrence of 10.4 months. Metastasis to regional lymph nodes was observed in 13% (7/56) of cases, with 7% (4/56) of those cases having distant metastases.
Comment
Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma was successfully treated with MMS in all 5 of the patients we reviewed. Recognition of a distinct biphasic pattern consisting of squamous differentiation superficially with epidermal connection overlying deeper dermal and subcutaneous infiltrative malignant ductal elements with gland formation should lead to consideration of this diagnosis. A thorough inspection for PNI also should be performed, as this finding was present in all of 5 cases and in 34% of reported cases in our literature review.
The differential diagnosis for SEDC includes SCC, metastatic adenocarcinoma with squamoid features, and eccrine tumors, including eccrine poroma, microcystic adnexal carcinoma (MAC), and porocarcinoma with squamous differentiation. The combination of histologic features with the immunoexpression profile of carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA), epithelial membrane antigen (EMA), cytokeratin (CK) 5/6, and p63 can effectively exclude the other entities in the differential and confirm the diagnosis of SEDC.1,3,4 While the diagnosis of SEDC relies on the specific histologic features of multiple surface attachments and superficial squamoid changes with deep ductular elements, immunohistochemistry can nonetheless be adjunctive in difficult cases. Positive immunohistochemical staining for CEA and EMA can help to highlight and delineate true glandular elements, whereas CK5/6 highlights the overall contour of the tumor, displaying more clearly the multiple epidermal attachments and the subtle infiltrative nature of the deeper components of invasive cords and ducts. In addition, the combination of CK5/6 and p63 positivity supports the primary cutaneous nature of the lesion rather than metastatic adenocarcinoma.13,20 Other markers of eccrine secretory coils, such as CK7, CAM5.2, and S100, also are sometimes used for confirmation, some of which can aid in distinction from noneccrine sweat gland differentiation, as CK7 and CAM5.2 are negative in both luminal and basal cells of the dermal duct while being positive within the secretory coil, and S100 protein is expressed within eccrine secretory coil but negative within the apocrine sweat glands.2,4,21
The clinical findings from our chart review corroborated those reported in the literature. The mean age of SEDC in the 5 patients we reviewed was 81 years, and all cases presented on the head, consistent with the findings observed in the literature. Although 4 of our cases were male, there may not be a difference in risk based on sex as previously thought.1 Our literature review revealed an almost equivalent percentage of male and female cases, with 52% being male.
Immunosuppression has been associated with an increased risk for SEDC. Our literature review revealed that approximately 9% (5/56) of cases occurred in immunosuppressed individuals. Two of these reported cases were in the setting of underlying chronic lymphocytic leukemia, 2 in individuals with a history of organ transplant, and 1 treated with azathioprine for myasthenia gravis.2,4,10,12,13 Our chart review supported this correlation, as all 5 patients had a medical history potentially consistent with being in an immunocompromised state (Table). Notably, patient 5 represents a unique case of SEDC occurring in the setting of HIV. The patient had HIV for 33 years, with his most recent CD4+ count of 794 mm3 and HIV-1 RNA load of 35 copies/mL. Given that HIV-positive individuals may have more than a 2-fold increased risk of SCC, a greater degree of suspicion for SEDC should be maintained for these patients.22,23
The etiology of SEDC is controversial but is thought to be either an SCC arising from eccrine glands or a variant of eccrine carcinoma with extensive squamoid differentiation.4,6,13,14,17,24 While SEDC certainly appears to share the proclivity for PNI with the malignant eccrine tumor MAC, it is simultaneously quite distinct, demonstrating nuclear pleomorphism and mitotic activity, both of which are lacking in the bland nature of MACs.12,25
The exact prevalence of SEDC is difficult to ascertain because of its frequent misdiagnosis and variable nomenclature used within the literature. Most reported cases of SEDC are mistakenly diagnosed as SCC on the initial shave or punch biopsy because of superficial sampling. This also was the case in 4 of the patients we reviewed. In addition, there are reported cases of SEDC that were referred to by the investigators as cutaneous adenosquamous carcinoma (cASC), among other descriptors, such as ductal eccrine carcinoma with squamous differentiation, adnexal carcinoma with squamous and ductal differentiation, and syringoid eccrine carcinoma.26-32 While the World Health Organization classifies SEDC as a distinct variant of cASC, which is a rare variant of SCC in itself, the 2 can be differentiated. Despite the similar clinical and histologic features shared between cASC and SEDC, the neoplastic aggregates in SEDC exhibit ductal differentiation containing lumina positive for CEA and EMA.4 Overall, we favor the term squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma, as there has recently been more uniformity for the designation of this disease entity as such.
It is unclear whether the high incidence of local recurrence (23% [13/56]) of SEDC reported in the literature is related to the treatment modality employed (ie, wide local excision) or due to the innate aggressiveness of SEDC.1,3,5 The literature has shown that MMS has lower recurrence rates than other treatments at 5-year follow-up for SCC (3.1%–5%) and eccrine carcinomas (0%–5%).33,34 Although studies assessing tumor behavior or comparing treatment modalities are limited because of the rarity and underrecognition of SEDC, MMS has been used several times for SEDC with only 1 recurrence reported.4,13,17,24 Given that all 5 of the patients we reviewed required more than 1 Mohs stage for complete tumor clearance and none demonstrated evidence of recurrence or metastasis (Table), we recommend MMS as the treatment of choice for SEDC.
Conclusion
Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma is a rare but likely underdiagnosed cutaneous tumor of uncertain etiology. Because of its propensity for recurrence and metastasis, excision of SEDC with complete circumferential peripheral and deep margin assessment with close follow-up is recommended.
- van der Horst MP, Garcia-Herrera A, Markiewicz D, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: a clinicopathologic study of 30 cases. Am J Surg Pathol. 2016;40:755-760.
- Jacob J, Kugelman L. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Cutis. 2018;101:378-380, 385.
- Yim S, Lee YH, Chae SW, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma of the ear helix. Clin Case Rep. 2019;7:1409-1411.
- Terushkin E, Leffell DJ, Futoryan T, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: a case report and review of the literature. Am J Dermatopathol. 2010;32:287-292.
- Jung YH, Jo HJ, Kang MS. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma of the scalp. Korean J Pathol. 2012;46:278-281.
- Saraiva MI, Vieira MA, Portocarrero LK, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. An Bras Dermatol. 2016;91:799-802.
- Phan K, Kim L, Lim P, et al. A case report of temple squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: a diagnostic challenge beneath the tip of the iceberg. Dermatol Ther. 2020;33:E13213.
- McKissack SS, Wohltmann W, Dalton SR, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: an aggressive mimicker of squamous cell carcinoma. Am J Dermatopathol. 2019;41:140-143.
- Lobo-Jardim MM, Souza BdCE, Kakizaki P, et al. Dermoscopy of squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: an aid for early diagnosis. An Bras Dermatol. 2018;93:893-895.
- Chan H, Howard V, Moir D, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma of the scalp. Aust J Dermatol. 2016;57:E117-E119.
- Wang B, Jarell AD, Bingham JL, et al. PET/CT imaging of squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Clin Nucl Med. 2015;40:322-324.
- Frouin E, Vignon-Pennamen MD, Balme B, et al. Anatomoclinical study of 30 cases of sclerosing sweat duct carcinomas (microcystic adnexal carcinoma, syringomatous carcinoma and squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma). J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2015;29:1978-1994.
- Clark S, Young A, Piatigorsky E, et al. Mohs micrographic surgery in the setting of squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: addressing a diagnostic and therapeutic challenge. J Clin Aesthet Dermatol. 2013;6:33-36.
- Pusiol T, Morichetti D, Zorzi MG, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: inappropriate diagnosis. Dermatol Surg. 2011;37:1819-1820.
- Kavand S, Cassarino DS. “Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma”: an unusual low-grade case with follicular differentiation. are these tumors squamoid variants of microcystic adnexal carcinoma? Am J Dermatopathol. 2009;31:849-852.
- Wasserman DI, Sack J, Gonzalez-Serva A, et al. Sentinel lymph node biopsy for a squamoid eccrine carcinoma with lymphatic invasion. Dermatol Surg. 2007;33:1126-1129.
- Kim YJ, Kim AR, Yu DS. Mohs micrographic surgery for squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Dermatol Surg. 2005;31:1462-1464.
- Herrero J, Monteagudo C, Jorda E, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Histopathology. 1998;32:478-480.
- Wong TY, Suster S, Mihm MC. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Histopathology. 1997;30:288-293.
- Qureshi HS, Ormsby AH, Lee MW, et al. The diagnostic utility of p63, CK5/6, CK 7, and CK 20 in distinguishing primary cutaneous adnexal neoplasms from metastatic carcinomas. J Cutan Pathol. 2004;31:145-152.
- Dabbs DJ. Diagnostic Immunohistochemistry: Theranostic and Genomic Applications. 4th ed. Elsevier/Saunders; 2014.
- Silverberg MJ, Leyden W, Warton EM, et al. HIV infection status, immunodeficiency, and the incidence of non-melanoma skin cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst. 2013;105:350-360.
- Asgari MM, Ray GT, Quesenberry CP Jr, et al. Association of multiple primary skin cancers with human immunodeficiency virus infection, CD4 count, and viral load. JAMA Dermatol. 2017;153:892-896.
- Tolkachjov SN. Adnexal carcinomas treated with Mohs micrographic surgery: a comprehensive review. Dermatol Surg. 2017;43:1199-1207.
- Kazakov DV. Cutaneous Adnexal Tumors. Wolters Kluwer Health/ Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2012.
- Weidner N, Foucar E. Adenosquamous carcinoma of the skin. an aggressive mucin- and gland-forming squamous carcinoma. Arch Dermatol. 1985;121:775-779.
- Banks ER, Cooper PH. Adenosquamous carcinoma of the skin: a report of 10 cases. J Cutan Pathol. 1991;18:227-234.
- Ko CJ, Leffell DJ, McNiff JM. Adenosquamous carcinoma: a report of nine cases with p63 and cytokeratin 5/6 staining. J Cutan Pathol. 2009;36:448-452.
- Patel V, Squires SM, Liu DY, et al. Cutaneous adenosquamous carcinoma: a rare neoplasm with biphasic differentiation. Cutis. 2014;94:231-233.
- Chhibber V, Lyle S, Mahalingam M. Ductal eccrine carcinoma with squamous differentiation: apropos a case. J Cutan Pathol. 2007;34:503-507.
- Sidiropoulos M, Sade S, Al-Habeeb A, et al. Syringoid eccrine carcinoma: a clinicopathological and immunohistochemical study of four cases. J Clin Pathol. 2011;64:788-792.
- Azorín D, López-Ríos F, Ballestín C, et al. Primary cutaneous adenosquamous carcinoma: a case report and review of the literature. J Cutan Pathol. 2001;28:542-545.
- Wildemore JK, Lee JB, Humphreys TR. Mohs surgery for malignant eccrine neoplasms. Dermatol Surg. 2004;30(12 pt 2):1574-1579.
- Garcia-Zuazaga J, Olbricht SM. Cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma. Adv Dermatol. 2008;24:33-57.
- van der Horst MP, Garcia-Herrera A, Markiewicz D, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: a clinicopathologic study of 30 cases. Am J Surg Pathol. 2016;40:755-760.
- Jacob J, Kugelman L. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Cutis. 2018;101:378-380, 385.
- Yim S, Lee YH, Chae SW, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma of the ear helix. Clin Case Rep. 2019;7:1409-1411.
- Terushkin E, Leffell DJ, Futoryan T, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: a case report and review of the literature. Am J Dermatopathol. 2010;32:287-292.
- Jung YH, Jo HJ, Kang MS. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma of the scalp. Korean J Pathol. 2012;46:278-281.
- Saraiva MI, Vieira MA, Portocarrero LK, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. An Bras Dermatol. 2016;91:799-802.
- Phan K, Kim L, Lim P, et al. A case report of temple squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: a diagnostic challenge beneath the tip of the iceberg. Dermatol Ther. 2020;33:E13213.
- McKissack SS, Wohltmann W, Dalton SR, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: an aggressive mimicker of squamous cell carcinoma. Am J Dermatopathol. 2019;41:140-143.
- Lobo-Jardim MM, Souza BdCE, Kakizaki P, et al. Dermoscopy of squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: an aid for early diagnosis. An Bras Dermatol. 2018;93:893-895.
- Chan H, Howard V, Moir D, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma of the scalp. Aust J Dermatol. 2016;57:E117-E119.
- Wang B, Jarell AD, Bingham JL, et al. PET/CT imaging of squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Clin Nucl Med. 2015;40:322-324.
- Frouin E, Vignon-Pennamen MD, Balme B, et al. Anatomoclinical study of 30 cases of sclerosing sweat duct carcinomas (microcystic adnexal carcinoma, syringomatous carcinoma and squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma). J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2015;29:1978-1994.
- Clark S, Young A, Piatigorsky E, et al. Mohs micrographic surgery in the setting of squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: addressing a diagnostic and therapeutic challenge. J Clin Aesthet Dermatol. 2013;6:33-36.
- Pusiol T, Morichetti D, Zorzi MG, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma: inappropriate diagnosis. Dermatol Surg. 2011;37:1819-1820.
- Kavand S, Cassarino DS. “Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma”: an unusual low-grade case with follicular differentiation. are these tumors squamoid variants of microcystic adnexal carcinoma? Am J Dermatopathol. 2009;31:849-852.
- Wasserman DI, Sack J, Gonzalez-Serva A, et al. Sentinel lymph node biopsy for a squamoid eccrine carcinoma with lymphatic invasion. Dermatol Surg. 2007;33:1126-1129.
- Kim YJ, Kim AR, Yu DS. Mohs micrographic surgery for squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Dermatol Surg. 2005;31:1462-1464.
- Herrero J, Monteagudo C, Jorda E, et al. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Histopathology. 1998;32:478-480.
- Wong TY, Suster S, Mihm MC. Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma. Histopathology. 1997;30:288-293.
- Qureshi HS, Ormsby AH, Lee MW, et al. The diagnostic utility of p63, CK5/6, CK 7, and CK 20 in distinguishing primary cutaneous adnexal neoplasms from metastatic carcinomas. J Cutan Pathol. 2004;31:145-152.
- Dabbs DJ. Diagnostic Immunohistochemistry: Theranostic and Genomic Applications. 4th ed. Elsevier/Saunders; 2014.
- Silverberg MJ, Leyden W, Warton EM, et al. HIV infection status, immunodeficiency, and the incidence of non-melanoma skin cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst. 2013;105:350-360.
- Asgari MM, Ray GT, Quesenberry CP Jr, et al. Association of multiple primary skin cancers with human immunodeficiency virus infection, CD4 count, and viral load. JAMA Dermatol. 2017;153:892-896.
- Tolkachjov SN. Adnexal carcinomas treated with Mohs micrographic surgery: a comprehensive review. Dermatol Surg. 2017;43:1199-1207.
- Kazakov DV. Cutaneous Adnexal Tumors. Wolters Kluwer Health/ Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2012.
- Weidner N, Foucar E. Adenosquamous carcinoma of the skin. an aggressive mucin- and gland-forming squamous carcinoma. Arch Dermatol. 1985;121:775-779.
- Banks ER, Cooper PH. Adenosquamous carcinoma of the skin: a report of 10 cases. J Cutan Pathol. 1991;18:227-234.
- Ko CJ, Leffell DJ, McNiff JM. Adenosquamous carcinoma: a report of nine cases with p63 and cytokeratin 5/6 staining. J Cutan Pathol. 2009;36:448-452.
- Patel V, Squires SM, Liu DY, et al. Cutaneous adenosquamous carcinoma: a rare neoplasm with biphasic differentiation. Cutis. 2014;94:231-233.
- Chhibber V, Lyle S, Mahalingam M. Ductal eccrine carcinoma with squamous differentiation: apropos a case. J Cutan Pathol. 2007;34:503-507.
- Sidiropoulos M, Sade S, Al-Habeeb A, et al. Syringoid eccrine carcinoma: a clinicopathological and immunohistochemical study of four cases. J Clin Pathol. 2011;64:788-792.
- Azorín D, López-Ríos F, Ballestín C, et al. Primary cutaneous adenosquamous carcinoma: a case report and review of the literature. J Cutan Pathol. 2001;28:542-545.
- Wildemore JK, Lee JB, Humphreys TR. Mohs surgery for malignant eccrine neoplasms. Dermatol Surg. 2004;30(12 pt 2):1574-1579.
- Garcia-Zuazaga J, Olbricht SM. Cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma. Adv Dermatol. 2008;24:33-57.
PRACTICE POINTS
- Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma is an aggressive underrecognized cutaneous malignancy that often is misdiagnosed as squamous cell carcinoma (SCC) during initial biopsy.
- Squamoid eccrine ductal carcinoma has a biphasic histologic appearance with a superficial portion resembling well-differentiated SCC and a deeply invasive portion comprised of infiltrative irregular cords with ductal differentiation.
- Excision with complete circumferential peripheral and deep margin assessment with close follow-up is recommended for these patients because of the high risk for recurrence and metastasis.
2021 Update on menopause
Among the studies we review in this Update are a follow-up of the US Women’s Health Initiative clinical trials and a large observational study from the United Kingdom, which exlore the impact of different hormone therapies (HTs) on breast cancer risk. We look at the interesting patterns found by authors of a study in Canada that analyzed predictors of unnecessary bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy. In addition, we review a study that investigates whether hormone therapy can be effective, alone or adjunctively, in peri- and postmenopausal women with depression. Finally, Dr. Chrisandra Shufelt and Dr. JoAnn Manson summarize highlights from the recent American Heart Association’s scientific statement on the menopause transition and increasing risk factors for cardiovascular disease, and how this period can be viewed as an opportunity to encourage healthy, cardiovascular risk–reducing behaviors.
Studies clarify menopausal HT’s impact on breast cancer risk
Chlebowski RT, Anderson GL, Aragaki AK, et al. Association of menopausal hormone therapy with breast cancer incidence and mortality during long-term follow-up of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized clinical trials. JAMA. 2020;324:369-380. doi: 10.1001/jama.2020.9482.
Vinogradova Y, Coupland C, Hippisley-Cox J. Use of hormone replacement therapy and risk of breast cancer: nested case-control studies using the QResearch and CPRD databases. BMJ. 2020;371:m3873. doi: 10.1136/bmj.m3873.
For many menopausal women, the most worrisome concern related to the use of HT is that it might increase breast cancer risk. In the summer and fall of 2020, 2 important articles were published that addressed how the use of menopausal HT impacts the risk of breast cancer.
The Women’s Health Initiative (WHI) represents the largest and longest-term randomized trial assessing the health impacts of systemic HT. A 2013 WHI report found that with a median of 13 years’ cumulative follow-up, estrogen-only HT (ET) reduced the risk for breast cancer while estrogen-progestin therapy (EPT) increased the risk.1 In a July 2020 issue of JAMA, WHI investigators analyzed longer-term data (cumulative median follow-up >20 years), which allowed assessment of whether these trends (breast cancer incidence) persisted and if they led to changes in mortality from breast cancer.2
WHI data on breast cancer risk trends in ET vs EPT users
In the ET trial, in which Chlebowski and colleagues studied 10,739 women with prior hysterectomy, 238 versus 296 new cases of breast cancer were diagnosed in women in the ET versus placebo groups, respectively (annualized incidence, 0.30% [ET] vs 0.37% [placebo]; hazard ratio [HR], 0.78; P = .005). ET also was associated with significantly lower mortality from breast cancer: 30 versus 46 deaths (annualized mortality, 0.031% [ET] vs 0.046% [placebo]; HR, 0.60; P = 0.04).
In the EPT trial, which included 16,608 participants with an intact uterus, EPT compared with placebo was associated with significantly elevated risk for incident breast cancer: 584 versus 447 new cases, respectively (annualized incidence, 0.45% [EPT] vs 0.36% [placebo]; HR, 1.28; P<.001). However, mortality from breast cancer was similar in the EPT and placebo groups: 71 and 53 deaths (annualized mortality, 0.045% [EPT] and 0.035% [placebo]; HR, 1.35; P = .11).2
For women with previous hysterectomy who are considering initiating or continuing ET for treatment of bothersome menopausal symptoms, the breast cancer mortality benefit documented in this long-term WHI analysis could, as editorialists point out, “tip the scales” in favor of ET.3 Furthermore, the mortality benefit raises the possibility that ET could be evaluated as a risk-reduction strategy for selected high-risk menopausal women who have undergone hysterectomy. Although tamoxifen and aromatase inhibitors are approved for breast cancer chemoprophylaxis in high-risk menopausal women, these agents have not been found to lower breast cancer mortality.2
UK data analysis and risk for breast cancer in HT users
In an October 2020 issue of BMJ, Vinogradova and colleagues described their analysis of 2 primary care databases in the United Kingdom that in aggregate included roughly 99,000 women with breast cancer diagnosed between 1998 and 2018 (age range, 50–79; mean age at diagnosis, 63; >95% White); these were matched with more than 450,000 women without breast cancer (controls).4 Analyses were adjusted for smoking, body mass index (BMI), ethnicity, and mammography.
In this study, ever-use of EPT was associated with an adjusted odds ratio (OR) for breast cancer of 1.26 (95% confidence interval [CI], 1.24–1.29), while ET had an OR of 1.06 (95% CI, 1.03–1.10). In women aged 50 to 59 who used EPT for 5 years or more, 15 additional breast cancers were diagnosed per 10,000 woman-years; for ET users, the attributable risk was 3. Although risk rose with longer HT duration, this trend was less evident with ET than EPT.
In addition, the increased risk associated with ET use was less pronounced in women with a BMI greater than 30 kg/m2. Among EPT users, risks were similar with the progestins medroxyprogesterone acetate (MPA), norethindrone (NET), and levonorgestrel (LNG). Likewise, risks were similar regardless of estrogen dose and route of administration (that is, oral vs transdermal). Vaginal estrogen was not associated with a higher or lower risk for breast cancer. Among past users of ET or EPT (with MPA), no increased risk was noted 5 years or more after stopping HT. For users of EPT (with NET or LNG), risks diminished 5 years or more after stopping HT but remained modestly elevated compared with risk in never-users.4
In this large observational UK study, ET was associated with minimally elevated risk for breast cancer, while in the WHI study, ET reduced the risk for breast cancer. For EPT, the excess risk in both studies was identical. As the authors note, mean BMI in the UK study participants was slightly lower than that in the WHI participants, a distinction that might explain the differing findings with ET use.
In our practice, for women with an intact uterus who are considering the use of EPT for treatment of bothersome menopausal symptoms, we counsel that long-term use of HT slightly elevates the risk for breast cancer. By contrast, we advise posthysterectomy women with bothersome menopausal symptoms that ET does not appear to increase the risk for breast cancer.
Continue to: Frequency of nonindicated BSO at the time of hysterectomy in pre- and perimenopausal women...
Frequency of nonindicated BSO at the time of hysterectomy in pre- and perimenopausal women
Wong J, Murji A, Sunderji Z, et al. Unnecessary bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy at the time of hysterectomy and potential for ovarian preservation. Menopause. 2020;28:8-11. doi: 10.1097/GME.0000000000001652.
While prevention of ovarian cancer is an important benefit of bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy (BSO), performing a BSO at the time of hysterectomy in pre- or perimenopausal patients not only will induce surgical menopause but also is associated with significantly increased overall mortality and an increased risk of mortality due to cardiovascular disease in patients younger than age 45.5,6 Earlier BSO also has been associated with diabetes, accelerated bone density loss, sexual dysfunction, mood disorders, and decreased cognitive function.7
BSO at hysterectomy: How many procedures are not indicated?
To evaluate the prevalence and predictors of unnecessary BSO at the time of hysterectomy, Wong and colleagues conducted a multicenter retrospective review of hysterectomy procedures completed at 6 Canadian hospitals.8 Criteria for unnecessary BSO included age younger than 51 years; benign preoperative diagnosis (other than endometriosis, premenstrual dysphoric disorder, and gender dysphoria); and absence of endometriosis and pelvic adhesions.
A total of 2,656 hysterectomies were performed by 75 surgeons (28 fellowship trained and 47 generalists) across 3 community and 3 tertiary care hospitals between 2016 and 2018. At the time of hysterectomy, 749 patients (28%) underwent BSO. Of these, 509 women (68%) had at least 1 indication for concurrent BSO based on preoperative diagnosis.
Key study findings. Concurrent BSO procedures performed at academic hospitals were more likely to have a preoperative indication compared with BSO performed at community sites (70% vs 63%; OR, 1.42; 95% CI, 1.02–1.97; P = .04). BSO was more likely to be indicated when performed by fellowship-trained surgeons compared with surgeries performed by generalist surgeons (75% vs 63%; OR, 1.76; 95% CI, 1.26–2.44, P = .001). BSO procedures performed with vaginal hysterectomy were less likely to be indicated (3 of 20, 15%) when compared with open hysterectomy (74 of 154, 48%) and laparoscopic hysterectomy (432 of 575, 75%).
Of the patients who lacked a preoperative indication for concomitant BSO, 105 of 239 (43.9%) were younger than age 51. Overall, 8% (59 of 749) of patients in the study cohort had an unnecessary BSO based on a combination of preoperative diagnosis, age younger than age 51, and intraoperative factors including absence of endometriosis and adhesions.
The retrospective study by Wong and colleagues provides the first assessment of Canadian practice patterns with respect to concurrent BSO at the time of hysterectomy. The authors found that, overall, more than two-thirds of BSO procedures were indicated. However, the proportion of BSO that was indicated was higher in teaching hospitals and in surgeries performed by fellowship-trained gynecologists. These important observations underscore the role of clinician education in reducing nonindicated BSO in pre- and perimenopausal women undergoing hysterectomy for benign disease.
Continue to: HT for menopausal depression: Which patients may benefit?
HT for menopausal depression: Which patients may benefit?
Dwyer JB, Aftab A, Radhakrishnan R, et al; APA Council of Research Task Force on Novel Biomarkers and Treatments. Hormonal treatments for major depressive disorder: state of the art. Am J Psychiatry. 2020;177:686- 705. doi:10.1176/appi.ajp.2020.19080848.
The cumulative lifetime prevalence of major depression in US women is 21%.9 An increased risk of mood symptoms and major depressive disorder occurs with the cessation of ovarian hormone production during menopause. In a review of both physiology and clinical studies, an American Psychiatric Association task force found support for several hormone-related strategies for treating depression and highlighted the rapidly advancing, but mixed, findings in this field.10
Clinical trials that examined mood in peri- and postmenopausal women treated with HT have produced mixed results for a variety of reasons, including differences in psychiatric symptomatology across studies and differences in treatment timing in relation to menopause onset.
HT effectiveness for depression depends on menopausal status
Five studies included in a meta-analysis by Rubinow and colleagues examined the use of ET and EPT as antidepressant monotherapy in peri- or postmenopausal women with major depression.11 Of the 3 higher-quality studies, 2 conducted in perimenopausal women demonstrated the antidepressant efficacy of transdermal estrogen patches compared with placebo. The third study included a mixed population of both peri- and postmenopausal women, and it found that increased estradiol levels (spontaneously occurring or due to ET) were associated with improvement in depression in perimenopausal women but not in postmenopausal women.11
ET also has been investigated as a potential adjunctive treatment to selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs). In a retrospective analysis of a multicenter randomized controlled trial of fluoxetine in patients with depression, women who received ET and fluoxetine demonstrated a greater improvement than those who received fluoxetine monotherapy.12 One small study that prospectively assessed ET in combination with an antidepressant in postmenopausal women demonstrated no benefit of ET in treating depression.13 Another small trial found that while combining transdermal ET with an SSRI accelerated symptom improvement, by the end of the 10-week study, treatment efficacy in the HT plus SSRI group was no greater than that observed in the SSRI-only group.14
Nineteen studies included in the metaanalysis by Rubinow and colleagues, which examined mood after ET or EPT treatment in nondepressed women, found little evidence of benefit, particularly in women without other physical symptoms of menopause.11
The Kronos Early Estrogen Prevention Study (KEEPS) followed 661 women who received either oral estrogen plus progesterone, transdermal estrogen plus progesterone, or placebo over 4 years.15 Women with clinical depression were excluded from the study; however, women with mild to moderate mood symptoms who were being treated with an antidepressant were included. Improvements in depressive symptoms and anxiety were observed only in the oral estrogen plus progesterone group compared with the placebo group.15
In a study of 172 euthymic peri- and postmenopausal women treated for 12 months with transdermal estrogen plus oral progesterone, investigators found that, unlike postmenopausal women and those in the late perimenopausal transition, only women in the early perimenopausal transition had a lower risk of developing depressive symptoms.16
Bottom line
This complex literature suggests that ET/HT interventions are most likely to be successful when implemented early in the menopausal transition. The clearest indication for the use of HT is for perimenopausal women experiencing depression who are also experiencing menopausal symptoms (for example, bothersome hot flashes). There is little evidence that the use of ET/HT in late perimenopausal or postmenopausal women effectively treats depression; accordingly, HT is not recommended for the treatment of mood disorders in this population. The more ambiguous cases are those of perimenopausal women who are depressed but do not have classic vasomotor symptoms; some evidence supports the antidepressant efficacy of HT in this setting.11 Although some studies suggest that HT can be effective in preventing depression in perimenopausal women, more evidence is needed.16
A trial of ET/EPT is reasonable in perimenopausal women with depression and classic menopausal symptoms. Use of HT also can be considered either alone or in combination with an SSRI in perimenopausal women with depression who do not have significant classic menopausal symptoms. However, HT is not recommended as prophylaxis against depression in euthymic perimenopausal women. Finally, keep in mind that the use of HT to address mood issues constitutes off-label use.
The menopause transition: A key period for strategizing CVD risk factor reduction
Chrisandra L. Shufelt, MD, MS, NCMP
Dr. Shufelt is Associate Director of the Barbra
Streisand Women’s Heart Center, Smidt
Heart Institute, Cedars-Sinai Medical Center,
Los Angeles, California.
JoAnn E. Manson, MD, DrPH, NCMP
Dr. Manson is Professor of Medicine and the
Michael and Lee Bell Professor of Women’s
Health at Harvard Medical School; Professor
in the Department of Epidemiology, Harvard
T.H. Chan School of Public Health; and Chief
of the Division of Preventive Medicine
at Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston,
Massachusetts.
The authors report no financial relationships relevant to this article. Dr. Manson is a coauthor of the AHA Scientific Statement discussed in this article.
In the United States, nearly one-half of a woman’s life, on average, will be lived after menopause. For women with natural menopause, the menopause transition (MT) can begin 2 to 7 years before and may extend 1 year past the final menstrual period, which occurs at an average age of 51 years. For women with surgical menopause, the MT occurs abruptly with the sudden loss of endogenous ovarian hormones. Both types of transitions mark a critical time period when reproduction and endogenous sex hormone levels diminish and when cardiovascular disease (CVD) risk factors begin to rise.
The 2020 American Heart Association (AHA) scientific statement, “Menopause transition and cardiovascular disease risk: Implications for timing of early prevention,” highlights the MT as a window of opportunity for CVD prevention.1
CVD risk factors associated with ovarian aging
In the AHA scientific statement, data from several longitudinal women’s health studies were used to identify which CVD risk factor changes during the MT are related to ovarian aging as opposed to chronologic aging. Independent of aging, those associated with reproductive or ovarian aging included an increase in serum total cholesterol, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C), and apolipoprotein B. Changes in high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) particles and function also occur during the MT, which may explain why higher HDL-C levels during the MT and the postmenopausal years are not as cardioprotective as during the premenopausal period.
Changes in body composition and adipose tissue distribution also are associated with ovarian aging, with reduction in muscle mass and lean body mass and an increase in abdominal/visceral fat and subcutaneous adipose tissue. Although these body composition changes reflect ovarian aging, midlife weight gain is more closely related to chronologic aging.
The risk of the metabolic syndrome constellation of risk factors was found to be more closely associated with ovarian aging, whereas changes in blood pressure, insulin, and glucose individually tracked more closely with chronologic aging. Additionally, the AHA statement notes the research that identified several symptoms during the MT—including vasomotor symptoms, sleep disturbance, and depression—as being associated with more adverse CVD risk factor status and with subclinical measures of atherosclerosis. Additional research on the mechanistic basis for these associations is needed.
Chronologic age and type of menopause
Notably, a woman’s age and type of menopause matter with respect to CVD risk. Higher CVD risk is seen in women with premature onset (age < 40 years) or early onset (age < 45 years) of menopause and in women undergoing surgical menopause (bilateral oophorectomy) before age 45. In general, menopausal hormone therapy (HT) is recommended for women with premature or early menopause, whether natural or surgical, with continuation through at least the average age of natural menopause. In other women, although not recommended for the express purpose of CVD prevention, menopausal HT is appropriate for the treatment of bothersome vasomotor or other menopausal symptoms, especially when therapy is started before age 60 or within 10 years of menopause among women who are not at elevated risk of CVD.
While the AHA statement suggests that some women who begin estrogen early in menopause may experience reduced coronary heart disease risk, major research gaps remain with regard to HT dose, formulation, route of delivery, and recommended duration of treatment.
An opportunity to promote healthy lifestyle behaviors
Translating the AHA’s first-of-its-kind scientific statement into clinical practice requires recognition and awareness of the MT as a unique phase in a woman’s life associated with myriad changes in CVD risk factors. The statement underscores that the MT is an important time to target behavioral changes to promote CVD risk reduction, including lifestyle modifications in the AHA’s Life’s Simple 7 components (increased physical activity, smoking cessation, healthy diet, avoidance of weight gain) as well as vigilant control of blood pressure, cholesterol, and glucose levels. The MT is truly a window of opportunity for reinvigorated efforts to lower women’s CVD risk. ●
Reference
1. El Khoudary SR, Aggarwal B, Beckie TM, et al; American Heart Association Prevention Science Committee of the Council on Epidemiology and Prevention; and Council on Cardiovascular and Stroke Nursing. Menopause transition and cardiovascular disease risk: implications for timing of early prevention: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation. 2020;142:e506-e532. doi: 10.1161/CIR.000000000000912.
- Manson JE, Chlebowski RT, Stefanick ML, et al. Menopausal hormone therapy and health outcomes during the intervention and extended poststopping phases of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized trials. JAMA. 2013;310:1353- 1368. doi: 10.1001/jama.2013.278040.
- Chlebowski RT, Anderson GL, Aragaki AK, et al. Association of menopausal hormone therapy with breast cancer incidence and mortality during long-term follow-up of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized clinical trials. JAMA. 2020;324:369-380. doi: 10.1001/jama.2020.9482.
- Minami CA, Freedman RA. Menopausal hormone therapy and long-term breast cancer risk: further data from the Women’s Health Initiative trials. JAMA. 2020;324:347-349. doi: 10.1001/jama.2020.9620.
- Vinogradova Y, Coupland C, Hippisley-Cox J. Use of hormone replacement therapy and risk of breast cancer: nested case-control studies using the QResearch and CPRD databases. BMJ. 2020;371:m3873. doi: 10.1136/bmj.m3873.
- Adelman MR, Sharp HT. Ovarian conservation vs removal at the time of benign hysterectomy. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2018;218:269-279. doi: 10.1016/j.ajog.2017.07.037.
- Rivera CM, Grossardt BR, Rhodes DJ, et al. Increased cardiovascular mortality after early bilateral oophorectomy. Menopause. 2009;16:15-23. doi: 10.1097/gme.0b013e31818888f7.
- Karp NE, Fenner DE, Burgunder-Zdravkovski L, et al. Removal of normal ovaries in women under age 51 at the time of hysterectomy. Am J Obstetr Gynecol. 2015;213:716.e1-6. doi: 10.1016/j.ajog.2015.05.062.
- Wong J, Murji A, Sunderji Z, et al. Unnecessary bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy at the time of hysterectomy and potential for ovarian preservation. Menopause. 2021;28:8-11. doi: 10.1097/GME.0000000000001652.
- Kessler RC, McGonagle KA, Swartz M, et al. Sex and depression in the National Comorbidity Survey. I: lifetime prevalence, chronicity, and recurrence. J Affect Disord. 1993;29:85- 96. doi: 10.1016/0165-0327(93)00026-g.
- Dwyer JB, Aftab A, Radhakrishnan R, et al; APA Council of Research Task Force on Novel Biomarkers and Treatments. Hormonal treatments for major depressive disorder: state of the art. Am J Psychiatry. 2020;177:686-705. doi:10.1176/appi. ajp.2020.19080848.
- Rubinow DR, Johnson SL, Schmidt PJ, et al. Efficacy of estradiol in perimenopausal depression: so much promise and so few answers. Depress Anxiety. 2015;32:539-549. doi: 10.1002/ da.22391.
- Schneider LS, Small GW, Hamilton SH, et al. Estrogen replacement and response to fluoxetine in a multicenter geriatric depression trial. Fluoxetine Collaborative Study Group. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 1997;5:97-106.
- Dias RS, Kerr-Corrêa F, Moreno RA, et al. Efficacy of hormone therapy with and without methyltestosterone augmentation of venlafaxine in the treatment of postmenopausal depression: a double-blind controlled pilot study. Menopause. 2006;13:202-211. doi:10.1097/01.gme.0000198491.34371.9c.
- Rasgon NL, Dunkin J, Fairbanks L, et al. Estrogen and response to sertraline in postmenopausal women with major depressive disorder: a pilot study. J Psychiatr Res. 2007;41:338- 343. doi: 10.1016/j.jpsychires.2006.03.009.
- Gleason CE, Dowling NM, Wharton W, et al. Effects of hormone therapy on cognition and mood in recently postmenopausal women: findings from the randomized, controlled KEEPS–cognitive and affective study. PLoS Med. 2015;12:e1001833. doi: 10.1371/journal.pmed.1001833.
- Gordon JL, Rubinow DR, Eisenlohr-Moul TA, et al. Efficacy of transdermal estradiol and micronized progesterone in the prevention of depressive symptoms in the menopause transition: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2018;75:149–157. doi:10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2017.3998.
Among the studies we review in this Update are a follow-up of the US Women’s Health Initiative clinical trials and a large observational study from the United Kingdom, which exlore the impact of different hormone therapies (HTs) on breast cancer risk. We look at the interesting patterns found by authors of a study in Canada that analyzed predictors of unnecessary bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy. In addition, we review a study that investigates whether hormone therapy can be effective, alone or adjunctively, in peri- and postmenopausal women with depression. Finally, Dr. Chrisandra Shufelt and Dr. JoAnn Manson summarize highlights from the recent American Heart Association’s scientific statement on the menopause transition and increasing risk factors for cardiovascular disease, and how this period can be viewed as an opportunity to encourage healthy, cardiovascular risk–reducing behaviors.
Studies clarify menopausal HT’s impact on breast cancer risk
Chlebowski RT, Anderson GL, Aragaki AK, et al. Association of menopausal hormone therapy with breast cancer incidence and mortality during long-term follow-up of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized clinical trials. JAMA. 2020;324:369-380. doi: 10.1001/jama.2020.9482.
Vinogradova Y, Coupland C, Hippisley-Cox J. Use of hormone replacement therapy and risk of breast cancer: nested case-control studies using the QResearch and CPRD databases. BMJ. 2020;371:m3873. doi: 10.1136/bmj.m3873.
For many menopausal women, the most worrisome concern related to the use of HT is that it might increase breast cancer risk. In the summer and fall of 2020, 2 important articles were published that addressed how the use of menopausal HT impacts the risk of breast cancer.
The Women’s Health Initiative (WHI) represents the largest and longest-term randomized trial assessing the health impacts of systemic HT. A 2013 WHI report found that with a median of 13 years’ cumulative follow-up, estrogen-only HT (ET) reduced the risk for breast cancer while estrogen-progestin therapy (EPT) increased the risk.1 In a July 2020 issue of JAMA, WHI investigators analyzed longer-term data (cumulative median follow-up >20 years), which allowed assessment of whether these trends (breast cancer incidence) persisted and if they led to changes in mortality from breast cancer.2
WHI data on breast cancer risk trends in ET vs EPT users
In the ET trial, in which Chlebowski and colleagues studied 10,739 women with prior hysterectomy, 238 versus 296 new cases of breast cancer were diagnosed in women in the ET versus placebo groups, respectively (annualized incidence, 0.30% [ET] vs 0.37% [placebo]; hazard ratio [HR], 0.78; P = .005). ET also was associated with significantly lower mortality from breast cancer: 30 versus 46 deaths (annualized mortality, 0.031% [ET] vs 0.046% [placebo]; HR, 0.60; P = 0.04).
In the EPT trial, which included 16,608 participants with an intact uterus, EPT compared with placebo was associated with significantly elevated risk for incident breast cancer: 584 versus 447 new cases, respectively (annualized incidence, 0.45% [EPT] vs 0.36% [placebo]; HR, 1.28; P<.001). However, mortality from breast cancer was similar in the EPT and placebo groups: 71 and 53 deaths (annualized mortality, 0.045% [EPT] and 0.035% [placebo]; HR, 1.35; P = .11).2
For women with previous hysterectomy who are considering initiating or continuing ET for treatment of bothersome menopausal symptoms, the breast cancer mortality benefit documented in this long-term WHI analysis could, as editorialists point out, “tip the scales” in favor of ET.3 Furthermore, the mortality benefit raises the possibility that ET could be evaluated as a risk-reduction strategy for selected high-risk menopausal women who have undergone hysterectomy. Although tamoxifen and aromatase inhibitors are approved for breast cancer chemoprophylaxis in high-risk menopausal women, these agents have not been found to lower breast cancer mortality.2
UK data analysis and risk for breast cancer in HT users
In an October 2020 issue of BMJ, Vinogradova and colleagues described their analysis of 2 primary care databases in the United Kingdom that in aggregate included roughly 99,000 women with breast cancer diagnosed between 1998 and 2018 (age range, 50–79; mean age at diagnosis, 63; >95% White); these were matched with more than 450,000 women without breast cancer (controls).4 Analyses were adjusted for smoking, body mass index (BMI), ethnicity, and mammography.
In this study, ever-use of EPT was associated with an adjusted odds ratio (OR) for breast cancer of 1.26 (95% confidence interval [CI], 1.24–1.29), while ET had an OR of 1.06 (95% CI, 1.03–1.10). In women aged 50 to 59 who used EPT for 5 years or more, 15 additional breast cancers were diagnosed per 10,000 woman-years; for ET users, the attributable risk was 3. Although risk rose with longer HT duration, this trend was less evident with ET than EPT.
In addition, the increased risk associated with ET use was less pronounced in women with a BMI greater than 30 kg/m2. Among EPT users, risks were similar with the progestins medroxyprogesterone acetate (MPA), norethindrone (NET), and levonorgestrel (LNG). Likewise, risks were similar regardless of estrogen dose and route of administration (that is, oral vs transdermal). Vaginal estrogen was not associated with a higher or lower risk for breast cancer. Among past users of ET or EPT (with MPA), no increased risk was noted 5 years or more after stopping HT. For users of EPT (with NET or LNG), risks diminished 5 years or more after stopping HT but remained modestly elevated compared with risk in never-users.4
In this large observational UK study, ET was associated with minimally elevated risk for breast cancer, while in the WHI study, ET reduced the risk for breast cancer. For EPT, the excess risk in both studies was identical. As the authors note, mean BMI in the UK study participants was slightly lower than that in the WHI participants, a distinction that might explain the differing findings with ET use.
In our practice, for women with an intact uterus who are considering the use of EPT for treatment of bothersome menopausal symptoms, we counsel that long-term use of HT slightly elevates the risk for breast cancer. By contrast, we advise posthysterectomy women with bothersome menopausal symptoms that ET does not appear to increase the risk for breast cancer.
Continue to: Frequency of nonindicated BSO at the time of hysterectomy in pre- and perimenopausal women...
Frequency of nonindicated BSO at the time of hysterectomy in pre- and perimenopausal women
Wong J, Murji A, Sunderji Z, et al. Unnecessary bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy at the time of hysterectomy and potential for ovarian preservation. Menopause. 2020;28:8-11. doi: 10.1097/GME.0000000000001652.
While prevention of ovarian cancer is an important benefit of bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy (BSO), performing a BSO at the time of hysterectomy in pre- or perimenopausal patients not only will induce surgical menopause but also is associated with significantly increased overall mortality and an increased risk of mortality due to cardiovascular disease in patients younger than age 45.5,6 Earlier BSO also has been associated with diabetes, accelerated bone density loss, sexual dysfunction, mood disorders, and decreased cognitive function.7
BSO at hysterectomy: How many procedures are not indicated?
To evaluate the prevalence and predictors of unnecessary BSO at the time of hysterectomy, Wong and colleagues conducted a multicenter retrospective review of hysterectomy procedures completed at 6 Canadian hospitals.8 Criteria for unnecessary BSO included age younger than 51 years; benign preoperative diagnosis (other than endometriosis, premenstrual dysphoric disorder, and gender dysphoria); and absence of endometriosis and pelvic adhesions.
A total of 2,656 hysterectomies were performed by 75 surgeons (28 fellowship trained and 47 generalists) across 3 community and 3 tertiary care hospitals between 2016 and 2018. At the time of hysterectomy, 749 patients (28%) underwent BSO. Of these, 509 women (68%) had at least 1 indication for concurrent BSO based on preoperative diagnosis.
Key study findings. Concurrent BSO procedures performed at academic hospitals were more likely to have a preoperative indication compared with BSO performed at community sites (70% vs 63%; OR, 1.42; 95% CI, 1.02–1.97; P = .04). BSO was more likely to be indicated when performed by fellowship-trained surgeons compared with surgeries performed by generalist surgeons (75% vs 63%; OR, 1.76; 95% CI, 1.26–2.44, P = .001). BSO procedures performed with vaginal hysterectomy were less likely to be indicated (3 of 20, 15%) when compared with open hysterectomy (74 of 154, 48%) and laparoscopic hysterectomy (432 of 575, 75%).
Of the patients who lacked a preoperative indication for concomitant BSO, 105 of 239 (43.9%) were younger than age 51. Overall, 8% (59 of 749) of patients in the study cohort had an unnecessary BSO based on a combination of preoperative diagnosis, age younger than age 51, and intraoperative factors including absence of endometriosis and adhesions.
The retrospective study by Wong and colleagues provides the first assessment of Canadian practice patterns with respect to concurrent BSO at the time of hysterectomy. The authors found that, overall, more than two-thirds of BSO procedures were indicated. However, the proportion of BSO that was indicated was higher in teaching hospitals and in surgeries performed by fellowship-trained gynecologists. These important observations underscore the role of clinician education in reducing nonindicated BSO in pre- and perimenopausal women undergoing hysterectomy for benign disease.
Continue to: HT for menopausal depression: Which patients may benefit?
HT for menopausal depression: Which patients may benefit?
Dwyer JB, Aftab A, Radhakrishnan R, et al; APA Council of Research Task Force on Novel Biomarkers and Treatments. Hormonal treatments for major depressive disorder: state of the art. Am J Psychiatry. 2020;177:686- 705. doi:10.1176/appi.ajp.2020.19080848.
The cumulative lifetime prevalence of major depression in US women is 21%.9 An increased risk of mood symptoms and major depressive disorder occurs with the cessation of ovarian hormone production during menopause. In a review of both physiology and clinical studies, an American Psychiatric Association task force found support for several hormone-related strategies for treating depression and highlighted the rapidly advancing, but mixed, findings in this field.10
Clinical trials that examined mood in peri- and postmenopausal women treated with HT have produced mixed results for a variety of reasons, including differences in psychiatric symptomatology across studies and differences in treatment timing in relation to menopause onset.
HT effectiveness for depression depends on menopausal status
Five studies included in a meta-analysis by Rubinow and colleagues examined the use of ET and EPT as antidepressant monotherapy in peri- or postmenopausal women with major depression.11 Of the 3 higher-quality studies, 2 conducted in perimenopausal women demonstrated the antidepressant efficacy of transdermal estrogen patches compared with placebo. The third study included a mixed population of both peri- and postmenopausal women, and it found that increased estradiol levels (spontaneously occurring or due to ET) were associated with improvement in depression in perimenopausal women but not in postmenopausal women.11
ET also has been investigated as a potential adjunctive treatment to selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs). In a retrospective analysis of a multicenter randomized controlled trial of fluoxetine in patients with depression, women who received ET and fluoxetine demonstrated a greater improvement than those who received fluoxetine monotherapy.12 One small study that prospectively assessed ET in combination with an antidepressant in postmenopausal women demonstrated no benefit of ET in treating depression.13 Another small trial found that while combining transdermal ET with an SSRI accelerated symptom improvement, by the end of the 10-week study, treatment efficacy in the HT plus SSRI group was no greater than that observed in the SSRI-only group.14
Nineteen studies included in the metaanalysis by Rubinow and colleagues, which examined mood after ET or EPT treatment in nondepressed women, found little evidence of benefit, particularly in women without other physical symptoms of menopause.11
The Kronos Early Estrogen Prevention Study (KEEPS) followed 661 women who received either oral estrogen plus progesterone, transdermal estrogen plus progesterone, or placebo over 4 years.15 Women with clinical depression were excluded from the study; however, women with mild to moderate mood symptoms who were being treated with an antidepressant were included. Improvements in depressive symptoms and anxiety were observed only in the oral estrogen plus progesterone group compared with the placebo group.15
In a study of 172 euthymic peri- and postmenopausal women treated for 12 months with transdermal estrogen plus oral progesterone, investigators found that, unlike postmenopausal women and those in the late perimenopausal transition, only women in the early perimenopausal transition had a lower risk of developing depressive symptoms.16
Bottom line
This complex literature suggests that ET/HT interventions are most likely to be successful when implemented early in the menopausal transition. The clearest indication for the use of HT is for perimenopausal women experiencing depression who are also experiencing menopausal symptoms (for example, bothersome hot flashes). There is little evidence that the use of ET/HT in late perimenopausal or postmenopausal women effectively treats depression; accordingly, HT is not recommended for the treatment of mood disorders in this population. The more ambiguous cases are those of perimenopausal women who are depressed but do not have classic vasomotor symptoms; some evidence supports the antidepressant efficacy of HT in this setting.11 Although some studies suggest that HT can be effective in preventing depression in perimenopausal women, more evidence is needed.16
A trial of ET/EPT is reasonable in perimenopausal women with depression and classic menopausal symptoms. Use of HT also can be considered either alone or in combination with an SSRI in perimenopausal women with depression who do not have significant classic menopausal symptoms. However, HT is not recommended as prophylaxis against depression in euthymic perimenopausal women. Finally, keep in mind that the use of HT to address mood issues constitutes off-label use.
The menopause transition: A key period for strategizing CVD risk factor reduction
Chrisandra L. Shufelt, MD, MS, NCMP
Dr. Shufelt is Associate Director of the Barbra
Streisand Women’s Heart Center, Smidt
Heart Institute, Cedars-Sinai Medical Center,
Los Angeles, California.
JoAnn E. Manson, MD, DrPH, NCMP
Dr. Manson is Professor of Medicine and the
Michael and Lee Bell Professor of Women’s
Health at Harvard Medical School; Professor
in the Department of Epidemiology, Harvard
T.H. Chan School of Public Health; and Chief
of the Division of Preventive Medicine
at Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston,
Massachusetts.
The authors report no financial relationships relevant to this article. Dr. Manson is a coauthor of the AHA Scientific Statement discussed in this article.
In the United States, nearly one-half of a woman’s life, on average, will be lived after menopause. For women with natural menopause, the menopause transition (MT) can begin 2 to 7 years before and may extend 1 year past the final menstrual period, which occurs at an average age of 51 years. For women with surgical menopause, the MT occurs abruptly with the sudden loss of endogenous ovarian hormones. Both types of transitions mark a critical time period when reproduction and endogenous sex hormone levels diminish and when cardiovascular disease (CVD) risk factors begin to rise.
The 2020 American Heart Association (AHA) scientific statement, “Menopause transition and cardiovascular disease risk: Implications for timing of early prevention,” highlights the MT as a window of opportunity for CVD prevention.1
CVD risk factors associated with ovarian aging
In the AHA scientific statement, data from several longitudinal women’s health studies were used to identify which CVD risk factor changes during the MT are related to ovarian aging as opposed to chronologic aging. Independent of aging, those associated with reproductive or ovarian aging included an increase in serum total cholesterol, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C), and apolipoprotein B. Changes in high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) particles and function also occur during the MT, which may explain why higher HDL-C levels during the MT and the postmenopausal years are not as cardioprotective as during the premenopausal period.
Changes in body composition and adipose tissue distribution also are associated with ovarian aging, with reduction in muscle mass and lean body mass and an increase in abdominal/visceral fat and subcutaneous adipose tissue. Although these body composition changes reflect ovarian aging, midlife weight gain is more closely related to chronologic aging.
The risk of the metabolic syndrome constellation of risk factors was found to be more closely associated with ovarian aging, whereas changes in blood pressure, insulin, and glucose individually tracked more closely with chronologic aging. Additionally, the AHA statement notes the research that identified several symptoms during the MT—including vasomotor symptoms, sleep disturbance, and depression—as being associated with more adverse CVD risk factor status and with subclinical measures of atherosclerosis. Additional research on the mechanistic basis for these associations is needed.
Chronologic age and type of menopause
Notably, a woman’s age and type of menopause matter with respect to CVD risk. Higher CVD risk is seen in women with premature onset (age < 40 years) or early onset (age < 45 years) of menopause and in women undergoing surgical menopause (bilateral oophorectomy) before age 45. In general, menopausal hormone therapy (HT) is recommended for women with premature or early menopause, whether natural or surgical, with continuation through at least the average age of natural menopause. In other women, although not recommended for the express purpose of CVD prevention, menopausal HT is appropriate for the treatment of bothersome vasomotor or other menopausal symptoms, especially when therapy is started before age 60 or within 10 years of menopause among women who are not at elevated risk of CVD.
While the AHA statement suggests that some women who begin estrogen early in menopause may experience reduced coronary heart disease risk, major research gaps remain with regard to HT dose, formulation, route of delivery, and recommended duration of treatment.
An opportunity to promote healthy lifestyle behaviors
Translating the AHA’s first-of-its-kind scientific statement into clinical practice requires recognition and awareness of the MT as a unique phase in a woman’s life associated with myriad changes in CVD risk factors. The statement underscores that the MT is an important time to target behavioral changes to promote CVD risk reduction, including lifestyle modifications in the AHA’s Life’s Simple 7 components (increased physical activity, smoking cessation, healthy diet, avoidance of weight gain) as well as vigilant control of blood pressure, cholesterol, and glucose levels. The MT is truly a window of opportunity for reinvigorated efforts to lower women’s CVD risk. ●
Reference
1. El Khoudary SR, Aggarwal B, Beckie TM, et al; American Heart Association Prevention Science Committee of the Council on Epidemiology and Prevention; and Council on Cardiovascular and Stroke Nursing. Menopause transition and cardiovascular disease risk: implications for timing of early prevention: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation. 2020;142:e506-e532. doi: 10.1161/CIR.000000000000912.
Among the studies we review in this Update are a follow-up of the US Women’s Health Initiative clinical trials and a large observational study from the United Kingdom, which exlore the impact of different hormone therapies (HTs) on breast cancer risk. We look at the interesting patterns found by authors of a study in Canada that analyzed predictors of unnecessary bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy. In addition, we review a study that investigates whether hormone therapy can be effective, alone or adjunctively, in peri- and postmenopausal women with depression. Finally, Dr. Chrisandra Shufelt and Dr. JoAnn Manson summarize highlights from the recent American Heart Association’s scientific statement on the menopause transition and increasing risk factors for cardiovascular disease, and how this period can be viewed as an opportunity to encourage healthy, cardiovascular risk–reducing behaviors.
Studies clarify menopausal HT’s impact on breast cancer risk
Chlebowski RT, Anderson GL, Aragaki AK, et al. Association of menopausal hormone therapy with breast cancer incidence and mortality during long-term follow-up of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized clinical trials. JAMA. 2020;324:369-380. doi: 10.1001/jama.2020.9482.
Vinogradova Y, Coupland C, Hippisley-Cox J. Use of hormone replacement therapy and risk of breast cancer: nested case-control studies using the QResearch and CPRD databases. BMJ. 2020;371:m3873. doi: 10.1136/bmj.m3873.
For many menopausal women, the most worrisome concern related to the use of HT is that it might increase breast cancer risk. In the summer and fall of 2020, 2 important articles were published that addressed how the use of menopausal HT impacts the risk of breast cancer.
The Women’s Health Initiative (WHI) represents the largest and longest-term randomized trial assessing the health impacts of systemic HT. A 2013 WHI report found that with a median of 13 years’ cumulative follow-up, estrogen-only HT (ET) reduced the risk for breast cancer while estrogen-progestin therapy (EPT) increased the risk.1 In a July 2020 issue of JAMA, WHI investigators analyzed longer-term data (cumulative median follow-up >20 years), which allowed assessment of whether these trends (breast cancer incidence) persisted and if they led to changes in mortality from breast cancer.2
WHI data on breast cancer risk trends in ET vs EPT users
In the ET trial, in which Chlebowski and colleagues studied 10,739 women with prior hysterectomy, 238 versus 296 new cases of breast cancer were diagnosed in women in the ET versus placebo groups, respectively (annualized incidence, 0.30% [ET] vs 0.37% [placebo]; hazard ratio [HR], 0.78; P = .005). ET also was associated with significantly lower mortality from breast cancer: 30 versus 46 deaths (annualized mortality, 0.031% [ET] vs 0.046% [placebo]; HR, 0.60; P = 0.04).
In the EPT trial, which included 16,608 participants with an intact uterus, EPT compared with placebo was associated with significantly elevated risk for incident breast cancer: 584 versus 447 new cases, respectively (annualized incidence, 0.45% [EPT] vs 0.36% [placebo]; HR, 1.28; P<.001). However, mortality from breast cancer was similar in the EPT and placebo groups: 71 and 53 deaths (annualized mortality, 0.045% [EPT] and 0.035% [placebo]; HR, 1.35; P = .11).2
For women with previous hysterectomy who are considering initiating or continuing ET for treatment of bothersome menopausal symptoms, the breast cancer mortality benefit documented in this long-term WHI analysis could, as editorialists point out, “tip the scales” in favor of ET.3 Furthermore, the mortality benefit raises the possibility that ET could be evaluated as a risk-reduction strategy for selected high-risk menopausal women who have undergone hysterectomy. Although tamoxifen and aromatase inhibitors are approved for breast cancer chemoprophylaxis in high-risk menopausal women, these agents have not been found to lower breast cancer mortality.2
UK data analysis and risk for breast cancer in HT users
In an October 2020 issue of BMJ, Vinogradova and colleagues described their analysis of 2 primary care databases in the United Kingdom that in aggregate included roughly 99,000 women with breast cancer diagnosed between 1998 and 2018 (age range, 50–79; mean age at diagnosis, 63; >95% White); these were matched with more than 450,000 women without breast cancer (controls).4 Analyses were adjusted for smoking, body mass index (BMI), ethnicity, and mammography.
In this study, ever-use of EPT was associated with an adjusted odds ratio (OR) for breast cancer of 1.26 (95% confidence interval [CI], 1.24–1.29), while ET had an OR of 1.06 (95% CI, 1.03–1.10). In women aged 50 to 59 who used EPT for 5 years or more, 15 additional breast cancers were diagnosed per 10,000 woman-years; for ET users, the attributable risk was 3. Although risk rose with longer HT duration, this trend was less evident with ET than EPT.
In addition, the increased risk associated with ET use was less pronounced in women with a BMI greater than 30 kg/m2. Among EPT users, risks were similar with the progestins medroxyprogesterone acetate (MPA), norethindrone (NET), and levonorgestrel (LNG). Likewise, risks were similar regardless of estrogen dose and route of administration (that is, oral vs transdermal). Vaginal estrogen was not associated with a higher or lower risk for breast cancer. Among past users of ET or EPT (with MPA), no increased risk was noted 5 years or more after stopping HT. For users of EPT (with NET or LNG), risks diminished 5 years or more after stopping HT but remained modestly elevated compared with risk in never-users.4
In this large observational UK study, ET was associated with minimally elevated risk for breast cancer, while in the WHI study, ET reduced the risk for breast cancer. For EPT, the excess risk in both studies was identical. As the authors note, mean BMI in the UK study participants was slightly lower than that in the WHI participants, a distinction that might explain the differing findings with ET use.
In our practice, for women with an intact uterus who are considering the use of EPT for treatment of bothersome menopausal symptoms, we counsel that long-term use of HT slightly elevates the risk for breast cancer. By contrast, we advise posthysterectomy women with bothersome menopausal symptoms that ET does not appear to increase the risk for breast cancer.
Continue to: Frequency of nonindicated BSO at the time of hysterectomy in pre- and perimenopausal women...
Frequency of nonindicated BSO at the time of hysterectomy in pre- and perimenopausal women
Wong J, Murji A, Sunderji Z, et al. Unnecessary bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy at the time of hysterectomy and potential for ovarian preservation. Menopause. 2020;28:8-11. doi: 10.1097/GME.0000000000001652.
While prevention of ovarian cancer is an important benefit of bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy (BSO), performing a BSO at the time of hysterectomy in pre- or perimenopausal patients not only will induce surgical menopause but also is associated with significantly increased overall mortality and an increased risk of mortality due to cardiovascular disease in patients younger than age 45.5,6 Earlier BSO also has been associated with diabetes, accelerated bone density loss, sexual dysfunction, mood disorders, and decreased cognitive function.7
BSO at hysterectomy: How many procedures are not indicated?
To evaluate the prevalence and predictors of unnecessary BSO at the time of hysterectomy, Wong and colleagues conducted a multicenter retrospective review of hysterectomy procedures completed at 6 Canadian hospitals.8 Criteria for unnecessary BSO included age younger than 51 years; benign preoperative diagnosis (other than endometriosis, premenstrual dysphoric disorder, and gender dysphoria); and absence of endometriosis and pelvic adhesions.
A total of 2,656 hysterectomies were performed by 75 surgeons (28 fellowship trained and 47 generalists) across 3 community and 3 tertiary care hospitals between 2016 and 2018. At the time of hysterectomy, 749 patients (28%) underwent BSO. Of these, 509 women (68%) had at least 1 indication for concurrent BSO based on preoperative diagnosis.
Key study findings. Concurrent BSO procedures performed at academic hospitals were more likely to have a preoperative indication compared with BSO performed at community sites (70% vs 63%; OR, 1.42; 95% CI, 1.02–1.97; P = .04). BSO was more likely to be indicated when performed by fellowship-trained surgeons compared with surgeries performed by generalist surgeons (75% vs 63%; OR, 1.76; 95% CI, 1.26–2.44, P = .001). BSO procedures performed with vaginal hysterectomy were less likely to be indicated (3 of 20, 15%) when compared with open hysterectomy (74 of 154, 48%) and laparoscopic hysterectomy (432 of 575, 75%).
Of the patients who lacked a preoperative indication for concomitant BSO, 105 of 239 (43.9%) were younger than age 51. Overall, 8% (59 of 749) of patients in the study cohort had an unnecessary BSO based on a combination of preoperative diagnosis, age younger than age 51, and intraoperative factors including absence of endometriosis and adhesions.
The retrospective study by Wong and colleagues provides the first assessment of Canadian practice patterns with respect to concurrent BSO at the time of hysterectomy. The authors found that, overall, more than two-thirds of BSO procedures were indicated. However, the proportion of BSO that was indicated was higher in teaching hospitals and in surgeries performed by fellowship-trained gynecologists. These important observations underscore the role of clinician education in reducing nonindicated BSO in pre- and perimenopausal women undergoing hysterectomy for benign disease.
Continue to: HT for menopausal depression: Which patients may benefit?
HT for menopausal depression: Which patients may benefit?
Dwyer JB, Aftab A, Radhakrishnan R, et al; APA Council of Research Task Force on Novel Biomarkers and Treatments. Hormonal treatments for major depressive disorder: state of the art. Am J Psychiatry. 2020;177:686- 705. doi:10.1176/appi.ajp.2020.19080848.
The cumulative lifetime prevalence of major depression in US women is 21%.9 An increased risk of mood symptoms and major depressive disorder occurs with the cessation of ovarian hormone production during menopause. In a review of both physiology and clinical studies, an American Psychiatric Association task force found support for several hormone-related strategies for treating depression and highlighted the rapidly advancing, but mixed, findings in this field.10
Clinical trials that examined mood in peri- and postmenopausal women treated with HT have produced mixed results for a variety of reasons, including differences in psychiatric symptomatology across studies and differences in treatment timing in relation to menopause onset.
HT effectiveness for depression depends on menopausal status
Five studies included in a meta-analysis by Rubinow and colleagues examined the use of ET and EPT as antidepressant monotherapy in peri- or postmenopausal women with major depression.11 Of the 3 higher-quality studies, 2 conducted in perimenopausal women demonstrated the antidepressant efficacy of transdermal estrogen patches compared with placebo. The third study included a mixed population of both peri- and postmenopausal women, and it found that increased estradiol levels (spontaneously occurring or due to ET) were associated with improvement in depression in perimenopausal women but not in postmenopausal women.11
ET also has been investigated as a potential adjunctive treatment to selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs). In a retrospective analysis of a multicenter randomized controlled trial of fluoxetine in patients with depression, women who received ET and fluoxetine demonstrated a greater improvement than those who received fluoxetine monotherapy.12 One small study that prospectively assessed ET in combination with an antidepressant in postmenopausal women demonstrated no benefit of ET in treating depression.13 Another small trial found that while combining transdermal ET with an SSRI accelerated symptom improvement, by the end of the 10-week study, treatment efficacy in the HT plus SSRI group was no greater than that observed in the SSRI-only group.14
Nineteen studies included in the metaanalysis by Rubinow and colleagues, which examined mood after ET or EPT treatment in nondepressed women, found little evidence of benefit, particularly in women without other physical symptoms of menopause.11
The Kronos Early Estrogen Prevention Study (KEEPS) followed 661 women who received either oral estrogen plus progesterone, transdermal estrogen plus progesterone, or placebo over 4 years.15 Women with clinical depression were excluded from the study; however, women with mild to moderate mood symptoms who were being treated with an antidepressant were included. Improvements in depressive symptoms and anxiety were observed only in the oral estrogen plus progesterone group compared with the placebo group.15
In a study of 172 euthymic peri- and postmenopausal women treated for 12 months with transdermal estrogen plus oral progesterone, investigators found that, unlike postmenopausal women and those in the late perimenopausal transition, only women in the early perimenopausal transition had a lower risk of developing depressive symptoms.16
Bottom line
This complex literature suggests that ET/HT interventions are most likely to be successful when implemented early in the menopausal transition. The clearest indication for the use of HT is for perimenopausal women experiencing depression who are also experiencing menopausal symptoms (for example, bothersome hot flashes). There is little evidence that the use of ET/HT in late perimenopausal or postmenopausal women effectively treats depression; accordingly, HT is not recommended for the treatment of mood disorders in this population. The more ambiguous cases are those of perimenopausal women who are depressed but do not have classic vasomotor symptoms; some evidence supports the antidepressant efficacy of HT in this setting.11 Although some studies suggest that HT can be effective in preventing depression in perimenopausal women, more evidence is needed.16
A trial of ET/EPT is reasonable in perimenopausal women with depression and classic menopausal symptoms. Use of HT also can be considered either alone or in combination with an SSRI in perimenopausal women with depression who do not have significant classic menopausal symptoms. However, HT is not recommended as prophylaxis against depression in euthymic perimenopausal women. Finally, keep in mind that the use of HT to address mood issues constitutes off-label use.
The menopause transition: A key period for strategizing CVD risk factor reduction
Chrisandra L. Shufelt, MD, MS, NCMP
Dr. Shufelt is Associate Director of the Barbra
Streisand Women’s Heart Center, Smidt
Heart Institute, Cedars-Sinai Medical Center,
Los Angeles, California.
JoAnn E. Manson, MD, DrPH, NCMP
Dr. Manson is Professor of Medicine and the
Michael and Lee Bell Professor of Women’s
Health at Harvard Medical School; Professor
in the Department of Epidemiology, Harvard
T.H. Chan School of Public Health; and Chief
of the Division of Preventive Medicine
at Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston,
Massachusetts.
The authors report no financial relationships relevant to this article. Dr. Manson is a coauthor of the AHA Scientific Statement discussed in this article.
In the United States, nearly one-half of a woman’s life, on average, will be lived after menopause. For women with natural menopause, the menopause transition (MT) can begin 2 to 7 years before and may extend 1 year past the final menstrual period, which occurs at an average age of 51 years. For women with surgical menopause, the MT occurs abruptly with the sudden loss of endogenous ovarian hormones. Both types of transitions mark a critical time period when reproduction and endogenous sex hormone levels diminish and when cardiovascular disease (CVD) risk factors begin to rise.
The 2020 American Heart Association (AHA) scientific statement, “Menopause transition and cardiovascular disease risk: Implications for timing of early prevention,” highlights the MT as a window of opportunity for CVD prevention.1
CVD risk factors associated with ovarian aging
In the AHA scientific statement, data from several longitudinal women’s health studies were used to identify which CVD risk factor changes during the MT are related to ovarian aging as opposed to chronologic aging. Independent of aging, those associated with reproductive or ovarian aging included an increase in serum total cholesterol, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C), and apolipoprotein B. Changes in high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) particles and function also occur during the MT, which may explain why higher HDL-C levels during the MT and the postmenopausal years are not as cardioprotective as during the premenopausal period.
Changes in body composition and adipose tissue distribution also are associated with ovarian aging, with reduction in muscle mass and lean body mass and an increase in abdominal/visceral fat and subcutaneous adipose tissue. Although these body composition changes reflect ovarian aging, midlife weight gain is more closely related to chronologic aging.
The risk of the metabolic syndrome constellation of risk factors was found to be more closely associated with ovarian aging, whereas changes in blood pressure, insulin, and glucose individually tracked more closely with chronologic aging. Additionally, the AHA statement notes the research that identified several symptoms during the MT—including vasomotor symptoms, sleep disturbance, and depression—as being associated with more adverse CVD risk factor status and with subclinical measures of atherosclerosis. Additional research on the mechanistic basis for these associations is needed.
Chronologic age and type of menopause
Notably, a woman’s age and type of menopause matter with respect to CVD risk. Higher CVD risk is seen in women with premature onset (age < 40 years) or early onset (age < 45 years) of menopause and in women undergoing surgical menopause (bilateral oophorectomy) before age 45. In general, menopausal hormone therapy (HT) is recommended for women with premature or early menopause, whether natural or surgical, with continuation through at least the average age of natural menopause. In other women, although not recommended for the express purpose of CVD prevention, menopausal HT is appropriate for the treatment of bothersome vasomotor or other menopausal symptoms, especially when therapy is started before age 60 or within 10 years of menopause among women who are not at elevated risk of CVD.
While the AHA statement suggests that some women who begin estrogen early in menopause may experience reduced coronary heart disease risk, major research gaps remain with regard to HT dose, formulation, route of delivery, and recommended duration of treatment.
An opportunity to promote healthy lifestyle behaviors
Translating the AHA’s first-of-its-kind scientific statement into clinical practice requires recognition and awareness of the MT as a unique phase in a woman’s life associated with myriad changes in CVD risk factors. The statement underscores that the MT is an important time to target behavioral changes to promote CVD risk reduction, including lifestyle modifications in the AHA’s Life’s Simple 7 components (increased physical activity, smoking cessation, healthy diet, avoidance of weight gain) as well as vigilant control of blood pressure, cholesterol, and glucose levels. The MT is truly a window of opportunity for reinvigorated efforts to lower women’s CVD risk. ●
Reference
1. El Khoudary SR, Aggarwal B, Beckie TM, et al; American Heart Association Prevention Science Committee of the Council on Epidemiology and Prevention; and Council on Cardiovascular and Stroke Nursing. Menopause transition and cardiovascular disease risk: implications for timing of early prevention: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation. 2020;142:e506-e532. doi: 10.1161/CIR.000000000000912.
- Manson JE, Chlebowski RT, Stefanick ML, et al. Menopausal hormone therapy and health outcomes during the intervention and extended poststopping phases of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized trials. JAMA. 2013;310:1353- 1368. doi: 10.1001/jama.2013.278040.
- Chlebowski RT, Anderson GL, Aragaki AK, et al. Association of menopausal hormone therapy with breast cancer incidence and mortality during long-term follow-up of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized clinical trials. JAMA. 2020;324:369-380. doi: 10.1001/jama.2020.9482.
- Minami CA, Freedman RA. Menopausal hormone therapy and long-term breast cancer risk: further data from the Women’s Health Initiative trials. JAMA. 2020;324:347-349. doi: 10.1001/jama.2020.9620.
- Vinogradova Y, Coupland C, Hippisley-Cox J. Use of hormone replacement therapy and risk of breast cancer: nested case-control studies using the QResearch and CPRD databases. BMJ. 2020;371:m3873. doi: 10.1136/bmj.m3873.
- Adelman MR, Sharp HT. Ovarian conservation vs removal at the time of benign hysterectomy. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2018;218:269-279. doi: 10.1016/j.ajog.2017.07.037.
- Rivera CM, Grossardt BR, Rhodes DJ, et al. Increased cardiovascular mortality after early bilateral oophorectomy. Menopause. 2009;16:15-23. doi: 10.1097/gme.0b013e31818888f7.
- Karp NE, Fenner DE, Burgunder-Zdravkovski L, et al. Removal of normal ovaries in women under age 51 at the time of hysterectomy. Am J Obstetr Gynecol. 2015;213:716.e1-6. doi: 10.1016/j.ajog.2015.05.062.
- Wong J, Murji A, Sunderji Z, et al. Unnecessary bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy at the time of hysterectomy and potential for ovarian preservation. Menopause. 2021;28:8-11. doi: 10.1097/GME.0000000000001652.
- Kessler RC, McGonagle KA, Swartz M, et al. Sex and depression in the National Comorbidity Survey. I: lifetime prevalence, chronicity, and recurrence. J Affect Disord. 1993;29:85- 96. doi: 10.1016/0165-0327(93)00026-g.
- Dwyer JB, Aftab A, Radhakrishnan R, et al; APA Council of Research Task Force on Novel Biomarkers and Treatments. Hormonal treatments for major depressive disorder: state of the art. Am J Psychiatry. 2020;177:686-705. doi:10.1176/appi. ajp.2020.19080848.
- Rubinow DR, Johnson SL, Schmidt PJ, et al. Efficacy of estradiol in perimenopausal depression: so much promise and so few answers. Depress Anxiety. 2015;32:539-549. doi: 10.1002/ da.22391.
- Schneider LS, Small GW, Hamilton SH, et al. Estrogen replacement and response to fluoxetine in a multicenter geriatric depression trial. Fluoxetine Collaborative Study Group. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 1997;5:97-106.
- Dias RS, Kerr-Corrêa F, Moreno RA, et al. Efficacy of hormone therapy with and without methyltestosterone augmentation of venlafaxine in the treatment of postmenopausal depression: a double-blind controlled pilot study. Menopause. 2006;13:202-211. doi:10.1097/01.gme.0000198491.34371.9c.
- Rasgon NL, Dunkin J, Fairbanks L, et al. Estrogen and response to sertraline in postmenopausal women with major depressive disorder: a pilot study. J Psychiatr Res. 2007;41:338- 343. doi: 10.1016/j.jpsychires.2006.03.009.
- Gleason CE, Dowling NM, Wharton W, et al. Effects of hormone therapy on cognition and mood in recently postmenopausal women: findings from the randomized, controlled KEEPS–cognitive and affective study. PLoS Med. 2015;12:e1001833. doi: 10.1371/journal.pmed.1001833.
- Gordon JL, Rubinow DR, Eisenlohr-Moul TA, et al. Efficacy of transdermal estradiol and micronized progesterone in the prevention of depressive symptoms in the menopause transition: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2018;75:149–157. doi:10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2017.3998.
- Manson JE, Chlebowski RT, Stefanick ML, et al. Menopausal hormone therapy and health outcomes during the intervention and extended poststopping phases of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized trials. JAMA. 2013;310:1353- 1368. doi: 10.1001/jama.2013.278040.
- Chlebowski RT, Anderson GL, Aragaki AK, et al. Association of menopausal hormone therapy with breast cancer incidence and mortality during long-term follow-up of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized clinical trials. JAMA. 2020;324:369-380. doi: 10.1001/jama.2020.9482.
- Minami CA, Freedman RA. Menopausal hormone therapy and long-term breast cancer risk: further data from the Women’s Health Initiative trials. JAMA. 2020;324:347-349. doi: 10.1001/jama.2020.9620.
- Vinogradova Y, Coupland C, Hippisley-Cox J. Use of hormone replacement therapy and risk of breast cancer: nested case-control studies using the QResearch and CPRD databases. BMJ. 2020;371:m3873. doi: 10.1136/bmj.m3873.
- Adelman MR, Sharp HT. Ovarian conservation vs removal at the time of benign hysterectomy. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2018;218:269-279. doi: 10.1016/j.ajog.2017.07.037.
- Rivera CM, Grossardt BR, Rhodes DJ, et al. Increased cardiovascular mortality after early bilateral oophorectomy. Menopause. 2009;16:15-23. doi: 10.1097/gme.0b013e31818888f7.
- Karp NE, Fenner DE, Burgunder-Zdravkovski L, et al. Removal of normal ovaries in women under age 51 at the time of hysterectomy. Am J Obstetr Gynecol. 2015;213:716.e1-6. doi: 10.1016/j.ajog.2015.05.062.
- Wong J, Murji A, Sunderji Z, et al. Unnecessary bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy at the time of hysterectomy and potential for ovarian preservation. Menopause. 2021;28:8-11. doi: 10.1097/GME.0000000000001652.
- Kessler RC, McGonagle KA, Swartz M, et al. Sex and depression in the National Comorbidity Survey. I: lifetime prevalence, chronicity, and recurrence. J Affect Disord. 1993;29:85- 96. doi: 10.1016/0165-0327(93)00026-g.
- Dwyer JB, Aftab A, Radhakrishnan R, et al; APA Council of Research Task Force on Novel Biomarkers and Treatments. Hormonal treatments for major depressive disorder: state of the art. Am J Psychiatry. 2020;177:686-705. doi:10.1176/appi. ajp.2020.19080848.
- Rubinow DR, Johnson SL, Schmidt PJ, et al. Efficacy of estradiol in perimenopausal depression: so much promise and so few answers. Depress Anxiety. 2015;32:539-549. doi: 10.1002/ da.22391.
- Schneider LS, Small GW, Hamilton SH, et al. Estrogen replacement and response to fluoxetine in a multicenter geriatric depression trial. Fluoxetine Collaborative Study Group. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 1997;5:97-106.
- Dias RS, Kerr-Corrêa F, Moreno RA, et al. Efficacy of hormone therapy with and without methyltestosterone augmentation of venlafaxine in the treatment of postmenopausal depression: a double-blind controlled pilot study. Menopause. 2006;13:202-211. doi:10.1097/01.gme.0000198491.34371.9c.
- Rasgon NL, Dunkin J, Fairbanks L, et al. Estrogen and response to sertraline in postmenopausal women with major depressive disorder: a pilot study. J Psychiatr Res. 2007;41:338- 343. doi: 10.1016/j.jpsychires.2006.03.009.
- Gleason CE, Dowling NM, Wharton W, et al. Effects of hormone therapy on cognition and mood in recently postmenopausal women: findings from the randomized, controlled KEEPS–cognitive and affective study. PLoS Med. 2015;12:e1001833. doi: 10.1371/journal.pmed.1001833.
- Gordon JL, Rubinow DR, Eisenlohr-Moul TA, et al. Efficacy of transdermal estradiol and micronized progesterone in the prevention of depressive symptoms in the menopause transition: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2018;75:149–157. doi:10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2017.3998.